Quarterlytics / Industrials / Staffing & Employment Services / ShiftPixy, Inc.

ShiftPixy, Inc.

pixy · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker pixy
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Staffing & Employment Services
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · ShiftPixy, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2022

¨¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _____________ to _____________

OR

SEC File No. 024-10557

SHIFTPIXY, INC.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Wyoming
(State of incorporation or organization)

47-4211438
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

501 Brickell Key Drive, Suite 300, Miami, FL 33131
(Address of principal executive offices)

33131
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number: (888) 798-9100

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

Title of each class registered

Trading
Symbol(s)
PIXY

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Name of each exchange on which
each class is registered

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o   No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o   No x

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12
months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x   No o

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T  (§
232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes x   No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging company. See
the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Emerging growth company

o
x
x

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company

o
x

If  an  emerging  growth  company,  indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  has  elected  not  to  use  the  extended  transition  for  complying  with  any  new  or  revised  financial
accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act o

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  filed  a  report  on  and  attestation  to  its  management’s  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  its  internal  control  over  financial
reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. §7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act.) Yes o   No x

As of February 28, 2022, the aggregate market value (based on the Nasdaq quoted closing price of $85.10) of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was
approximately $39.87 million.

The  number  of  outstanding 

shares  of  Registrant’s  Common  Stock,  $0.0001  par  value,  was 9,671,196 

shares 

as  of  December  12,  2022. 

 
Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

PART II

Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.

PART III

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

PART IV

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
[Reserved]
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Financial Statements
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 15.

Exhibits

2

5
24
43
43
44
44

45
46
46
63
64
70
70
71
71

72
77
81
81
84

86

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION

This Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  ("Form  10-K"),  the  other  reports,  statements,  and  information  that  we  have  previously  filed  or  that  we  may  subsequently  file  with  the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”),  and  public  announcements  that  we  have  previously  made  or  may  subsequently  make,  contain  “forward-looking  statements”
within the meaning of the federal securities laws, including the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties.
Unless  the  context  is  otherwise,  the  forward-looking  statements  included  or  incorporated  by  reference  in  this  Form  10-K  and  those  reports,  statements,  information  and
announcements address activities, events or developments that ShiftPixy, Inc. (referred to throughout this Form 10-K as “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” or “ShiftPixy”),
expects or anticipates will or may occur in the future. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some
cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,”
“target,”  “projects,”  “contemplates,”  “believes,”  “estimates,”  “predicts,”  “potential”  or  “continue”  or  the  negative  of  these  words  or  other  similar  terms  or  expressions  that
concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K include, but are not limited to, statements about:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our future financial performance, including our revenue, costs of revenue and operating expenses;

our ability to achieve and grow profitability;

the sufficiency of our cash, cash equivalents and investments to meet our liquidity needs;

our predictions about industry and market trends;

our ability to expand successfully internationally;

our ability to manage effectively our growth and future expenses, including our growth and expenses associated with our sponsorship of various special purpose
acquisition companies;

our estimated total addressable market;

our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property;

our ability to comply with modified or new laws and regulations applying to our business;

the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key personnel;

the effect that the novel coronavirus disease (“COVID-19”) or other public health issues could have on our business and financial condition and the economy in
general; and

our ability to be successful in defending litigation brought against us.

We caution you that the forward-looking statements highlighted above do not encompass all of the forward-looking statements made in this Form 10-K.

We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe
may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks,
uncertainties and other factors described in the section of this Form 10-K entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and challenging
environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-
looking statements contained in this Form 10-K. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or
occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

The  forward-looking  statements  made  in  this  Form  10-K  relate  only  to  events  as  of  the  date  on  which  the  statements  are  made.  We  undertake  no  obligation  to  update  any
forward-looking  statements  made  in  this  Form  10-K  to  reflect  events  or  circumstances  after  the  date  of  this  Form  10-K  or  to  reflect  new  information  or  the  occurrence  of
unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements

3

Table of Contents

and  you  should  not  place  undue  reliance  on  our  forward-looking  statements.  Our  forward-looking  statements  do  not  reflect  the  potential  impact  of  any  future  acquisitions,
mergers, dispositions, joint ventures, other strategic transactions or investments we may make or enter into.

The risks and uncertainties we currently face are not the only ones we face. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict which will arise. There
may be additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial to our business. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our
business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements. If any
such risks occur, our business, operating results, liquidity and financial condition could be materially affected in an adverse manner.

The industry and market data contained in this Form 10-K are based either on our management’s own estimates or, where indicated, independent industry publications, reports
by  governmental  agencies  or  market  research  firms  or  other  published  independent  sources  and,  in  each  case,  are  believed  by  our  management  to  be  reasonable  estimates.
However, industry and market data are subject to change and cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the
voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties inherent in any statistical survey of market shares. We have not independently verified
market and industry data from third-party sources. In addition, consumption patterns and customer preferences can and do change. As a result, you should be aware that market
share, ranking and other similar data set forth herein, and estimates and beliefs based on such data, may not be verifiable or reliable.

4

Table of Contents

Item 1. Business

Company Information

PART I

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Wyoming on June 3, 2015. Our principal executive office is located at 501 Brickell Key Drive, Suite 300, Miami, FL
33131, and our telephone number is (888) 798-9100. Our website address is www.shiftpixy.com. Our website does not form a part of this Form 10-K and listing of our website
address is for informational purposes only.

Business Overview

We  are  a  human  capital  management  ("HCM")  platform.  We  provide  payroll  and  related  employment  tax  processing,  human  resources  and  employment  compliance,
employment related insurance, and employment administrative services solutions for our business clients (“clients” or “operators”) and shift work or “gig” opportunities for
worksite  employees  (“WSEs”  or  “shifters”). As  consideration  for  providing  these  services,  we  receive  administrative  or  processing  fees  as  a  percentage  of  a  client’s  gross
payroll. The level of our administrative fees is dependent on the services provided to our clients which ranges from basic payroll processing to a full suite of human resources
information systems ("HRIS") technology. Our primary operating business metric is gross billings, consisting of our clients’ fully burdened payroll costs, which includes, in
addition to payroll, workers’ compensation insurance premiums, employer taxes, and benefits costs.

Our goal is to be the best online fully-integrated workforce solution and employer services support platform for lower-wage workers and employment opportunities. We have
built an application and desktop capable marketplace solution that allows for workers to access and apply for job opportunities created by our clients and to provide traditional
back-office services to our clients as well as real-time business information for our clients’ human capital needs and requirements.

We  have  designed  our  business  platform  to  evolve  to  meet  the  needs  of  a  changing  workforce  and  a  changing  work  environment.  We  believe  our  approach  and  robust
technology  will  benefit  from  the  observed  demographic  workplace  shift  away  from  traditional  employee/employer  relationships  towards  the  increasingly  flexible  work
environment  that  is  characteristic  of  the  gig  economy.  We  believe  this  change  in  approach  began  after  the  2008  financial  crisis  and  is  currently  being  driven  by  the  labor
shortage created out of the COVID-19 economic crisis. We  also  believe  that  a  significant  problem  underpinning  the  lower  wage  labor  crisis  is  the  sourcing  of  workers  and
matching temporary or gig workers to short-term job opportunities.

Figure 1

5

Table of Contents

We have built our business on a recurring revenue model since our inception in 2015. Our initial market focus has been to monetize a traditional staffing services business
model, coupled with developed technology, to address underserved markets containing predominately lower wage employees with high turnover, including the light industrial,
food service, restaurant, and hospitality markets.

Although we have recently expanded into other industries, as noted below, for our fiscal year ended August 31, 2022 (“Fiscal 2022"), our primary focus was on clients in the
restaurant and hospitality industries, market segments traditionally characterized by high employee turnover and low pay rates. We believe that these industries will be better
served by our HRIS technology platform and related mobile smartphone application that provides payroll and human resources tracking for our clients. The use of our HRIS
platform should provide our clients with real-time human capital business intelligence and we believe will result in lower operating costs, improved customer experience, and
revenue growth. All of our clients enter into service agreements with us or one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries to provide these services.

We believe that our value proposition is to provide a combination of overall net cost savings to our clients, for which they are willing to pay increased administrative fees that
offset the costs of the services we provide, as follows:

•

Payroll tax compliance and management services

• Governmental HR compliance such as for Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“ACA”) compliance requirements;

•

Reduced client workers’ compensation premiums or enhanced coverage;

• Access to an employee pool of potential qualified applicants to reduce turnover costs;

• Ability to fulfill temporary worker requirements in a “tight” labor market with our intermediation (“job matching”) services; and

•

Reduced screening and onboarding costs due to access to an improved pool of qualified applicants who can be onboarded through a highly efficient, and virtually
paperless technology platform.

Our management believes that providing this baseline business, coupled with our technology solution, provides a unique, value-added solution to the HR compliance, staffing,
and  scheduling  problems  that  businesses  face.  Over  the  past  twenty-four  months,  in  the  face  of  the  COVID-19  and  post  COVID-19  pandemic, we  have  instituted  various
growth initiatives described below that are designed to accelerate our revenue growth. These initiatives include the matching of temporary job opportunities between workers
and  employers  under  a  fully  compliant  staffing  solution  through  our  HRIS  platform.  For  this  solution  to  be  effective,  we  need  to  obtain  a  significant  number  of  WSEs  in
concentrated geographic areas to fulfill our clients unique staffing needs and facilitate the client-WSE relationship.

Managing,  recruiting,  and  scheduling  a  high  volume  of  low-wage  employees  can  be  both  difficult  and  expensive.  Historically,  the  acquisition  and  recruiting  of  such  an
employee population has been a labor intensive and expensive process in part due to high onboarding costs and complex issues surrounding such matters as tax information
capture or I-9 verification. Early in our history, we evaluated these costs and found that proper process flows that are automated with blockchain and cloud technology, coupled
with access to lower cost workers’ compensation policies resulting from economies of scale, could result in a profitable and low-cost scalable business model.

Over the past four years, we have invested heavily in a robust, cloud-based HRIS platform to:

•

•

•

•

•

reduce client WSE management costs;

automate new WSE and client onboarding;

accumulate a large pool of qualified WSEs across multiple geographical markets;

facilitate the intermediation (job matching) of WSEs with job opportunities; and

supply additional value-added services for our clients that generate additional revenue streams for us.

6

Table of Contents

We began to develop our HRIS platform in 2017, including our front-end desktop and mobile smartphone application to facilitate easier WSE and client onboarding processes,
deliver  additional  client  functionality,  and  provide  enhanced  opportunities  for  WSEs  to  find  shift  work.  Beginning  in  March  2019,  we  transitioned  the  development  of  our
mobile smartphone application from a third-party vendor to an in-house development team and launched an early version of the application several months later. As of August
31, 2019, we had completed the initial launch of our mobile application and we started to provide some of the HRIS and application services to select legacy customers on a
pilot project basis. During our fiscal year ended August 31, 2021 ("Fiscal 2021"), our in-house engineers continued to implement additional HRIS functionality in employee
fulfillment, delivery and scheduling services, and “gig” intermediation services through our mobile smartphone application. During Fiscal year ended August 31, 2022 ("Fiscal
2022"), our technology development efforts focused on supporting our growth initiatives with features such as bulk on-boarding, job matching intermediation, and qualified
candidate pool vertical market integrations. We  see  these  technology-based  services  as  having  potential  to  generate  multiple  streams  of  revenue  from  a  variety  of  different
markets.

Our cloud-based HRIS platform captures, holds, and processes HR and payroll information for our clients and WSEs through an easy-to-use customized front-end interface
coupled with a secure, remotely hosted database. The HRIS system can be accessed by either a desktop computer or an easy-to-use mobile smartphone application designed with
HR workflows in mind. Once fully implemented, we expect to reduce the time, expense, and error rate for onboarding our clients’ employees into our HRIS ecosystem. Upon
being onboarded, these WSEs are listed as available for shift work within our business ecosystem. This allows our HRIS platform to serve as both a gig marketplace for WSEs
for our opportunities and also allows for clients to better manage their staffing needs.

We  see  our  technology  platform  and  our  ability  to  process  gig  workers  as  fully  compliant  W-2  employees  as  a  key  competitive  advantage  and  differentiator  to  our  market
competitors that will facilitate expansion of our HCM services beyond our current concentration in low-wage restaurant employees and healthcare workers. We are completing
added features that we expect to generate new revenue streams over the near future by expanding our product offerings, increasing our client customer and WSE counts, and
maximizing the revenues and profits generated per existing WSE. We further believe that our accumulation of a significant number of WSEs on our platform, whether currently
billed or not, will facilitate additional growth initiatives with the potential to generate significant value for our shareholders, as described below.

Beginning  in  January  2020,  we  operated  under  a  traditional  staffing  services  business  model,  coupled  with  developed  technology,  to  address  underserved  markets  in  the
restaurant and hospitality industries, predominately consisting of lower wage employees with high turnover. At the same time, we continued our prior efforts to expand our
services into other industries that utilize higher paid employees on a temporary or part-time basis, including the healthcare staffing industry. Our go-to-market approach was to
use an inside sales force to market our services directly to clients to manage their human capital requirements and to form strategic relationships with business associations to
gather  WSEs.  Until  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  this  approach  was  effective  and  resulted  in  substantial  growth.  However,  the  COVID-19  pandemic  changed  the  landscape  in
HCM due to reduced employment in our core restaurant and hospitality markets.

During late Fiscal 2022, we reevaluated our prior growth initiatives and decided to change our focus considering the new market conditions. As part of our plan, we identified
several growth initiatives designed to fully leverage our HRIS platform during our the second half of Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2023. These growth initiatives are focused on: (i)
The expanded go-to-market strategy focused on building a national account portfolio managed by a newly-formed regional team of senior sales executives singularly focused on
sustained quarterly revenue growth and gross profit margin expansion; and (ii) launching ShiftPixy Labs in Fiscal 2023 to create affiliated high growth restaurant opportunities
through a fully immersive customer experience.

7

Table of Contents

Figure 2

We have built a substantial business on a recurring revenue model since our inception in 2015. Prior to Fiscal 2021, all of our billings consisted of gross employee payroll along
with employer payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, and administrative fees, which we collectively refer to as payroll billings. Under our HCM business, our revenue excludes
gross employee payroll as required by our accounting policy under US GAAP, thus our revenue presentation is net. In late Fiscal 2021, we began to bill under a staffing service
model (“Staffing”). Staffing billings consist of qualified WSEs provided though a wide range of staffing solutions billed to clients as a markup from gross employee payroll
where revenues are recognized gross (thereby inclusive of gross employee payroll) as a principal in accordance with our accounting policies under US GAAP.

Our Services

Figure 3

Our core business is to provide regular payroll processing services to clients under an employment administrative services (“EAS”) model in addition to individual services,
such as payroll tax compliance, workers’ compensation insurance coverage related services, and employee HR compliance management. In addition, in November 2019, we
launched our employee onboarding and employee scheduling functionalities to our customers through our mobile smartphone application. In Fiscal 2021, we began to operate
under a direct staffing business model.

Our core EAS are typically provided to our clients for one-year renewable terms. We expect that our future service offerings, including technology-based services provided
through our HRIS platform, will provide for additional revenue streams and

8

 
Table of Contents

support cost reductions for existing and future clients. We expect that our future services will be offered through “a la carte” pricing via customizable online contracts under our
HCM services model as well as through our direct staffing business model. Our staffing services are typically provided to our clients under recurring revenue contracts with one
of our subsidiaries.

We intend to use our growth initiatives to leverage our expansion by entering into client services agreements ("CSAs") with national account at regional levels and the various
restaurant brands that we are working to launch through ShiftPixy Labs. As such, these growth initiatives are expected to increase our core staffing services billings, revenues,
gross profit, and operating leverage organically. We may also support our growth by performing new business acquisitions. Further, the new Gig Economy has given rise to
controversy regarding the classification of many workers as “independent contractors”, rather than traditional employees, while the rising trend of predictive scheduling creates
logistical issues for our clients’ management of their workers’ schedules. We provide solutions to businesses struggling with these compliance issues primarily by absorbing our
clients’ workers, whom we refer to as WSEs (as well as “shift workers,” “shifters,” “gig workers,” or “assigned employees”). WSEs are included under our corporate employee
umbrella  as  traditional  employees  who  receive  W-2s  and  are  entitled  to  participate  in  a  full  array  of  benefits  that  we  provide  as  part  of  our  services  for  our  clients.  This
arrangement benefits WSEs by providing additional work opportunities through access to our clients. WSEs further benefit from employee status and access to benefits through
our plan offerings, including minimum essential health insurance coverage and 401(k) plans, as well as workers’ compensation coverage.

Figure 4

Technological Solution

At the heart of our EAS solution is a secure, cloud-based HRIS platform accessible by a
desktop or mobile device through which our WSEs can onboard in an speedy, efficient
and  paperless  manner,  and  then  find  available  shift  work  at  our  client  locations.  We
believe that this solution addresses effectively the dual issues of assisting WSEs seeking
additional work and clients looking to fill open shifts. We believe that the easy-to-use
onboarding  functionality  embedded  in  our  HRIS  platform  will  increase  our  pool  of
WSEs  and  provide  a  deep  bench  of  worker  talent  for  our  business  clients.  The
onboarding feature of our software enables us to capture all application process related
data  regarding  our  assigned  employees  and  to  introduce  employees  to  and  integrate
them  into  the  “ShiftPixy  Ecosystem”.  The  mobile  application  features  a  chatbot  that
leverages artificial intelligence to aid in gathering the data from workers via a series of
questions designed to capture all required information, including customer specific and
governmental  information.  Final  onboarding  steps  requiring  signatures  can  also  be
prepared from the HRIS onboarding module.

Our  HRIS  platform  consists  of  a  closed  proprietary  operating  and  processing  information  system  that  provides  a  tool  for  businesses  needing  staffing  flexibility  to  schedule
existing  employees  and  to  post  open  schedule  slots  to  be  filled  by  an  available  pool  of  shift  workers  (the  “ShiftPixy  Ecosystem”).  The  ShiftPixy  Ecosystem  provides  the
following benefits for our clients:

1. Compliance: While our clients retain responsibility for compliance with labor and employment laws to the extent that such compliance depends upon their exclusive
control over the worksite, we assume responsibility for a substantial portion of our clients’ wage and hour regulatory obligations through our role as legal employer of
the WSEs. The ShiftPixy Ecosystem allows us to assist our clients in fulfilling their compliance obligations by providing a qualified pool of potential applicants as shift
workers who are our legal employees. This  serves  to  lessen  the  regulatory  and  compliance  burden  on  our  clients’  management,  allowing  them  to  focus  more  on  the
management of their business and less on legal issues.

2.

Improved  staffing  fulfillment,  recruiting,  and  retention:  We  believe  that  utilization  of  our  HRIS  platform  reduces  the  impact  of  high  WSE  turnover,  which  is  a
consistent problem across the markets we serve. A significant issue at the end of Fiscal 2021 and part of Fiscal 2022 was the limited availability of WSEs in a “tight”
labor market. Our  platform  provides  an  attractive  avenue  for  pre-screened  WSE  applicants  to  find  permanent  positions  that  meet  their  needs  through  access  to  the
ShiftPixy Ecosystem, which we believe results in a deeper potential labor pool for our clients to

9

Table of Contents

address their human capital needs. We also can function as a “flex” employer for WSEs who may be working full or part-time for other employers but want to have an
additional source of income.

3. Cost Savings: The payroll and related costs associated with WSEs such as workers’ compensation and benefits are consolidated and charged, in effect, in conjunction
with  the  shifters’  applicable  rates  of  pay,  allowing  our  clients  to  fund  the  employment  related  costs  as  the  services  are  incurred,  thereby  avoiding  various  lump  sum
employment-related costs. We believe that our clients typically experience reductions in overhead costs related to HR compliance, payroll processing, WSE turnover and
related  costs,  and  elimination  of  non-compliance  fines  and  related  penalties,  although  the  amount  of  cost  savings  realized  varies  from  client  to  client.  We  exploit
economies of scale in purchasing employer related solutions such as workers’ compensation and other benefits, which allows us to provide human capital services at a
lower cost than we believe most businesses otherwise can typically staff a particular position.

4.

Improved human capital management: Through access to our HRIS platform and our pool of human capital, our clients can scale up or down more rapidly, making it
easier  for  them  to  contain  and  manage  operational  costs.  We  charge  a  fixed  percentage  on  wages  that  allows  our  clients  to  budget  and  plan  more  accurately  and
efficiently without worrying about missteps arising from a wide range of legal and compliance issues for which we assume responsibility.

During Fiscal 2019, we added a scheduling component to our application that enables our clients to schedule workers and to identify shift gaps that need to be filled. We use
artificial intelligence (“AI”) to maintain schedules and fulfillment, using an active methodology to engage and move people to action. Included in this scheduling component is
our  “shift  intermediation”  functionality,  which  is  designed  to  enable  our  WSEs  to  receive  information  and  accept  available  shift  work  opportunities  at  multiple  worksite
locations. Our embedded AI is designed to monitor and accelerate the matching of WSEs with gig work opportunities. Our system monitors the capabilities of each WSE based
on their work experience, needs, and training and provides messaging to clients and WSEs. The system matches worker requirements such as hours, position, and pay rate with
client requirements such as experience, pay offered, hours offered and both employee and employer ratings. Similar to the way gig drivers are matched with gig riders through a
smartphone app, our gig client opportunities are matched with WSEs for improved open job fulfillment. We believe this job fulfillment automation, using our HRIS platform,
provides real-time human capital information to our clients and is a significant product differentiation feature. We continued our customer testing efforts and rollout during
Fiscal 2020 and added significant functionality to our HRIS platform through Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2022, including: (i) scheduling and time and attendance components; (ii) a
“white label” customer ordering application geared to Quick Service Restaurants (“QSRs”); and (iii) customer loyalty tracking and remarketing capabilities.

Our goal is to have a mature and robust hosted cloud-based HRIS platform coupled with a seamless and technically sophisticated mobile smartphone application that will act as
both a revenue generation system as well as a “viral” client acquisition engine through the combination of the scheduling, delivery, and intermediation features and interactions.
We believe that once a critical mass of clients and WSEs is achieved, more shift opportunities will be created in the industries we serve. Our approach to achieving this critical
mass is currently focused to build a national staffing footprint.

We expect these initiatives to be key drivers in supplying a significant number of WSEs across a national footprint and achieving the critical mass necessary for our technology
to flourish. The development and integration of these vertical markets as well as the configurations needed for bulk onboarding of WSEs was the primary focus of our technical
team during Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2022.

COVID-19 Pandemic Impact

The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  provided  both  business  setbacks  and  business  opportunities.  Our  growth  trajectory  was  muted  by  the  economic  impacts  of  the  COVID-19
pandemic on our core business clients, primarily restaurants and nurse staffing organizations supplying health services not related to COVID-19.

The COVID-19 pandemic has significantly impacted and delayed our expected growth, which we saw initially through a decrease in our billed customers and WSEs beginning
in mid-March 2020, when the State of California first implemented “lockdown” measures. Substantially all of our billed WSEs as of February 29, 2020, worked for clients
located in Southern California, and were primarily in the QSR industry. Many of these clients were required to furlough or lay off employees or, in some cases, completely
shutter their operations. For our clients serviced prior to the March 2020 pandemic lockdown, we experienced an approximate 30% reduction in business levels within six weeks
after the first lockdown commenced. Early in the pandemic, the combination of our sales efforts and the tools that our services provide to businesses impacted by the COVID-19
pandemic resulted in additional business opportunities for new client location additions, as did the fact that many of our clients received Payroll Protection Plan loans ("PPP
Loans") under the CARES Act, which supported their businesses and payroll payments during in-store lockdowns. Nevertheless, during the quarter ended May 31, 2020, our
WSE billings per client location decreased as many of our clients were forced to cease operations or reduce staffing. On July 13, 2020, the Governor of

10

Table of Contents

the State of California re-implemented certain COVID-19 related lockdown restrictions in most of the counties in the state, including those located in Southern California where
most  of  our  clients  were  located. The  mercurial  nature  of  the  pandemic  led  to  recurring  lockdowns  through  the  issuance  of  additional  orders  by  state  and  county  health
authorities  that  yielded  uneven  patterns  of  business  openings  and  closings  throughout  our  clients’  markets,  which  also  experienced  significant  lockdowns  beginning  in  late
November 2020 and through the year-end holiday season as a spike in COVID-19 cases was observed.

The  negative  impact  of  these  lockdowns  on  our  business  and  operations  continued  through  our  third  quarter  of  Fiscal  2021  in  a  see-saw  pattern,  with  some  improvement
observed after the removal of many restrictions in California and elsewhere from March through June 2021, only to be followed by the reimplementation of restrictions in the
face of the pandemic resurgence fueled by the spread of the Delta variant of the virus. While the availability of PPP Loans to our clients mitigated the negative impact on our
business  during  the  initial  stages  of  the  pandemic,  we  believe  that  the  failure  of  the  government  to  renew  this  program  exacerbated  the  deleterious  impact  of  subsequent
restrictions and lockdowns on our financial results for Fiscal 2021.

We have observed, however, some degree of business recovery in late Fiscal 2021 and in Fiscal 2022 as the success in vaccination efforts have fueled our clients' business
recoveries.

We have also experienced increases in our workers’ compensation reserve requirements, and we expect additional workers’ compensation claims to be made by furloughed
employees. We also expect additional workers’ compensation claims to be made by WSEs required to work by their employers during the COVID-19 pandemic. On May 4,
2020, the State of California indicated that workers who became ill with COVID-19 would have a potential claim against workers’ compensation insurance for their illnesses.
These additional claims, to the extent they materialize, could have a material impact on our workers’ compensation liability estimates.

Opportunity

Shortly  after  the  beginning  of  the  pandemic,  once  it  became  clear  that  the  business  interruption  would  be  prolonged  and  more  extensive  than  originally  contemplated,  our
management team began to make adaptations to our business strategy to capitalize on the pandemic related disruptions and what we believed to be the opportunities that would
arise during a recovery. We realized that the COVID-19 pandemic created an employment shock that required a revised strategy and opened up opportunities to capitalize on a
disrupted market. Our growth initiatives were created out of the changes underway in the early part of the pandemic and included new go-to-market strategies, and new service
lines.

We see our opportunities to be multi-faceted. Our business strategy is to monetize our HRIS platform within observed and expected disruptions to the human capital market.
We have designed our customer engagement to be agile in meeting the needs of a disrupted workforce and a rapidly changing work environment. The Company was founded,
in part, with the goal to be properly positioned with a valuable service offering for the human capital marketplace and thereby ready to capitalize on the next wave of disruption.

According to an article from Forbes dated July 21, 2022 (“3 Reasons Businesses Are Tapping Into The Gig Economy”), The gig economy is booming and business leaders are
taking note. From the C-suite on down, Mercer’s 2022 Global Talent Trends report shows that gig is becoming a favored strategy, with six in 10 executives embracing this work
model. The increase in preference for gig workers is not surprising considering the exponential growth the gig economy has seen in recent months. Ballooning by 30% during
the pandemic, the gig workforce is now on track to surpass the full-time workforce in size by 2027. This phenomenon has prompted changes in business strategies that will
assist organizations as they battle labor shortages, inflation, and prepare for the future of work.

According to an article from Zippia dated September 22, 2022 ("23 essential gig economy statistics 2022")

•

•

At least 59 million American adults participated in the gig economy over 2020, roughly to 36% of the U.S. workforce.

16% of U.S adults have earned money through an online gig platform at some point in their lives, and 9% earned income from online gig work in 2021.

• Wages and participation for gig workers grew by 33% in 2020.

•

•

Gig workers contributed around $1.21 trillion to the U.S. economy in 2020, which is roughly 5.7% of the total U.S. GDP.

By 2023, experts predict that 52% of the American workforce will have spent some time participating in the gig economy.

11

Table of Contents

We have observed the following pattern in the development of the gig economy over the past fifteen years:

Figure 5

Each economic crisis creates chaos and disruption along with significant opportunities once recovery ensues. Our veteran management team has observed and learned from the
technological  and  economic  trends  of  the  past  25  years,  along  with  the  resultant  changes  to  the  human  capital  markets,  including  the  dot.com  bubble,  post  9/11  economic
shocks, and the two more recent financial crises: the 2008 “Great Recession” and the 2020 COVID-19 crisis. We observed the creation of an entirely new approach to part time
“gig” work after the 2008 economic crisis with the rise of companies that eschewed the traditional employer-employee relationship in favor of an “independent contractor”
model, and which primarily focused on driver and delivery services. The resultant employment opportunities typically produced lower paying jobs that required a lower level
of skill and expertise, and often deprived workers of health and welfare benefits that are typical, and often required, in the traditional employer-employee relationship. We call
these early gig worker companies, like Uber and Postmates, “Legacy Gig” companies, which emerged in large numbers after the Great Recession. These companies experienced
significant  growth  within  five  years  of  the  2008  crisis  by  capitalizing  on  a  combination  of  factors,  including  the  economic  recovery  itself,  the  companies’  ability  to  find  a
technological solution for the desire of the workforce to find more flexible work options, and the growing proliferation and sophistication of mobile smartphones. While these
Legacy  Gig  providers  have  enjoyed  great  success,  they  are  now  facing  significant  pushback  from  regulatory  authorities  from  their  decision  to  embrace  the  independent
contractor business model, which is under attack as a means of depriving employees of significant benefits and protections while evading traditional employer tax obligations.

The lessons learned from the Legacy Gig providers and the demographic shifts underpinning their success gave rise to the founding of ShiftPixy. In 2015, our founders Pixy
evaluated the Legacy Gig businesses and believed that there was a need in the marketplace for a lower wage “gig” service provider to treat its workers as employees, with all of
the traditional benefits and protections that employees have historically enjoyed, while also providing the flexibility that is the hallmark of the gig economy. The  ShiftPixy
Ecosystem and our HRIS platform were designed and continue to be enhanced with this goal in mind. The launch of ShiftPixy in 2015 coincided with the widespread adoption
of smartphones throughout the population, making the marriage of WSEs and business on a distributed network on a grand scale possible.

Our  business  plan  at  inception  was  premised  upon  our  belief  that  gig  workers  would  eventually  migrate  away  from  an  independent  contractor  to  a  more  traditional
employee/employer relationship that nonetheless provides the range of flexibility and choice commonly desired by workers in the gig economy. We also recognized a gap in the
marketplace where traditional HR service providers were not providing a comprehensive services suite for gig workers on a level comparable to that typically provided to higher
wage or salaried employees. We also came to recognize the likelihood that governmental regulators and tax

12

Table of Contents

authorities would ultimately object to the prevalent use of independent contractors by private businesses as a means to avoid paying certain taxes and avoid providing traditional
employment benefits to their workers, and we believe that recent actions by federal, state and local governments have proved our predictions to be accurate. Therefore, as our
business plan has evolved, we have avoided an independent contractor model, which we do not believe to be sustainable, in favor of a staffing model through which we employ
our clients’ WSEs and provide them with a full range of traditional benefits.

Figure 6

the part-time labor markets by delivering workplace level liberation and
More  recently,  there  have  been  significant  workplace  shocks  due  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  Increasingly  and  as  is  well  documented  in  news  media,  those  companies
employing lower wage employees are experiencing significantly increased employee turnover and higher recruiting costs. We believe that the broader employment marketplace
is undergoing a fundamental shift towards a new “Future Gig” workplace and further believe that ShiftPixy is well positioned to capitalize on the combination of a near term
economic recovery and the longer-term demographic shift of younger and lower paid workers to a temporary and flexible work environment, as was seen with the early gig
service provider business models. The financial markets have already recognized this opportunity in the growth and high value of companies focusing on the higher end salary or
contract employment for professionals or creative personnel (as contractors and employees) and lower pay scale workers (as contractors) as well as significant investment in
third  party  delivery. We  believe  that  our  commitment  to  a  full  employment  staffing  model,  through  which  our  WSEs  are  provided  with  a  range  of  traditional  employment
benefits, uniquely positions us to attract Future Gig workers to our HRIS platform and the ShiftPixy Ecosystem.

 Our purpose is to bring efficiency to

Third party delivery constitutes an important part of our overall strategy to supply our clients with highly qualified WSEs at an affordable price while allowing them to regain
control over their brands. Throughout the pandemic, many of our clients were forced to cede control over their brands to large third-party delivery services such as Postmates
and UberEats to ensure their survival. The result was not only a dissipation of profits, but also a loss of control over the delivery experience and, in many cases, a decline in
customer loyalty and goodwill. We believe that QSRs require more control over the delivery experience to ensure their future success which, in turn, requires more flexibility
that can only be achieved through digital engagement. Our technology platform is designed with this goal in mind, focusing on real-time business intelligence for human capital
while also providing additional key data capture that is critical to QSR success.

We also have observed the substantial investment that has been made in “ghost” kitchens, which is causing significant changes to the restaurant industry. Ghost  kitchens,  or
cooking facilities that produce food only for delivery with no dine-in or customer facing areas, could create a $1 trillion global opportunity by 2030, according to a Euromonitor
virtual  webinar  presented  by  Euromonitor’s  Global  Food  and  Beverage  Lead  Michael  Schaefer.  The  firm  predicts  cheaper,  faster  and  more  reliable  delivery  could  help  this
segment capture 50% of drive-thru service ($75 billion), 50% of takeaway foodservice ($250 billion), 35% of

13

Table of Contents

ready  meals  ($40  billion),  30%  of  packaged  cooking  ingredients  ($100  billion),  25%  of  dine-in  foodservice  ($450  billion),  and  15%  of  packaged  snacks  ($125  billion).  We
believe that our existing relationships with QSRs provide us with unique insight into the vulnerabilities and opportunities created by this third-party consumer disruption, and
the  primary  work  of  ShiftPixy  Labs  is  devoted  to  maximizing  the  monetization  of  this  disruption  through  the  creation  and  optimization  of  new  vertical  markets  and
opportunities, with the goal of creating additional shareholder value.

We believe that the combination of these demographic shifts, marketplace upheaval, and the COVID-19 pandemic’s impact on how workers find work and employers seek
WSEs creates a multitude of opportunities for companies like ShiftPixy. We anticipate that a second generation of gig employment companies that are utilizing lower wage
employees  will  experience  rapid  growth  within  three  years  following  the  end  of  the  COVID-19  economic  crisis.  We  also  believe  that  the  innovations  occurring  within  the
restaurant  industry  will  dramatically  change  the  way  restaurants  operate.  We  have  designed  our  business  strategy  to  this  end  and  believe  that  our  HRIS  platform  is  well
positioned for the rapid growth that we expect as we meet these changes within the marketplaces we serve.

Markets and Marketing

Overview

Our products and services are designed primarily to help from the small to large sized businesses thrive in the gig economy by providing a cost-effective, legally compliant
means to fulfill their staffing needs. As noted above, the worldwide trend toward a gig economy has been fueled largely by the widespread adoption of smartphones, which
provide the technological means for remote office workers to move away from the traditional centralized workplace.

Indeed, according to a March 2021 Statista article, over 95 % of 18-to 30-year-old workers use a smartphone. This, in turn, has led to a significant disruption of the traditional
employer-employee relationship, with supply management firm Ardent Partners reporting as far back as 2016 that nearly 42% of the world’s total workforce was considered
“non-employee”, which includes temporary staff, gig workers, freelancers, and independent contractors.

We  have  designed  our  mobile  application  to  take  full  advantage  of  this  fundamental  shift  to  the  gig  economy,  which  has  been  fueled  by  the  near  universal  adoption  of
smartphones. Our initial marketing efforts focused on small and medium sized businesses struggling to find and maintain workers in the gig economy. In particular, we have
targeted the restaurant and hospitality industries, which are characterized by high turnover and often use independent contractors to perform less than full-time gig engagements,
primarily in the form of shift work. A significant problem for these businesses, along with many others in a wide variety of industries, involves compliance with employment
related  regulations  imposed  by  federal,  state  and  local  governments.  Requirements  associated  with  workers’  compensation  insurance,  and  other  traditional  employment
compliance issues, including the employer mandate provisions of the ACA, create compliance challenges and increased costs. The compliance challenges are often complicated
by “workaround” solutions to which many employers resort to avoid characterizing employees as “full-time” in an often futile attempt to avoid fines and penalties.

We  believe  that  our  services  and  HRIS  platform  provide  a  cost-effective,  fully  compliant  solution  for  small  businesses  facing  increasingly  complex  regulations  and  related
litigation governing the classification and use of independent contractors. Recently in California, where most of our WSEs currently reside, legislation was passed that defines
gig  workers  employed  by  Legacy  Gig  companies  such  as  Lyft  and  Uber  as  employees  rather  than  independent  contractors,  which  we  believe  was  a  direct  governmental
response to a considerable loss of tax revenue derived from categorizing these WSEs as independent contractors. In November 2020, California voters passed Proposition 22,
which nominally had the effect of repealing this legislation and restoring independent contractor status with respect to “app-based drivers.” Nevertheless, Proposition 22 also
instituted various labor and wage policies that are specific to app-based drivers and their employers that do not apply to other independent contractors, including: (i) minimum
wage requirements; (ii) working hours limitations; (iii) requiring companies to pay healthcare subsidies under certain circumstances; and (iv) requiring companies to provide or
make available occupational accident insurance and accidental death insurance to their app-based drivers. We believe that there is an increasing likelihood that other states and
municipalities will impose similar mandates in the near future, which will likely include, at a minimum, wage and benefit provisions similar to those guaranteed by Proposition
22.

14

Table of Contents

Figure 7

Source: 11 Annual State of Independence in America, Data Highlights & Preview | August 2021 MBO Partners

th 

Prior Focus and Marketing Efforts

Our business model provides a solution to this likely regulatory change by absorbing workers for these types of gig economy companies as our employees, significantly limiting
the risk of litigation, fines and other related issues. Our early market focus was on the food service and hospitality industries, based primarily upon our understanding of the
issues  and  challenges  facing  QSRs.  Some  of  the  key  features  incorporated  in  our  mobile  smartphone  application  to  address  these  challenges  include:  (i)  scheduling  and
intermediation functionality, which is designed to enhance the client’s experience through easy WSE scheduling and reducing turnover impact, and (ii) delivery functionality,
which  is  designed  to  increase  revenues  through  “in  house”  delivery  fulfillment,  thereby  reducing  delivery  costs  while  creating  a  better  customer  experience  and  elevated
engagement.

TM

TM

TM

One of the most recent significant developments in the food and hospitality industry has been the rapid rise of third-party restaurant delivery Legacy Gig providers such as Uber
, GrubHub , and DoorDash . These providers have facilitated an increase in QSR sales in many local markets by providing food delivery to a wide-scale audience
Eats
using independent contractor delivery drivers. Nevertheless, we have observed two significant issues negatively impacting our clients as a result of their increased reliance upon
third party delivery providers that have been widely reported. The first issue is the large revenue share typically being paid to third-party delivery providers as delivery fees.
These additional costs erode QSR profits that would otherwise be generated by additional sales made through the delivery channel. The second issue is that our QSR clients
have encountered logistical problems with food deliveries, including late deliveries, cold food, missing accessories, and unfriendly delivery people. This has caused significant
“brand erosion”, causing these clients to reconsider third-party delivery.

While some larger chain restaurants have mitigated these additional costs and risks by moving to either a centralized food fulfillment center (commissary) or a “ghost” kitchen
solution for their third-party delivery system, our clients typically lack the resources to follow this example. Our ShiftPixy Labs growth initiative, (described in more detail,
below),  focuses  on  addressing  this  issue  for  these  smaller  QSR  operators  through  the  use  of  our  technology. Our  HRIS  platform  allows  our  QSR  clients  to  manage  food
deliveries in a cost-effective manner by using their own WSEs, (for whom we serve as the legal employer), through a customized “white label” mobile application. Our delivery
feature links this “white label” delivery ordering system to our delivery solution, thereby freeing our clients to showcase their brands throughout the mobile ordering process
while  retaining  back-office  delivery  functionality  on  a  par  with  that  offered  by  the  Legacy  Gig  providers,  including  scheduling,  ordering,  and  delivery  status  pushed  to  a
customer’s  smart  phone.  The  first  development  phase  of  this  aspect  of  our  platform  focused  on  driver  onboarding  functionality,  which  we  completed  during  our  fiscal  year
ended August 31, 2019 ("Fiscal 2019"). Additional features currently under development or already implemented  allow us to “micro meter” the essential commercial insurance
coverages required by our operator clients on a delivery-by-delivery basis (workers’ compensation and auto coverages), thereby overcoming a significant obstacle encountered
by QSRs seeking to provide their own delivery services without relying on a Legacy Gig provider.

15

Table of Contents

Our technology platform and approach to human capital management also provides a unique window into the daily demands of QSR operators, giving us the ability to extend
our  technology  and  engagement  to  optimize  this  self-delivery  proposition.  We  expect  our  most  recent  enhancements  to  our  driver  management  layer  for  operators  in  the
ShiftPixy Ecosystem to allow our clients to use their own team members to control the delivery process from start to finish, yielding a more positive customer experience. We
believe that our mobile application already provides the HR compliance, management and insurance solutions necessary to support a delivery option and create a turnkey self-
delivery opportunity for the individual QSR operator.

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our marketing efforts, along with its broader impact on the gig economy, appears to be mixed. According to a recent report issued by
AppJobs through its Future Work Institute, the pandemic has fueled an increase in global demand for remote services such as delivery, online surveys and market research,
while the demand for positions requiring entry into the home, such as house-sitting, babysitting and cleaning, has declined by 36%. Our experience with the bulk of our clients
during the height of the pandemic largely confirms this research. Specifically, we observed a significant decline in our food and hospitality billed WSEs located in our Southern
California markets during mid-March 2020, which coincided with the shutdown of many of our QSR clients’ dining locations. We began to experience some recovery in early
May  2020,  as  various  lockdown  measures  were  relaxed  and  many  restaurant  operators  created  “work-around”  solutions  to  new  health  and  safety  regulations,  including
improved takeout and delivery, as well as limited in-person dining. The reimplementation of lockdowns from November 2020 through February 2021 negatively impacted our
WSE billings, although this was tempered somewhat by the receipt of COVID-19 related government payments such as the PPP Loan program. As of August 31, 2022, we have
seen a recovery and it is clear to us that the commercial landscape in the restaurant industry has moved towards a mix between restaurant delivered meals compared to in-person
dining. Our ShiftPixy Labs initiative is largely designed to address this shift in demand.

We do not believe that the post-pandemic employment environment will decrease the migration of workers towards a gig economy, and we expect that the demand for services
that match those workers with gig opportunities will continue to increase.

16

Table of Contents

Figure 8

Market expansion
We view our ability to capture and utilize information pertaining to our target demographic to be integral to our future expansion and revenue growth. Although our clients were
principally  concentrated  in  Southern  California  as  of  the  end  of  Fiscal  2022,  we  believe  that  our  expanded  go-to-market  strategy  focused  on  building  a  national  account
portfolio  managed  by  a  newly-formed  regional  team  of  senior  sales  executives  and  ShiftPixy  Labs  initiatives  have  the  potential,  if  successful,  to  result  in  the  addition  of  a
significant number of WSEs to the ShiftPixy ecosystem, covering a truly national footprint. Our current technology efforts are devoted to ensuring that our HRIS platform has
the capacity to take full advantage of this projected future growth, which we believe is likely to result from the following factors:

1. Large Potential Markets.

Restaurant and Hospitality: Current statistics show that there are over 15.1 million WSEs in the restaurant and hospitality industries – representing over $300
billion of annual revenues – who are overwhelmingly working on a part-time basis. At our current monetization rate per WSE, this represents an annual gig
economy  revenue  opportunity  of  over  $9  billion  per  year  for  the  United  States.  We  believe  that  our  ShiftPixy  Labs  initiative  will  position  us  to  take  full
advantage of growth opportunities within this industry segment.

17

Table of Contents

Light  Industrial  Staffing:  We  project  a  target  market  approximating  annual  revenues  $35  billion  in  North America  derived  from  light  industrial  staffing,
approximately 50% of which is currently consolidated in ten larger companies with the remainder divided amongst a multitude of smaller, regional entities. We
believe that if our expanded go-to-market strategy focused on building a national account portfolio managed by a newly-formed regional team of senior sales
executives, if successful in completing its business plan, it will make us a significant player in the light industrial staffing space with a nationwide footprint. We
further believe that, if we are successful in entering into one or more CSAs with national account at regional levels, the resulting relationship will provide a
nationwide  outlet  for  our  HRIS  platform  that  will  extend  our  geographic  footprint  dramatically,  which  in  turn  should  result  in  significant  increases  to  our
revenues and earnings.

Other Industries: Our present intention is to expand both our geographic footprint and our service offerings into other industries as  well,  particularly  where
part-time work is a significant component of the applicable labor force, including the retail, healthcare and technology sectors.

2. Rapid Rise of Independent Workers. According to a recent study by Statista, the number of independent workers in the United States continues to increase significantly,
regardless of the frequency of work. During Calendar 2021, there were approximately 23.9 million occasional independent workers in the United States, representing an
increase from 12.9 million occasional independent workers estimated in Calendar 2017.

3. Technology Affecting Attitudes towards Employment Related Engagements. Gig economy platforms have changed the way that part-time and non-traditional WSEs
identify and connect to work opportunities through the use of smartphone technology. Many demographic groups, including millennials, have embraced this technology
as a means to secure short-term employment related engagements, as evidenced by the widespread adoption of smartphones. We believe that this demographic trend
represents the “last mile” enabling technology solutions such as ours to provide superior worker engagement in the gig economy.

4. Our  Mobile  Application  is  Designed  to  Provide  Additional  Benefits  to  Employers  and  Shift  Workers. Millennials  represent  approximately  40%  of  the  independent
workforce who are over the age of 21 and who work 15 hours or more each week. Mindful that we anticipate most of our shifters will be millennials who connect with
the outside world primarily through a mobile device, we are poised to significantly expand our business through our mobile application. Our mobile application is a
proprietary application downloaded to mobile devices, allowing our shifters to access shift work opportunities at all of our clients, not just their current restaurant or
hospitality provider. Our intermediation feature, which we anticipate being widely available in the near future, will also allow WSEs to access opportunities across our
entire client platform.

18

Table of Contents

Figure 9

Growth Initiatives

Our  recent  growth  initiatives  incorporate  lessons  learned  from  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  are  designed  to  utilize  our  technology  in  a  manner  that  maximizes  growth  and
profitability. The ultimate success of our business model depends upon the entry of significant numbers of WSEs into the ShiftPixy Ecosystem through placement on our HRIS
platform.  The  effectiveness  of  this  platform  however,  depends  upon  substantial  cash  flows  to  support  our  existing  operating  structure  and  ensure  that  our  technology  is
sufficiently advanced to support our business model.

As our client acquisitions slowed during the height of the pandemic in Calendar 2020, we began to re-evaluate our customer acquisition and revenue growth strategies and to
identify opportunities arising from the pandemic disruption, which we view as similar in scale and scope to the disruption observed after the 2008 financial crisis that gave rise
to the first gig economy businesses. Our response has been to pursue two complementary alternatives to organic growth that we believe will create additional shareholder value
without significant shareholder equity dilution: (i) sponsorship of SPACs, including IHC; and (ii) development of ShiftPixy Labs.

Transformative Sales Growth Strategy

ShiftPixy  has  put  into  motion  an  agile  business  development  plan  for  rapid  organic  growth  starting  in  Q1  2023  focused  on  building  scalable  long-term  revenue  creation  to
become the market leader in U.S. contingent labor through increasingly diverse service offerings. By helping Fortune 1000 companies rethink human capital, ShiftPixy’s novel
technology and proprietary sourcing tools will disrupt not only traditional thinking about staffing, but also provide a cure to toxic employee turnover and thus provide labor cost
certainty.

This new and compelling go-to-market strategy will leverage the recently expanded staffing platform on the ShiftPixy Human Resources Information System (“HRIS”) that
offers  clients  an  industry-leading  digital  and  mobile  technology  to  handle  the  duties  and  demands  of  human  capital  management  at  enormous  scale. An  enhanced  value
proposition will offer clients automation, acceleration, liberation, and indemnification, thus driving growth and delivering value to stakeholders while also increasing our market
share. Successful execution of this sales growth plan will leave ShiftPixy strategically positioned for secular growth in the $123 billion temporary and contract employment
staffing market in the U.S.

The Company’s transformative sales growth strategy will capitalize on several economic developments in attractive vertical markets including retail, skilled trades, logistics,
manufacturing, healthcare, and hospitality.  A sustained surge in e-commerce is driving the need for supply chain expansions that require additional warehouses and the labor
necessary to expedite delivery

19

Table of Contents

and  returns. Likewise,  a  re-focus  on  domestic  manufacturing  capacity  expansion  for  critical  technology  and  an  acute  labor  supply  gap  is  leading  to  a  surge  in  demand  for
ShiftPixy’s contingent and flexible skilled labor pool. Additional tailwinds supporting our growth strategy include positive demographic trends as the labor market reprioritizes
flexibility, control, and access to job opportunities anywhere and anytime.

ShiftPixy’s  business  development  plan  offers  immediate  solutions  to  critical  workflow  challenges  for  human  capital  acquisition,  talent  management,  labor  force  retention,
worker supply chain disruptions, and runaway hiring costs. ShiftPixy’s continuous improvement of its client and candidate experience elevates engagement and satisfaction for
neglected contingent and temporary workers. The completion of the Company’s current sales growth strategy is expected to create one of the largest employers in the U.S. in
2023 and build the fastest growing flexible labor force to meet the demands of a fast-changing human capital market while ushering significant enterprise value creation and
recurring revenue growth for our shareholders.

ShiftPixy Labs

On July 29, 2020, we announced the launch of ShiftPixy Labs, which includes the development of ghost kitchens in conjunction with our wholly-owned subsidiary, ShiftPixy
Ghost  Kitchens,  Inc.  Through  this  initiative,  we  intend  to  bring  various  food  delivery  concepts  to  market  that  will  combine  with  our  HRIS  platform  to  create  an  easily
replicated, comprehensive food preparation and delivery solution. The initial phase of this initiative is being implemented in our dedicated showcase kitchen facility located in
close proximity to our Miami headquarters, which we are already showcasing through the distribution of video programming on social media produced and distributed by our
wholly owned subsidiary, ShiftPixy Productions, Inc. If successful, we intend to replicate this initiative in similarly constructed facilities throughout the United States and in
selected international locations. We also intend to provide similar services via mobile kitchen concepts, all of which will be heavily reliant on our HRIS platform and which we
believe  will  capitalize  on  trends  observed  during  the  COVID-19  pandemic  toward  providing  customers  with  a  higher  quality  prepared  food  delivery  product  that  is  more
responsive to their needs.

The idea of ShiftPixy Labs originated from discussions with our restaurant clients, combined with our observations of industry trends that appear to have accelerated during the
pandemic. Beginning in Calendar 2020, we recognized a significant uptick in the use of mobile applications to order take-out food either for individual pickup or third-party
delivery, which grew even more dramatically as the pandemic took hold. Not surprisingly, the establishment of fulfillment kitchens for third party delivery also spread rapidly
during this time period, initially among national fast food franchise chains but then among smaller QSRs.

The migration towards a ghost kitchen delivery solution appears to have followed a two-step process. Initially, the increased demand for third party delivery allowed restaurants
to utilize existing physical locations that would otherwise have been closed due to COVID-19 lockdowns and restrictions. This evolved into the deployment of centralized ghost
kitchen facilities by certain “early adopter” companies once they observed a critical mass of order flow. This more centralized fulfillment option results in more economical
bulk  purchasing,  reduced  food  spoilage,  lower  overhead,  and  better  and  more  automated  order  completion  flow. These  improved  economies  of  scale  typically  translate  to
significant cost reductions to operators compared to the traditional “in-person” restaurant locations, typically located in more expensive real estate locations.

We  believe  that  the  restaurant  industry  is  in  the  midst  of  a  food  fulfillment  paradigm  shift  that  will  ultimately  result  in  the  widespread  use  of  “ghost  kitchens”  in  a  shared
environment. Similar to shared office work locations, a shared kitchen can provide significant cost efficiencies and savings compared to the cost of operating multiple retail
restaurant locations. Coupled  with  ShiftPixy’s  technology  stack,  which  includes  order  delivery  and  dispatch,  we  believe  that  the  ghost  kitchen  solutions  that  emerge  from
ShiftPixy Labs will provide a robust and effective delivery order fulfillment option for our clients.

We have also observed the growing impact of social media platforms over the past five years, a trend which has accelerated through the pandemic. As this trend has gained
steam, many social media influencers have successfully capitalized on their popularity by establishing new business concepts in a variety of industries, including within the
QSR space. Some of these restaurants are identified as “virtual” restaurants with delivery-only service fulfilled by centralized ghost kitchens. We intend to capitalize on this
trend by creating an extensive social media presence for ShiftPixy Labs.

Many restaurant entrepreneurs have also become successful during the pandemic by moving outside through the use of mobile food trucks, which can be used as a launching
point for restaurants and ultimately expanded to traditional indoor dining locations. We have researched this phenomenon and, coupled with our experience in the restaurant
industry,  believe  a  significant  business  opportunity  exists  to  assist  with  the  fulfillment  of  new  restaurant  ideas  and  rapidly  expand  those  ideas  across  a  broad  geographic
footprint utilizing centralized ghost kitchen fulfillment centers. Again, we believe that ShiftPixy Labs will provide solutions that will facilitate the rapid growth of these new
businesses, through a combination of centralized

20

Table of Contents

ghost kitchens and an available pool of human capital resources provided through our HRIS platform, as well as through other business assistance provided by our management
team.

During  Fiscal  2020,  we  established  an  industrial  facility  in  Miami  that  we  expect  to  be  fully  completed  and  operational  shortly  We  are  equipping  this  facility  with  ten
standardized kitchen stations in both single and double kitchen configurations built within standard cargo container shells. We expect this facility, upon completion, to function
as  a  state-of-the-art  ghost  kitchen  space  that  will  be  used  to  incubate  restaurant  ideas  through  collaboration  and  partnerships  with  local  innovative  chefs,  resulting  in  sound
businesses  that  provide  recurring  revenue  to  ShiftPixy  in  a  variety  of  ways,  both  through  direct  sales  and  utilization  of  the  ShiftPixy  Ecosystem,  HRIS  platform,  and  other
human capital services. To  the  extent  that  this  business  model  is  successful  and  can  be  replicated  in  other  locations,  it  has  the  potential  to  contribute  significant  revenue  to
ShiftPixy in the future.

We may also take equity stakes in various branded restaurants that we develop and operate with our partners through ShiftPixy Labs. Such ownership interests will be held to
the extent that it is consistent with our continued existence as an operating company, and to the extent that we believe such ownership interests have the potential to create
significant value for our shareholders.

Competition

We  have  two  primary  sources  of  competition.  Competitors  to  our  gig  business  model  include  businesses  such  as  Upworks,  ShiftGig,  Instawork,  Snag,  Jobletics  and  other
comparable businesses that seek to arrange short-term work assignments for both employees and independent contractors. Competitors to our HRIS platform include businesses
such as True Blue, Inc., Kelly Services, ManpowerGroup, and Barrett Business Services, which provide human resource software solutions.

We believe our service offerings compete effectively based on our strategy of combining an ecosystem of employment services with the individualized ability to link trained
workers to specific shift-work opportunities and by providing additional work opportunities, as well as facilitating procurement of low-cost workers’ compensation insurance
for our clients.

Governmental Regulation

Our  business  operates  in  an  environment  that  is  affected  by  numerous  and  complex  federal,  state  and  local  laws  and  regulations  relating  to  labor  and  employment  matters,
benefit  plans  and  income  and  employment  taxes.  Further,  many  jurisdictions  have  adopted  laws  or  regulations  regarding  the  licensure,  registration  or  certifications  of
organizations that engage in co-employer relationships. While we do not believe that our business model generally falls within the co-employer framework, it is possible that
we could become subject to such laws and regulations if we are deemed to have entered into such relationships with regard to employees providing services in the jurisdictions
where such laws and regulations apply.

Additionally, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, government agencies have declared a state of emergency in the U.S., and some have restricted movement, required restaurant,
bar and hotel closures, advised people not to visit restaurants or bars, and otherwise restricted non-essential travel. In some jurisdictions, people have been instructed to shelter
in place to reduce the spread of COVID-19, in response to which restaurants have temporarily closed and have shifted operations at others to provide only take-out and delivery
service. While many of these restrictions have now been lifted, there is no guarantee that they will not be reimposed should there be a resurgence in the virus, or as a result of
some other public health emergency.

The following summarizes what we believe are currently the most important legal and regulatory aspects of our business:

Federal Regulations

Employer Status

We  sponsor  certain  employee  benefit  plan  offerings  as  the  “employer”  of  our  shift  workers  under  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986  (the  “Code”)  and  the  Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). The multiple definitions of “employer” under both the Code and ERISA are not clear and are defined in part by complex
multi-factor tests under common law. We believe that we qualify as an “employer” of our shift workers under both the Code and ERISA, as well as various state regulations,
but this status could be subject to challenge by various regulators. For additional information on employer status and its impact on our business and results of operations, refer
to the section entitled “Risk Factors,” under the heading “If we are not recognized as an employer of WSEs under federal and state regulations, or we are deemed to be an
insurance agent or third-party administrator, we and our clients could be adversely impacted.”

21

Table of Contents

Affordable Care Act and Health Care Reform

The ACA was signed into law in March 2010. The ACA implemented substantial health care reforms with staggered effective dates continuing through Calendar 2020, and
many of its provisions require the issuance of additional guidance from applicable federal government agencies and the states. There could be significant changes to the ACA
and health care in general, including the potential modification, amendment or repeal of the ACA. For additional information on the ACA and its impact on our business and
results of operations, refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors,” under the heading, “Failure to comply with, or changes in, laws and regulations applicable to our business,
particularly potential changes to the ACA, could have a materially adverse effect on our marketing plan as well as our reputation, results of operations or financial condition, or
have other adverse consequences.” The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 effectively eliminated the individual mandate provisions of the ACA, beginning in 2019.

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act

Maintaining the security of information regarding our employees is important to us as we sponsor employee benefit plans and may have access to personal health information of
our employees. The manner in which we manage protected health information (PHI) is subject to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”),
and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (the “HITECH Act”). HIPAA contains substantial restrictions and health data privacy, security
and breach notification requirements with respect to the use and disclosure of PHI. Further, under the HITECH Act there are steep penalties and fines for HIPAA violations. Our
health  plans  are  covered  entities  under  HIPAA,  and  we  are  therefore  required  to  comply  with  HIPAA’s  portability,  privacy,  and  security  requirements.  For  additional
information regarding the information we collect, how we maintain the confidentiality of our clients’ and employees’ confidential information and the potential impact to our
business if we fail to protect the confidentiality of such data, refer to the section entitled “Risk Factors,” under the heading, “We collect, use, transmit and store personal and
business  information  with  the  use  of  data  service  vendors,  and  a  security  or  privacy  breach  may  damage  or  disrupt  our  businesses,  result  in  the  disclosure  of  confidential
information, damage our reputation, increase our costs or cause losses.”

State Regulations

Many  states  have  adopted  provisions  for  licensure,  registration,  certification  or  other  formal  recognition  of  co-employers.  Such  laws  vary  from  state  to  state  but  generally
provide for monitoring or ensuring the fiscal responsibility of a co-employer, and in some cases codify and clarify the co-employment relationship for unemployment, workers’
compensation and other purposes under state laws. While we believe that our current business primarily falls outside the scope of these laws and regulations, it is possible that
regulatory authorities could determine that our activities come under this regulatory framework to some extent. In addition, many state laws require guarantees by us of the
activities  of  our  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  ReThink  Human  Capital  Management,  Inc.  (“HCM”),  and  in  some  states  we  may  seek  licensure,  registration  or  certification,  as
applicable, together with our subsidiary, HCM, because the financials for both organizations are consolidated. We believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with
the requirements in the states where we are conducting business.

We must also comply with state unemployment tax requirements where our clients are located. State unemployment taxes are based on taxable wages and tax rates assigned by
each state. The tax rates vary by state and are determined, in part, based on our prior years’ compensation and unemployment claims experience in each state. Certain rates are
also determined, in part, by each client’s own compensation and unemployment claims experience. In addition, states have the ability under law to increase unemployment tax
rates, including retroactively, to cover deficiencies in the unemployment tax funds.

We  are  also  subject  to  Federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations  regarding  privacy  and  information  security.  For  example,  the  California  Consumer  Privacy Act  of  2018,  (the
“CCPA”  which  went  into  effect  on  January  1,  2020),  affords  consumers  expanded  privacy  protections,  including  individual  rights  to  access,  to  require  deletion  of  personal
information, to opt out of certain personal information sharing, and to receive detailed information about how personal information is used. The CCPA also provides for civil
penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that may increase data breach litigation. There are also a number of other pending state privacy laws
that contain similar provisions to the CCPA with which we must comply and which, in some cases, may prescribe stricter and potentially conflicting requirements.

Intellectual Property

We have registered seven trademarks, consisting of three names (ShiftPixy, ZiPixy, and ShiftPixy Labs) and four logos (the Pixy image, the Pixy wings image and wings/name
logo, and the ShiftPixy Labs logo). In addition, we have patents pending for certain features of our mobile application in the United States, Australia, Brazil, European Union,
India, Japan, Korea and Hong

22

Table of Contents

Kong. We have other intellectual property and related rights as well, particularly in connection with our software. We believe that our intellectual property is of considerable
importance to our business.

Human Capital

As of August 31, 2022, we employed 61 people on a full-time basis in our corporate offices, and we served approximately 3,000 active, paid WSEs with an additional 38,000
inactive WSEs included within the ShiftPixy Ecosystem through our HRIS platform.

Diversity and Inclusion

We  maintain  a  diverse  and  inclusive  workforce  in  our  corporate  offices,  and  we  encourage  our  clients  to  embrace  similar  practices. Approximately  33%  of  our  corporate
employees are women, including, effective January 1, 2022, our recently named Chief Operating Officer, Amanda Murphy, (who is a member of our board of directors), and
our  Chief  Marketing  Officer, Amy  Wang,  and  approximately  61%  of  our  corporate  employees  are  non-white  (10% Asian,  35%  Hispanic  and  16% African American).   We
encourage our clients to employ the same practices that we use to ensure diversity in the workplace, which has resulted in an extremely diverse WSE population. Our efforts
include the preparation and distribution of employee manuals internally and to our clients that fully incorporate diversity and inclusion best practices, as well as implementation
of robust training programs that we believe to be most effective in eliminating and preventing harassment, bullying and bias in the workplace.

Workforce Compensation and Pay Equity

We provide robust compensation and benefits programs to help meet the needs of our corporate employees, and we also provide the means for our clients to provide similar
benefits to their WSEs, many of which have traditionally been unavailable to gig workers and others filling lower wage positions. We provide our corporate employees with
highly  competitive  salaries,  as  well  a  401(k)  Plan,  healthcare  and  insurance  benefits,  paid  time  off,  and  family  leave.  We  also  provide  all  of  our  corporate  employees  with
targeted equity-based grants with vesting conditions designed to facilitate the retention of personnel and the opportunity to benefit financially from the Company’s growth and
profitability.

We also believe that adoption of the ShiftPixy HRIS platform by our clients has had, and will continue to have, far-reaching effects in bringing pay equity to historically lower
wage positions, by harnessing the power of the internet-driven gig economy to provide WSEs the ability and freedom to find the best work opportunities available. The cost
efficiencies our clients realize though adoption of the ShiftPixy technology platform, in our opinion, provides the means for them not only to pay higher wages, but also to
provide substantial employment benefits not often available to lower wage workers in the modern economy, including access to healthcare and insurance benefits and 401(k)
Plans.

Talent Acquisition and Retention

We  continually  monitor  corporate  employee  turnover  rates  and  those  of  our  clients,  as  we  firmly  believe  that  our  success  and  that  of  our  business  partners  depends  upon
retaining highly trained and dedicated team members. We are convinced that our philosophy of providing highly competitive compensation, along with significant opportunities
for  career  growth  and  development  opportunities,  encourages  longer  employment  tenure  and  low  levels  of  voluntary  turnover.  Given  our  limited  operating  history  and
significant rate of growth, we are not currently able to produce meaningful statistics related to corporate employee turnover and tenure on a macro level, but based on feedback
we receive both informally and through periodic formal reviews and evaluations, we believe that our relationship with our corporate employees is excellent.

Company Culture

We  expect  all  of  our  corporate  employees  to  observe  the  highest  levels  of  business  ethics,  integrity,  mutual  respect,  tolerance,  and  inclusivity,  and  encourage  our  clients  to
demand  the  same  from  WSEs.  Our  Corporate  Employee  Manual,  and  those  employee  manuals  that  we  provide  to  our  clients,  set  forth  detailed  provisions  reflecting  these
values,  and  provide  direction  for  registering  complaints,  (including  through  an  anonymous  hotline  jointly  administered  by  our  General  Counsel  and  the  Chair  of  our Audit
Committee), in the event of violations of our policies. Our executive officers and supervisors maintain “open door” policies, and we encourage our clients to do the same. Any
form of retaliation is strictly prohibited.

23

Table of Contents

Development and Training

We invest significant resources in developing and retaining the talent needed to achieve our business goals. We maintain a relatively “flat” corporate organizational structure,
whereby our employees benefit from training and mentoring by individuals filling a variety of different functions within ShiftPixy, and we encourage our clients to follow our
example. We believe that this highly dynamic environment provides the hands-on training necessary for our corporate employees and WSEs to achieve their career goals, build
necessary skills, and advance within their fields.

Oversight and Governance

Our  board  of  directors  takes  an  active  role  in  overseeing  our  corporate  ethics  as  well  as  the  management  of  our  human  capital,  which  includes  reviewing,  approving,  and
implementing  policies  and  procedures  governing  the  administration  of  the  workplace,  such  as  policies  related  to  potential  conflicts  of  interest,  compensation,  ethics,  and
elimination of workplace bias and harassment. Our Chief Operating Officer, Ms. Murphy, who is also a member of our board of directors, has been employed by the Company
since its inception, and is responsible for the day-to-day administration of these policies and procedures, receiving input and assistance from the Company’s General Counsel as
necessary  and  appropriate.  Both  our  Director  of  Operations  and  General  Counsel  regularly  report  to  our  board  of  directors  on  issues  relate  to  corporate  oversight  and
governance.

Employee Engagement and Wellness

The success of our business is fundamentally connected to the well-being of our people. Accordingly, we are committed to the health, safety and wellness of our corporate
employees, and we encourage our clients to make this a priority for their WSEs. We provide our corporate employees, and facilitate our clients providing WSEs with a wide
range of benefits, including benefits directed to their health, safety and long-term financial security. This includes taking whatever measures remain necessary in response to the
COVID-19 pandemic that we determine to be in the best interests of our corporate employees and our client’s WSEs, as well as the communities in which we operate, and
which comply with government regulations.

Workers’ Compensation Insurance

During  Fiscal  2021,  the  Company  made  a  strategic  decision  to  change  its  approach  to  securing  workers’  compensation  coverage  for  our  clients.  This  was  primarily  due  to
rapidly increasing loss development factors stemming in part from the COVID-19 pandemic. The combination of increased claims from WSEs, the inability of WSEs to obtain
employment quickly and return to work after injury claims, and increasing loss development factor rates from our insurance and reinsurance carriers resulted in significantly
larger potential loss exposures, claims payments, and additional expense accruals. Starting on January 1, 2021, we began to migrate our clients to our new direct cost program,
which we believe significantly limits our claims exposure. Effective March 1, 2021, all of our clients had migrated to the direct cost program.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our operations and financial results are subject to various risks and uncertainties, including those described below, that could adversely affect our business, financial condition,
results of operations, cash flows, and the trading price of our common stock. Some statements in this Form 10-K, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute
forward-looking statements. Please refer to the section entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for more information.

Summary of Material Risk Factors

▪ We have limited operating history, which makes it difficult for us to evaluate our future business prospects and make decisions based on those estimates of future

performance.

▪

The COVID-19 pandemic, or another widespread public health epidemic, catastrophic or geopolitical event, might create additional liabilities, risks and exposures
which could negatively impact our current business, growth prospects and cash flows, and future profitability.

▪ We maintain limited self-insurance for workers’ compensation services that we provide to our clients.

24

Table of Contents

▪

▪

There is no guarantee that our current cash position, expected revenue growth and anticipated financing transactions will be sufficient to fund our operations for the
next twelve months.

Our success depends on adoption of our products and services by our various types of customers.

▪ We assume the obligation to make wage, tax, and regulatory payments for WSEs, and, as a result, are exposed to client credit risks.

▪ We operate in an immature and rapidly evolving industry and have a relatively new business model, which makes it difficult to evaluate our business and prospects.
We face intense competition across all markets for our services, which may lead to lower revenue or operating margins. Our targeted customer base is diverse, and
we face a challenge in meeting each group’s needs.

▪

Providing  specialized  Gig  Economy  oriented  staffing  management  products  and  services  is  an  emerging  yet  competitive  business,  and  many  of  our  competitors
have greater resources that may enable them to compete more effectively.

▪ We have claims and lawsuits against us that may result in adverse outcomes.

▪ We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting.

▪

If we are unable to secure or pay for the insurance coverage required for our business operations, or if we lose any existing coverage, we may not be able to offer
some of our services and our revenues could be reduced.

▪ We may be subject to penalties and interest payable on taxes as a result of data entry in our software or manual error.

▪

Our ability to adjust and collect service fees for increases in unemployment tax rates may be limited.

▪ Our  sponsorship  of  various  SPACs  requires  significant  capital  deployment,  entails  certain  risks  and  may  not  be  successful,  which  would  likely  have  a  material
adverse effect on our future expansion, revenues, and profits. Further, certain of our officers and directors also serve as officers and directors of the SPACs, which
could give rise to conflicts of interest.

▪ We may never successfully commercialize ShiftPixy Labs.

▪ We may have outages, data losses, and disruptions of our online services if we fail to maintain an adequate operations infrastructure. Because we store data in the
cloud with providers such as Microsoft and Amazon, any disruptions in our ability to access this data or any breach of security concerning this data in the cloud
could have a materially adverse effect.

▪

▪

Software products we use in our business may contain defects which will make it more difficult for us to establish and maintain customers.

If a contract relating to our mission critical software that we use in our business is terminated or not renewed, our business could be seriously disrupted and our
revenues significantly reduced.

▪ We may not be able to protect our source code from copying in the event of an unauthorized disclosure.

▪ We  intend  to  use  open  source  blockchain  technology  in  our  technology  platform,  which  has  been  scrutinized  by  regulatory  agencies  and  may  be  impacted  by

unfavorable regulatory action.

▪ We use and leverage open source technology in our technology platform which may create security risks.

▪ We depend heavily on Scott W. Absher, who is our Board Chair, Chief Executive Officer and largest shareholder. The loss of his services could harm our prospects,

and our ability to implement successfully our business plan.

25

Table of Contents

▪

If we are not recognized as an employer of WSEs under federal and state regulations, or we are deemed to be an insurance agent or third-party administrator, we and
our clients could be adversely impacted.

▪ We are in the business of providing WSEs to our clients. As such we have been sued for claims resulting from action by or against our WSEs, including California

Private Attorney General’s Act claims, and are likely to be subject to such claims in the future, which may require significant capital to defend.

▪

▪

▪

▪

Failure to comply with, or changes in, laws and regulations applicable to our business, particularly potential changes to the ACA, could have a materially adverse
effect on our business.

Failure to secure any necessary registrations or licensure could affect our ability to operate certain segments of our business in certain jurisdictions.

Laws  related  to  the  classification  of  gig  economy  workers  are  changing,  and  we  may  be  subject  to  state  and  local  regulations  impacting  how  we  classify  our
workers.

Our common stock is thinly traded, which can cause volatility in its price. If we are unable to continue to meet the listing requirements of Nasdaq, our common
stock will be delisted.

▪ A  controlling  interest  in  our  common  stock  is  closely  held  by  our  Board  Chair  and  CEO,  Mr. Absher,  which  may  limit minority  shareholders  from  influencing

corporate governance.

▪ We  are  an  “emerging  growth  company”  under  the  JOBS Act,  as  well  as  a  "smaller  reporting  company,"  and  we  cannot  be  certain  if  the  reduced  disclosure

requirements applicable to such companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

Risks Relating to Our Business

We  have  limited  operating  history,  which  makes  it  difficult  for  us  to  evaluate  our  future  business  prospects  and  make  decisions  based  on  those  estimates  of  our  future
performance.

We are an emerging business and are in the process of developing our products and services. We have been in business since July 2015. Although our continuing business
processed gross billings of over $81 million and $79 million for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively, it is still difficult, if not impossible, to forecast our future results
based upon our limited historical operating data. Because of the related uncertainties, we may be hindered in our ability to anticipate and timely adapt to increases or decreases
in sales, revenues or expenses. If we make poor budgetary decisions as a result of unreliable data, our gross billings in the future may decline, which may result in a decline in
our stock price.

There is uncertainty regarding our ability to implement our business plan and to grow our business to a greater extent than we can with our existing financial resources without
additional financing.

Although  we  closed  multiple  public  offerings  and  private  placements  both  during  and  shortly  after  the  close  of  Fiscal  2022,  we  currently  have  no  binding  agreements,
commitments  or  understandings  to  secure  additional  financing  at  this  time.  We  also  have  no  binding  agreements,  commitments  or  understandings  to  acquire  any  other
businesses or assets. Our long-term future growth and success, including implementation of our growth initiatives, as described above, are dependent not only upon our ability
to generate cash from operating activities but also our ability to raise additional capital. Nevertheless, there is no assurance that we will be able to generate sufficient cash from
operations, to borrow additional funds or to raise additional equity capital. Our inability to obtain additional cash through any of these avenues could have a material adverse
effect on our ability to fully implement our business plan as described herein and grow our business to a greater extent than we can with our existing financial resources.

The COVID-19 pandemic might create additional liabilities, risks and exposures that could negatively impact our current business, growth prospects and cash flows, and
future profitability, while also requiring us to increase our workers’ compensation reserve to protect against additional liabilities, all of which could negatively impact our
ability to raise additional capital.

The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic are ongoing, and our business has been significantly impacted as a result. Most of our current clients are situated in the restaurant and
hospitality business sector and concentrated in Southern California. The vast

26

Table of Contents

majority of these clients were negatively impacted by the lockdown measures imposed in the State of California starting in March 2020, and continuing to some extent through
much of Fiscal 2021. Although lockdown measures were relaxed somewhat throughout Southern California during spring 2021, as the worst of the pandemic receded, new
virus variants have recently surfaced which raise the possibility of new lockdowns and restrictions throughout California and elsewhere. As long as these directives remain in
place, they are likely to negatively impact our clients’ businesses and operations, which, in turn, will likely have a negative impact on our business prospects and operating
results. As  we  expand  our  business  into  new  geographic  areas,  and  seek  to  enlist  clients  outside  of  the  QSR  and  hospitality  industries,  we  may  encounter  similar  financial
obstacles resulting from the spread of COVID-19 variants and resulting governmental regulations or restrictions that negatively impact these areas of business focus.

Further, until March 2021, our workers’ compensation policy was a self-insurance policy with a limited liability cap of $500,000. In March 2020, the Governor of the State of
California issued Executive Order N-62-20, which creates a rebuttable presumption for workers’ compensation claims that an employee’s COVID-19 related illness arose out of
the course of their employment if (i) such infection occurred between March 19 and July 5, 2020, and (ii) the employee was diagnosed with COVID-19 or tested positive within
14  days  after  performing  work  for  the  employer  at  a  location  other  than  the  employee’s  home.  While  we  have  not  experienced  any  such  claims  to  date,  our  workers’
compensation rates have increased significantly since the beginning of the pandemic. We have also increased our workers’ compensation reserve estimates for Fiscal 2021, and
we continue to closely monitor all workers’ compensation claims made during the COVID-19 pandemic. While we believe that the steps we have taken are sufficient to protect
against materially increased levels of workers’ compensation claims related to the pandemic, there can be no guarantee that this will be the case, or that our premium collections
will be sufficient to offset our liabilities and achieve profitability should such an increase in claims materialize in the future.

We maintain limited self-insurance for the workers’ compensation services that we provide to our clients. If we experience claims in excess of our collected premiums, we
might incur additional losses, higher costs, and reduced margins, resulting in a need for more liquidity.

We  are  responsible  for  and  pay  workers’  compensation  costs  for  our  WSEs.  Until  March  1,  2021,  we  self-insured  for  up  to  $500,000  per  occurrence  and  we  purchased
reinsurance for claims in excess of $500,000. After March 1, 2021, our workers’ compensation coverage moved to a prepaid premium model that does not require us to record
additional reserves. Our workers’ compensation billings are designed to cover expected claims based on insurance annuity calculations. These calculations are based on our
claims  experienced  during  our  limited  operating  history. At  times,  these  costs  have  risen  substantially  as  a  result  of  increased  claims  and  claim  trends,  general  economic
conditions,  changes  in  business  mix,  increases  in  healthcare  costs,  and  government  regulations. Although  we  carry  insurance  and  believe  that  we  currently  have  reserves
sufficient to insulate us against projected losses, any unexpected changes in claim trends, including the severity and frequency of claims, actuarial estimates, and medical cost
inflation, could result in us exceeding these projections. If future claims-related liabilities increase due to unforeseen circumstances, or if new laws, rules, or regulations are
implemented, costs could increase significantly. There can be no assurance that we will be able to increase the fees charged to our clients in a timely manner and in a sufficient
amount to cover increased costs as a result of any changes in claims-related liabilities.

Our business, results of operations and financial condition have been and will likely continue to be materially adversely
impacted in the event of a widespread public health epidemic, including the recent COVID-19 outbreak.

Our business, results of operations and financial condition have been, and will likely continue to be, materially adversely affected by any widespread public health epidemics,
such  as  the  COVID-19  outbreak  first  identified  in  Wuhan,  China  in  December  2019.  On  March  11,  2020,  the  World  Health  Organization  declared  COVID-19  a  pandemic
disease. Potential impacts of the spread of COVID-19 include disruptions or restrictions on our employees’ and WSEs’ ability to travel, and temporary closures of our clients’
facilities. For example, many of our WSEs perform services in the restaurant and hospitality industries, which have experienced significant declines in traffic since early March
2020.  Various  states  and  municipalities  throughout  the  United  States  have  since  declared  a  state  of  emergency  and  imposed  substantial  restrictions  on  movement,  required
restaurants,  bars  and  hotels  to  close,  and  advised  people  not  to  patronize  restaurants  or  bars  or  otherwise  engage  in  non-essential  travel.  In  some  areas,  residents  have  been
instructed to shelter in place to reduce the spread of COVID-19, resulting in many restaurants either closing or limiting their operations to take-out and delivery service. Given
that most of our clients are businesses in the hospitality and restaurant industries, our results of operations are likely to continue to be negatively impacted as long as restrictions
arising from the COVID-19 pandemic continue. We cannot at this time predict with any degree of certainty the precise impact these adverse conditions will ultimately have on
our  operations  due  to  a  variety  of  unknown  factors.  We  continue  to  monitor  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  will  adjust  our  mitigation  strategies  as  necessary  to  address  any
changing health, operational or financial risks that may arise. Any future significant outbreak of contagious diseases could

27

Table of Contents

result  in  a  widespread  health  crisis  that  could  adversely  affect  the  economies  and  financial  markets  of  many  countries,  resulting  in  an  economic  downturn  that  could  affect
demand for our products and likely negatively impact our operating results.

There is no guarantee that our current cash position, expected revenue growth and anticipated financing transactions will be sufficient to fund our operations for the next
twelve months.

As of August 31, 2022, the Company had cash of $0.6 million and a working capital deficit of $31.2 million. During this period, the Company used approximately $17.5 million
of cash from its continuing operations and incurred recurring losses, resulting in an accumulated deficit of $192.7 million as of August 31, 2022. The recurring losses and cash
used in operations are indicators of substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern for at least one year from issuance of the audited financial statements
incorporated in this Form 10-K. Our plans to alleviate substantial doubt are discussed below and elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

Historically, our principal source of financing has come through the sale of our common stock and issuance of convertible notes. In May 2020, we successfully completed an
underwritten public offering, raising a total of $12 million ($10.3 million net of costs), and closed an additional $1.4 million ($1.2 million net of costs) between June 1, 2020
and July 7, 2020 pursuant to exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment. In October 2020, we closed an additional $12 million equity offering ($10.7 million net of costs). In
May 2021, we raised approximately $12 million ($11.1 million net of costs) in connection with the sale of common stock and warrants. More recently, in September 2021, we
raised approximately $12 million ($11.1 million net of costs) in connection with the sale of common stock and warrants; in January 2022, we entered into a warrant exercise
agreement that raised approximately $5.9 million ($5.4 million net of costs), and in July 2022, we entered into a warrant exercise agreement that raised approximately $1.3
million ($1.2 million net of costs).

Our  plans  and  expectations  for  the  next  twelve  months  include  raising  additional  capital  in  the  form  of  public  or  private  equity  offerings  to  help  fund  expansion  of  our
operations and strengthening of our sales force strategy by focusing on staffing services as our key driver to improve our margin and the continued support and functionality
improvement of our information technology (“IT”) and HRIS platform. This expanded go-to-market strategy will focus on building a national account portfolio managed by a
newly-formed regional team of senior sales executives singularly focused on sustained quarterly revenue growth and gross profit margin expansion. We expect to continue to
invest in our HRIS platform, ShiftPixy Labs, and other growth initiatives, all of which have required and will continue to require significant cash expenditures.

We expect our investment in our HRIS platform to continue over the next twelve months, as we believe such investments will be necessary to support our existing clients as
well as our future organic growth. While we anticipate that these investments will yield benefits to us in the future in the form of increased revenues and earnings, it is likely that
such improved financial results will be delayed or otherwise materially impacted if we are unable to enter successfully into CSAs with new customers.

We  believe  that  our  current  cash  position,  along  with  our  cost  controls,  projected  revenue  growth  and  anticipated  financing  from  potential  institutional  investors,  will  be
sufficient to alleviate substantial doubt and fund our operations for at least a year from the date of this Form 10-K. If these sources do not provide the capital necessary during
the  next  twelve  months,  we  may  need  to  curtail  certain  aspects  of  our  operations  or  expansion  activities,  consider  the  sale  of  additional  assets,  or  consider  other  means  of
financing. We can give no assurance that we will be successful in implementing our business plan and obtaining financing on terms that are advantageous to us, or that any such
additional financing will be available.

Our success depends on adoption of our products and services by our various types of customers. If these potential customers do not accept and acquire our products and
services, then our revenue will be severely limited.

The major customer groups to whom we believe our products and services will appeal, (i.e. both clients and WSEs who rely upon shift work), may not embrace our products
and  services.  Acceptance  of  our  products  and  services  will  depend  on  several  factors,  including  cost,  ease  of  use,  familiarity  of  use,  convenience,  timeliness,  strategic
partnerships, and reliability. If we fail to adequately meet our customers’ needs and expectations, our product offerings may not be competitive and our ability to commence or
continue generating revenues could be reduced. We also cannot be sure that our business model will gain wide acceptance among all targeted customer groups. If the market
fails to continue to develop, or develops more slowly than we expect, our ability to continue generating revenues could be reduced.

28

Table of Contents

We assume the obligation to make wage, tax, and regulatory payments for WSEs, and, as a result, are exposed to client credit risks.

Under our typical CSA, we assume the obligations to pay the salaries, wages and related benefits costs and payroll taxes for our WSEs. We assume such obligations as an agent,
not as a principal, of the client. Our obligations include responsibility for:

•

•

payment of the salaries and wages for work performed by WSEs, regardless of whether the client timely pays us the associated service fee; and

withholding and payment of federal and state payroll taxes with respect to wages and salaries reported by us.

If a client does not pay us, our ultimate liability for WSE payroll and benefits costs could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

If we are unable to effectively manage growth and maintain low operating costs, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We have experienced rapid growth since our inception, and our plans contemplate significant expansion of our business. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively,
(including having geographically dispersed offices and employees), or to anticipate and manage our future growth accurately, our business may be adversely affected. If we are
unable  to  manage  our  expansion  and  growth  effectively,  we  may  be  unable  to  keep  our  operating  costs  low  or  effectively  meet  the  requirements  of  an  ever-growing,
geographically dispersed client base. Our business relies on data systems, billing systems and financial reporting and control systems, procedures and controls. Our success in
managing our expansion and growth in a cost-effective manner will require us to upgrade and improve these systems, procedures and controls. If we are unable to adapt our
systems  and  put  adequate  controls  in  place  in  a  timely  manner,  our  business  may  be  adversely  affected.  In  addition,  our  growth  may  place  significant  demands  on  our
management, and our overall operational and financial resources. A failure on our part to meet any of the foregoing challenges inherent in our growth strategy may have an
adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our targeted customer base is diverse, and we face a challenge in adequately meeting each group’s needs.

Because we serve both employers and employees, we must work constantly to understand the needs, standards and requirements of each group and must devote significant
resources to developing products and services for their interests. If we do not accurately predict our customers’ needs and expectations, we may expend valuable resources in
developing products and services that do not achieve broad acceptance across the markets, and we may fail to grow our business.

We face intense competition across all markets for our services, which may lead to lower revenue or operating margins. Competing forms of Gig Economy oriented staffing
management products and services may be more desirable to consumers or may make our products and services obsolete.

Our competitors range in size from diversified global companies with significant research and development resources to small, specialized firms whose narrower service lines
may make them more effective in deploying technical, marketing, and financial resources. Barriers to entry in many of our businesses are low and many of the areas in which we
compete  evolve  rapidly  with  changing  and  disruptive  technologies,  shifting  user  needs,  and  frequent  introductions  of  new  products  and  services.  Our  ability  to  remain
competitive depends on our success in making innovative products, devices, and services that appeal to customers.

Companies compete with us based on a growing variety of business models. The competitive pressures described above may cause decreased sales volumes, price reductions,
and/or increased operating costs, such as for research and development, marketing, and sales incentives. This may lead to lower revenue, gross margins, and operating income.

There  are  currently  several  different  competing  Gig  Economy  oriented  staffing  management  product  and  service  technologies  that  are  being  marketed  to  our  potential
customers. Further development of any of these technologies may lead to advancements in technology that will make our products and services obsolete. Consumers may prefer
alternative technologies and products and services. We cannot guarantee that users of Gig Economy oriented staffing management products and services who will be using our
products and services will continue to grow within the industry as a whole. Any developments that contribute to the obsolescence of our products and services may substantially
impact our business, reducing our ability to generate or sustain revenues.

29

Table of Contents

Providing specialized Gig Economy oriented staffing management products and services is an emerging yet competitive business, and many of our competitors have greater
resources that may enable them to compete more effectively.

We compete in the same markets as many companies that offer not only staffing management products and services focused on the Gig Economy but also more traditional
staffing management products and services. There are limited barriers to entry and price competition in the industry, particularly from larger, more traditional industry model
competitors, is intense with pricing pressures from competitors and clients increasing. New competitors entering our markets may further increase pricing pressures.

We have observed that clients sometimes competitively bid new contracts, which is a trend that we expect to continue for the foreseeable future. Some of our competitors have
greater  resources  than  we,  which  may  enable  them  to  compete  more  effectively  in  this  market.  Our  competitors  may  devote  their  resources  to  developing  and  marketing
products and services that will directly compete with our product lines, and new, more efficient competitors may enter the market. If we are unable to successfully compete with
existing companies and new entrants to the market, it will have a negative impact on our business and financial condition.

We operate in an immature and rapidly evolving industry and have a relatively new business model, which makes it difficult to evaluate our business and prospects.

The industry in which we operate is characterized by rapidly changing regulatory requirements, evolving industry standards and shifting user and client demands. Our business
model is also evolving and is different from models used by other companies in our industry. As a result of these factors, the success and future revenue and income potential of
our business is uncertain. Any evaluation of our business and our prospects must be considered in light of these risks and uncertainties, some of which relate to our ability to:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Expand client and WSE relationships;

Increase the number of our clients and grow our WSE base;

Develop relationships with third-party vendors, HCM providers, and insurance companies;

Expand operations and implement and improve our operational, financial and management controls;

Raise capital at attractive costs, or at all;

Attract and retain qualified management, employees and independent service providers;

Successfully introduce new processes, technologies, products and services, and upgrade our existing processes, technologies, products and services;

Protect our proprietary processes and technologies and our intellectual property rights; and

Respond to government regulations relating to the internet, personal data protection, email, software technologies, cyber security and other regulated aspects of our
business.

If  we  are  unable  to  successfully  address  the  challenges  posed  by  operating  in  an  immature  and  rapidly  evolving  industry  and  having  a  relatively  new  business  model,  our
business could suffer.

We have claims and lawsuits against us that may result in adverse outcomes.

We  are  subject  to  a  variety  of  claims  and  lawsuits.  These  claims  arise  from  a  wide  variety  of  business  practices,  significant  business  transactions,  operational  claims,  and
employment practices. Adverse outcomes in some or all of these claims may result in significant monetary damages or injunctive relief that could adversely affect our ability to
conduct  our  business.  Such  litigation  and  other  claims  are  subject  to  inherent  uncertainties  and  management’s  view  of  these  matters  may  change  in  the  future. A  material
adverse impact on our consolidated financial statements could occur for the period in which the effect of an unfavorable outcome becomes probable and reasonably estimable.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If our internal control over financial reporting is not effective, we may not be able
to accurately report our financial results or file our periodic reports

30

Table of Contents

in  a  timely  manner,  which  may  cause  adverse  effects  on  our  business,  may  cause  investors  to  lose  confidence  in  our  reported  financial  information  and  may  lead  to  a
decline in stock price.

Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary to provide reliable financial reports in a timely manner. In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial
statements for Fiscal 2022, we concluded that there were material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting relating to our IT environment, controls over cut-
off  procedures,  accounting  for  our  capitalized  software  and  discontinued  operations,  segregation  of  duties  and  corporate  oversight  functions.  A  material  weakness  is  a
deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or
interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

If  we  are  unable  to  successfully  remediate  our  material  weaknesses  or  identify  any  future  significant  deficiencies  or  material  weaknesses,  the  accuracy  and  timing  of  our
financial reporting may be adversely affected, a material misstatement in our consolidated financial statements could occur, or we may be unable to maintain compliance with
securities  law  requirements  regarding  timely  filing  of  periodic  reports,  all  of  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business  and  cause  our  stock  price  to  decline  as  a  result.  In
addition, even if we remediate our material weaknesses, we will be required to expend significant time and resources to further improve our internal controls over financial
reporting, including by further expanding our finance and accounting staff to meet the demands that are placed upon us as a public company, including the requirements of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we fail to adequately staff our accounting and finance function to remediate our material weaknesses or fail to maintain adequate internal control over
financial reporting, any new or recurring material weaknesses could prevent us from concluding that our internal control over financial reporting is effective and impair our
ability to prevent material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements, which could cause our business to suffer.

If we are unable to secure or pay for the insurance coverage required for our business operations, or if we lose any existing coverage, we may not be able to offer some of
our services and our revenues could be reduced.

We  are  required  to  obtain  and  maintain  various  types  of  insurance  coverage  for  our  business,  in  particular  health  and  workers’  compensation  insurance  related  to  our
employment  of  WSEs. Although  we  have  contracts  with  all  types  of  providers  currently  necessary  for  our  business,  if  in  the  future  we  are  unable  to  secure  the  insurance
coverage required for our business operations, or if we lose any existing coverage, we may not be able to offer some of our services and our revenues could be reduced. In
addition, any increases in the cost of insurance coverage we are required to maintain could reduce our profitability (or increase our net losses).

We may be subject to penalties and interest payable on taxes as a result of data entry into our software or manual error.

Our input of data in our tax processing software must be entered properly to process the data and payments correctly with regard to clients, co-employees and applicable tax
agencies. If we input incorrect data or input accurate data incorrectly, we could inadvertently overbill or underbill our clients or overpay or underpay applicable taxes, resulting
in the loss of net income and/or clients and/or the incurrence of tax penalties and interest. Despite our efforts to reconcile taxes on a monthly basis, we may incur additional
taxes, penalties and interest for which we may or may not bill our clients.

Our ability to adjust and collect service fees for increases in unemployment tax rates may be limited.

We record our State Unemployment Tax (“SUI”) expense based on taxable wages and tax rates assigned by each state. SUI tax rates vary by state and are determined, in part,
based on prior years’ compensation experience in each state. Prior to the receipt of final tax rate notices, we estimate our expected SUI tax rate in those states for which tax rate
notices have not yet been received for purposes of pricing. In a period of adverse economic conditions state unemployment funds may experience a significant increase in the
number of unemployment claims. Accordingly, SUI tax rates would likely increase substantially. Some states have the ability under law to increase SUI tax rates retroactively to
cover deficiencies in the unemployment fund.

In  addition,  taxes  under  the  Federal  Unemployment  Tax Act  (“FUTA”)  may  be  retroactively  increased  in  certain  states  in  the  event  the  state  fails  to  timely  repay  federal
unemployment loans. Employers in such states are experiencing higher FUTA tax rates as a result of not repaying their unemployment loans from the federal government in a
timely manner. The credit reduction is an additional tax on the FUTA wage base for employers in states that continue to have outstanding federal unemployment insurance loans
beginning with the fifth year in which there is a balance due on the loan. States have the option to apply for a waiver before July 1st of the year in which the credit reduction is
applicable.

Generally, our contractual agreements allow us to incorporate such statutory tax increases into our service fees upon the effective date of the rate change. However, our ability to
fully adjust service fees in our billing systems and collect such

31

Table of Contents

increases over the remaining term of the clients’ contracts could be limited, resulting in a potential tax increase not being fully recovered. As a result, such increases could have
a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

We may never successfully commercialize ShiftPixy Labs.

We have invested a substantial amount of our time and resources in developing ShiftPixy Labs and its related services and technology. Commercialization of ShiftPixy Labs
will require additional development, customer engagement, significant marketing efforts and ongoing investment before it can provide us with any additional revenue. Despite
our efforts, ShiftPixy Labs may not become commercially successful. Failure to successfully deploy and commercialize ShiftPixy Labs could adversely affect our operating
results and financial condition.

Risks Relating to Technology

We collect, use, transmit and store personal and business information with the use of data service vendors, and a security or privacy breach may damage or disrupt our
businesses, result in the disclosure of confidential information, damage our reputation, increase our costs or cause losses.

In connection with our business, we collect, use, transmit and store with data services vendors large amounts of personal and business information about our clients and shift
employees, including payroll information, healthcare information, personal and limited business financial data, social security numbers, bank account numbers, tax information
and other sensitive personal and business information. In addition, as we continue to grow the scale of our business, we will process and store with data services vendors an
increasing  volume  of  personally  identifiable  information  of  our  users.  Our  data  services  vendors  include  PrismHR, Amazon  Web  Services,  Microsoft  OneDrive,  ShareFile,
Dropbox, Egnyte, Smartsheet, Sage Intacct, MasterTax, Microsoft Outlook, Microsoft Office 365, DocuSign and RightSignature. We believe these vendors implement industry
standard or more stringent data security measures to protect the data that we transmit through and/or store with them. Despite our efforts to protect customer data, perceptions
that  the  collection,  use,  and  storage  of  personal  information  are  not  satisfactorily  protected  could  inhibit  sales  and  limit  adoption  of  our  services.  In  addition,  the  continued
occurrence of high-profile data breaches provides evidence of an external environment increasingly hostile to information security.

We are focused on ensuring that our operating environments safeguard and protect personal and business information, and we will devote significant resources to maintaining
and regularly updating our systems and processes. The cost to maintain these safeguards is significant and may increase as we grow, which may limit our ability to employ our
resources elsewhere and slow our ability to grow. Despite our efforts to maintain security controls across our business, it is possible our security controls over personal data, our
training of employees and vendors on data security, and other practices we follow may not prevent the improper disclosure of customer data that we or our vendors store and
manage. In addition, attacks on information technology systems continue to grow in frequency, complexity and sophistication, and we may be targeted by unauthorized parties
using malicious tactics, code and viruses.

We engage third party contractors who monitor our activities in a manner designed to prevent, detect and respond to data security incidents. However, because the techniques
used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently and may be difficult to detect for long periods of time, we may be unable
to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventive measures. In addition, hardware, software, or applications we develop or procure from third parties may contain
defects in design or manufacture or other problems that could unexpectedly compromise the confidentiality, integrity or availability of data or our systems. Unauthorized parties
may also attempt to gain access to our systems or facilities, or those of third parties with whom we do business, through fraud, trickery, or other methods of deceiving our
employees,  contractors,  or  temporary  staff. As  these  threats  continue  to  evolve,  we  may  be  required  to  invest  significant  additional  resources  to  modify  and  enhance  our
information security and controls or to investigate and remediate any security vulnerabilities. In addition, while our operating environment is designed to safeguard and protect
personal and business information, we do not have the ability to monitor the implementation of similar safeguards by our clients, vendors or their respective employees, and, in
any event, third parties may be able to circumvent those security measures.

Any  cyber-attack,  unauthorized  intrusion,  malicious  software  infiltration,  network  disruption,  denial  of  service,  corruption  of  data,  theft  of  non-public  or  other  sensitive
information, any similar act by a malevolent party, or inadvertent acts by our own employees, could result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information,
harm  our  reputation,  and  could  have  a  materially  adverse  effect  on  our  business  operations,  or  that  of  our  clients,  create  financial  liability,  result  in  regulatory  sanction,  or
generate a loss of confidence in our ability to serve clients or cause current or potential clients to choose another service provider, or subject us to liability under laws that
protect  personal  data,  resulting  in  increased  costs  or  loss  of  revenue. Although  we  believe  that  through  our  third  party  contractors  we  maintain  an  adequate  program  of
information security and controls and any threats that we might have encountered to date have not materially impacted us, the impact of a data security

32

Table of Contents

incident could have a materially adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, any further security measures we may undertake to
address further protections may cause higher operating expenses.

We are also subject to various federal and state laws, rules and regulations relating to the collection, use, transmission and security of personal and business information. In
addition, the possession and use of personal information and data in conducting our business subjects us to laws that may require notification to regulators, clients or employees
in the event of a privacy breach and may impose liability on us for privacy deficiencies, including but not limited to liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal
information, such as HIPAA, and regulatory penalties. These laws continue to develop, the number of jurisdictions adopting such laws continues to increase, and these laws
may be inconsistent from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. The future enactment of more restrictive laws, rules or regulations could have a materially adverse impact on us through
increased  costs  or  restrictions  on  our  businesses  and  noncompliance  could  result  in  regulatory  penalties  and  significant  legal  liability.  In  addition,  enforcement  actions  and
investigations by regulatory authorities related to data security incidents and privacy violations continue to increase.

Some of the activities in which our shift workers could become involved include health care information-related responsibilities that could invoke the need for compliance with
HIPAA as amended by the HITECH Act. The United States Department of Health and Human Services has issued regulations that establish uniform standards governing the
conduct of certain electronic health care transactions and protect the privacy and security of protected health information used or disclosed by health care providers and other
covered entities. Three principal regulations with which we are required to comply have been issued in final form under HIPAA: privacy regulations, security regulations, and
standards for electronic transactions, which establish standards for common health care transactions. The privacy regulations cover the use and disclosure of protected health
information by health care providers. They also set forth certain rights that an individual has with respect to his or her protected health information maintained by a health care
provider, including the right to access or amend certain records containing protected health information or to request restrictions on the use or disclosure of protected health
information. The security regulations establish requirements for safeguarding the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of protected health information that is electronically
transmitted or electronically stored. The HITECH Act, among other things, establishes certain health information security breach notification requirements. A covered entity
must notify any individual whose protected health information is breached. The HIPAA privacy and security regulations establish a uniform federal “floor” and do not supersede
state laws that are more stringent or provide individuals with greater rights with respect to the privacy or security of, and access to, their records containing protected health
information. These laws contain significant fines and other penalties for wrongful use or disclosure of protected health information. Additionally, to the extent that we submit
electronic  health  care  claims  and  payment  transactions  that  do  not  comply  with  the  electronic  data  transmission  standards  established  under  HIPAA  and  the  HITECH Act,
payments to us may be delayed or denied.

We may be vulnerable to security breaches that could disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business.

Despite security measures and business continuity plans, our information technology networks and infrastructure may be vulnerable to damage, disruptions, or shutdowns due
to unauthorized access, computer viruses, cyber-attacks, distributed denial of service, and other security breaches. An attack on or security breach of our network could result in
interruption or cessation of access and services, our inability to meet our access and service level commitments, and potentially compromise customer data transmitted over our
network. We cannot guarantee that our security measures will not be circumvented, resulting in network failures or interruptions that could impact our network availability and
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results. We may be required to expend significant resources to protect against such threats. If an actual
or perceived breach of our security occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed, and we could lose customers. Any such events
could result in legal claims or penalties, disruption in operations, misappropriation of sensitive data, damage to our reputation, and/or costly response measures, which could
adversely affect our business.

If we are unable to protect our proprietary and technology rights our operations will be adversely affected.

Our success will depend in part on our ability to protect our proprietary rights and technologies, including those related to our products and services. Protecting our intellectual
property rights and combating unlicensed copying and use of our software and other intellectual property is difficult. Except as otherwise noted herein, we have not obtained
any formal patent, trademark or similar protection. Our failure to adequately protect our proprietary rights may adversely affect our operations. Despite our efforts to protect our
proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our services or to obtain and use trade secrets or other information that we regard as proprietary. Based
on the nature of our business, we may or may not be able to adequately protect our rights through patent, copyright and trademark laws. Our means of protecting our proprietary
rights in

33

Table of Contents

the United States or abroad may not be adequate, and competitors may independently develop similar technologies. In addition, litigation may be necessary in the future to:

•

•

•

•

Enforce intellectual property rights;

Protect our trade secrets;

Determine the validity and scope of the rights of others; or

Defend against claims of infringement or invalidity.

Any such litigation could result in substantial costs if we are held to have willfully infringed upon another party’s intellectual property, or to expend significant resources to
develop non-infringing technology and would divert the attention of management from the implementation of our business strategy. Furthermore, the outcome of any litigation
is inherently difficult to predict, and we may not prevail in any litigation in which we become involved.

Software products we use in our business may contain defects which will make it more difficult for us to establish and maintain customers.

We currently use PrismHR software for our payroll processing. We also use MasterTax to process our tax reports and filings, and a host of other software products in the course
of conducting our business. Our mobile application, along with the client portal and the ShiftPixy Command Hub, constitute our proprietary software and contain components
that are licensed from third parties that constitute public domain software. Our payroll processing software and other software products that we use in our business, including
our mobile application, could contain undetected design faults and software errors, or “bugs” that are discovered only after they have been installed and used by a significant
number of customers. Any such defect or error in new or existing software or applications could cause delays in delivering our technology or require design modifications.
These developments could adversely affect our competitive position and cause us to lose potential customers or opportunities. Since our technologies are intended to be utilized
to supply human resources related services, the effect of any such bugs or delays will likely have a detrimental impact on us. In addition, given that our specialized human
resources  software  and  services  have  yet  to  gain  widespread  acceptance  in  the  market,  any  delays  or  other  problems  caused  by  software  bugs  would  likely  have  a  more
detrimental impact on our business than if we were a more established company.

If a contract relating to our mission critical software that we use in our business is terminated or not renewed, our business could be seriously disrupted and our revenues
significantly reduced.

If a contract relating to our mission-critical software services, such as that applicable to payroll and payroll tax processing, is terminated or not renewed, and we do not have an
effective replacement software, our business and revenues will suffer. Although there are other software vendors we can use, it may take time to negotiate an agreement and
make any replacement software operational. Accordingly, if the software agreements that we use in our business are terminated or not renewed, our business could be seriously
disrupted and our revenues significantly reduced until we locate replacement software and make it operational.

Our systems may be subject to disruptions that could have a materially adverse effect on our business and reputation.

Our business is and will continue to be highly dependent on our ability to process, on a daily basis, a large number of complicated transactions. We rely heavily on our payroll,
financial, accounting, and other data processing systems. We may not be successful in preventing the loss of client data, service interruptions or disruptions to our operations
from system failures. If any of these systems fail to operate properly or become disabled even for a brief period of time, we could suffer financial loss, a disruption of our
businesses, liability to clients, regulatory intervention, or damage to our reputation, any of which could have a materially adverse effect on our results of operation or financial
condition.

Because we store data in the cloud with providers such as Microsoft and Amazon, any disruptions in our ability to access this data or any breach of security concerning this
data in the cloud could have a materially adverse effect on our business and reputation.

Our business is and will continue to be highly dependent on data storage in the cloud with providers such as Microsoft and Amazon. These cloud storage systems may fail to
operate properly or become disabled. There could also be security breaches of our data stored in the cloud. If there is loss of client data, service interruptions or disruptions to
our operations related to our cloud data storage, even for a brief period of time, we could suffer financial loss, a disruption of our business, liability to

34

Table of Contents

clients, regulatory intervention, or damage to our reputation, any of which could have a materially adverse effect on our results of operation or financial condition.

We make significant investments in our software that may not meet our expectations.

Developing  new  technologies  is  complex.  It  can  require  long  development  and  testing  periods.  Significant  delays  in  new  releases  or  significant  problems  in  creating  new
products or services could adversely affect our revenue.

We may not be able to protect our source code from copying in the event of an unauthorized disclosure.

Source code, the detailed program commands for our operating systems and other software programs, is critical to our business. We take significant measures to protect the
secrecy of large portions of our source code. If a significant portion of our source code leaks, we could lose future trade secret protection for that source code. It may become
easier  for  third  parties  to  compete  with  our  products  by  copying  functionality,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  revenue  and  operating  margins.  Unauthorized  disclosure  of
source code also could increase the security risks described in the next paragraph.

We may have outages, data losses, and disruptions of our online services if we fail to maintain an adequate operations infrastructure.

Our increasing user traffic, growth in services, and the complexity of our services demand more computing power. We spend substantial amounts to build, purchase, or lease
data centers and equipment and to upgrade our technology and network infrastructure to handle more data. These demands continue to increase as we grow our workforce.
Maintaining, securing, and expanding this infrastructure is expensive and complex. It requires that we maintain an internet connectivity infrastructure that is robust and reliable
within  competitive  and  regulatory  constraints  that  continue  to  evolve.  Inefficiencies  or  operational  failures,  including  temporary  or  permanent  loss  of  customer  data  or
insufficient internet connectivity, could diminish the utility or functionality of our products, and adversely impact the quality of our services and user experience, resulting in
contractual liability, claims by users and other third parties, regulatory actions, damage to our reputation, and loss of current and potential users, subscribers, and advertisers,
each of which could have a materially adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.

Our software may experience quality or supply problems.

Our software may experience quality or reliability problems. The highly sophisticated software we have been developing may contain bugs and other defects that interfere with
their intended operation. Any defects we do not detect and fix in pre-release testing could cause reduced sales and revenue, damage to our reputation, repair or remediation
costs, delays in the release of new products or versions, or legal liability. Although our license agreements typically contain provisions that limit our exposure to liability, there
is no assurance these provisions will withstand legal challenge.

We intend to use open source blockchain technology in our technology platform. This technology has been scrutinized by regulatory agencies and therefore we may be
impacted by unfavorable regulatory action in one or more jurisdictions.

We intend to use open source blockchain technology as a secure repository for “device reputation” information acquired by our technology platform. Blockchain technologies
have been the subject of scrutiny by various regulatory bodies around the world. We could be impacted by one or more regulatory inquiries or actions, including but not limited
to restrictions on the use of blockchain technology, which could impede or limit the use of this technology within our product offerings.

We use and leverage open source technology in our technology platform which may create risks of security weaknesses.

Some parts of our technology that we currently use, and that we intend to develop in the future, incorporate (or may incorporate in the future) open-source technology, including
the  blockchain  technology  that  we  intend  to  use  in  our  technology  platform.  There  is  a  risk  that  the  development  team,  or  other  third  parties  may,  intentionally  or
unintentionally, introduce weaknesses or bugs into the core infrastructure elements of our technology solutions that interfere with the use of such technology which, in turn,
could have a material negative impact on our business and operations.

35

Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Management and Personnel

We depend heavily on Scott W. Absher, our Chief Executive Officer and a director. The loss of his services could harm our business.

Our future business and results of operations depend in significant part upon the continued contributions of Scott W. Absher, our Chief Executive Officer and Chair of our board
of directors. If we lose his services or if he fails to perform in his current position, or if we are not able to attract and retain skilled employees in addition to Mr. Absher, this
could adversely affect the development and implementation of our business plan and harm our business.

If we are not recognized as an employer of WSEs under federal and state regulations, or we are deemed to be an insurance agent or third-party administrator, we and our
clients could be adversely impacted.

While in our client engagements we sometimes arrange for our clients to act as sponsor of employee benefit plans, we also sponsor the benefit plans applicable to their WSEs.
For us to sponsor employee benefit plan offerings for WSEs, we must qualify as an employer for certain purposes under the Code and ERISA. In addition, our status as an
employer is important for purposes of ERISA’s preemption of certain state laws. The definition of employer under various laws is not uniform, and under both the Code and
ERISA, the term is defined in part by complex multi-factor tests.

Generally,  these  tests  are  designed  to  evaluate  whether  an  individual  is  an  independent  contractor  or  employee,  and  they  provide  substantial  weight  to  whether  a  purported
employer has the right to direct and control the details of an individual’s work. Some factors that the IRS has considered important in the past have included the employer’s
degree of behavioral control (the extent of instructions, training and the nature of the work), the financial control and the economic aspects of the relationship, and the intent of
the parties, as evidenced by (i) the specific benefit, contract, termination and other similar arrangements between the parties, and (ii) the “on-going” versus “project-oriented”
nature of the work to be performed. However, a definitive judicial interpretation of “employer” in the context of employer relationships such as those in which we engage has
not been established. For ERISA purposes, for example, courts have held that test factors relating to ability to control and supervise an individual are less important, while the
U.S. Department of Labor has issued guidance that certain entities in the HR outsourcing industry do not qualify as common law employers for ERISA purposes. Moreover,
when our mobile application is fully functional, the scope of our employer status will increase, changing the legal analysis. Although we believe that we qualify as an employer
of WSEs under ERISA, and the U.S. Department of Labor has not provided guidance otherwise, we are not able to predict the outcome of any future regulatory challenge.

If we are not recognized as an employer under the Code or ERISA, we may be required to change the method by which we report and remit payroll taxes to the tax authorities
and the method by which we provide, or discontinue providing, certain employee benefits to WSEs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of
operations.

We may also need to qualify as an employer of WSEs under state regulations, which govern licensing, certification and registration requirements. Nearly all states have enacted
laws and regulations in this regard. While we believe that we qualify as an employer of WSEs under these state regulations, these requirements vary from state to state and
change  frequently  and  if  we  are  not  able  to  satisfy  existing  or  future  licensing  requirements  or  other  applicable  regulations  of  any  states,  we  may  be  prohibited  from  doing
business in that state.

Lapses in our WSE screening process may harm our reputation or relationship with clients, or result in litigation, which may impact our financial condition.

Our business model is dependent on hiring WSEs who will provide high quality service for our clients. Lapses in our screening process may result in WSEs being hired who do
not meet the standard expected by our clients. This may hurt our relationship with our clients or result in them placing their business elsewhere, which would negatively impact
our ability to remain in business. Criminal behavior by our WSEs resulting from a lapse in our screening process may subject us to litigation from our clients or government
regulators, which may also be costly and/or damage our reputation.

We are in the business of providing WSEs to clients, and there is a risk that we will be sued and/or held liable for claims resulting from actions by or against our WSEs.

Our WSEs perform their jobs in the workplaces of our clients. Our ability to control the workplace environment of our clients is extremely limited. Further, many WSEs have
access to our clients’ information systems and confidential information. Based on our relationship with these WSEs, we incur a risk of liability arising from various workplace
events, including claims of physical injury, discrimination, harassment or failure to protect confidential personal information. Other inherent risks include

36

Table of Contents

possible claims of errors and omissions; intentional misconduct; release, misuse or misappropriation of client intellectual property; employment of undocumented immigrants;
criminal activity; torts; or other claims. These claims can carry significant financial penalties and damages.

We have not experienced significant claims for damages or losses to date arising from the actions of WSEs. However, there is a risk that we will be subject to such claims in the
future and may be held liable even if our contribution to the injury is minimal or absent. We may also be required to indemnify our clients against claims brought against them
by or against WSEs. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, the costs of mounting our defense might be significant and damaging to us. We may incur
reputational  costs  and/or  be  subject  to  investigations  by  public  agencies,  which  could  result  in  associated  negative  publicity.  We  may  also  lose  clients  as  a  result  of  claims
against us.

Risks Relating to Regulations and Compliance

Failure to comply with, or changes in, laws and regulations applicable to our business, particularly potential changes to the ACA, could have a materially adverse effect on
our marketing plan as well as our reputation, results of operations or financial condition, or have other adverse consequences.

Our business is subject to a wide range of complex laws and regulations. For example, many states regulate entities offering the employment related services such as those
offered  by  us  directly  or  through  our  subsidiaries  and  require  licenses  as  a  prerequisite  to  operation  of  such  enterprises  in  their  respective  jurisdictions.  There  can  be  no
assurance that either we or our subsidiaries will be successful in either securing or maintaining a license or licenses in compliance with a particular state’s laws and regulations.
Further,  many  states  require  that  workers’  compensation  policies  offered  by  employment  related  firms  such  as  ours  be  managed  according  to  strict  rules  and/or  that
unemployment insurance filings be administered according to strict rules.

Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in the suspension or revocation of licenses or registrations, the limitation, suspension or termination of services,
and the imposition of consent orders or civil and criminal penalties, including fines, that could damage our reputation and have a materially adverse effect on our results of
operation or financial condition.

In addition, changes in laws or regulations, or changes in the interpretation of laws or regulations by a regulatory authority, may decrease our revenues and earnings and may
require us to change the manner in which we conduct some aspects of our business. For example, a change in regulations either decreasing the amount of taxes to be withheld or
allowing less time to remit taxes to government authorities would adversely impact interest income from investing client funds before such funds are remitted to the applicable
taxing authorities. Changes in taxation regulations could adversely affect our effective tax rate and our net income. Changes in laws that govern the co-employment arrangement
between a PEO and its WSEs may also require us to change the manner in which we conduct some aspects of our business.

Changes to the ACA, as amended, related state laws, and the regulations adopted or to be adopted thereunder, have the potential to impact substantially the way that employers
provide  health  insurance  to  employees  and  the  health  insurance  market  for  the  small  and  mid-sized  businesses  that  constitute  our  clients  and  prospects.  The  repeal  or
replacement of the ACA, the elimination of employer mandates and similar employer requirements currently imposed by the ACA, and other regulatory changes could in the
future  reduce  our  revenues. Amendments  to  money  transmitter  statutes  have  required  us  to  obtain  licenses  in  some  jurisdictions.  The  adoption  of  new  money  transmitter
statutes  in  other  jurisdictions,  changes  in  regulators’  interpretation  of  existing  state  and  federal  money  transmitter  or  money  services  business  statutes  or  regulations,  or
disagreement by a regulatory authority with our interpretation of such existing statutes or regulations, could require additional registration or licensing, limit certain business
activities until they are appropriately licensed, and expose us to financial penalties. These occurrences could also require changes to our compliance programs and to the manner
in which we conduct some aspects of our money movement business or client funds investment strategy, which could adversely impact interest income from investing client
funds before such funds are remitted.

Failure to secure any necessary registrations or licensure could affect our ability to operate certain segments of our business in certain jurisdictions.

Some states require licensure or registration of businesses offering PEO services. While some elements of our service offering overlap with PEO services, we believe that our
human capital platform is more in line with a traditional staffing model. However, if we need and are unable to secure registration or licensure of such service offerings in a
particular state, our ability to grow that segment of our business in such state would be impaired and could affect our ability to increase our revenues and meet certain customer
requirements in such states.

37

Table of Contents

We may be subject to Private Attorney General’s Act (“PAGA”) claims which we may require additional capital to defend.

Our work force currently resides mostly in the State of California. Employment laws in the State of California can be complex and undefined where a direct employment or co-
employment relationship exists, both of which are contemplated to some extent in our current business and, (to a lesser extent), our future plans. PAGA allows plaintiffs to
bring class action-like lawsuits against employers that can result in substantial costs to defend and can result in large fines for seemingly insignificant or inadvertent clerical
errors. As our business expands, the risk will increase that such PAGA claims will be filed and litigated which may result in increased costs to us.

Laws related to the classification of Gig Economy workers are changing, and we may be subject to state and local regulations impacting how we classify our workers.

A significant portion of our business is located in the State of California which recently passed AB-5 relating to the classification of certain gig workers as employees instead of
independent  contractors.  This  legislation,  to  the  extent  it  applied  to  “app-based  drivers”,  was  repealed  by  Proposition  22,  which  restored  these  drivers  to  the  status  of
independent contractors. Nevertheless, Proposition 22 also instituted various labor and wage policies that are specific to app-based drivers and their employers that do not apply
to other independent contractors, including: (i) minimum wage requirements; (ii) working hours limitations; (iii) requiring companies to pay healthcare subsidies under certain
circumstances; and (iv) requiring companies to provide or make available occupational accident insurance and accidental death insurance to their app-based drivers. Other states
such as New York and New Jersey, two of our potential markets, are also considering legislation designed to change the status of gig workers from independent contractors to
employees, or at least provide some of the wage, hour and benefit guarantees currently provided to traditional employees to gig workers. We anticipate that classification status
will continue to be an unsettled area of law for the foreseeable future. Changes in classification can result in a change to various requirements associated with the payment of
wages,  tax  withholding,  and  the  provision  of  unemployment,  health,  and  other  traditional  employer-employee  related  benefits.  While  we  currently  classify  all  WSEs  as
employees, our business plans potentially include the use of large numbers of independent contractors.

If  we  are  unable  to  utilize  independent  contractors,  or  the  cost  to  use  independent  contractors  becomes  more  expensive,  our  future  growth  opportunities  may  be  limited  or
reduced. Costs or delays associated with revising our services to account for changes in the status of employees and independent contractors may have a significant impact on
our future growth. Changes to the law may impact the desirability or applicability of our business model, which could impact our ability to continue as a going concern.

Our sponsorship of the SPACs creates a risk that we will be categorized as an investment company that is subject to registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940
(the “1940 Act”). If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, we may  be  required  to  institute  burdensome  compliance
requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to conduct our operating business and our IHC sponsorship activities.

On April 29, 2021, we announced our sponsorship, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, ShiftPixy Investments, Inc. ("Investments"), of four SPACs: Vital Human Capital,
Inc. ("Vital"), TechStackery, Inc. ("TechStackery"), Firemark Global Capital, Inc. ("Firemark"), and Industrial Human Capital, Inc. ("IHC"). Each SPAC was seeking to raise
approximately $150 million in capital investment, through an IPO, to acquire companies in the healthcare, industrial and technology segments of the staffing industry, as well as
one or more insurance entities. In comment letters to two of our registration statements, the SEC inquired as to whether our activities in relation to the SPACs might cause the
Company to be classified as an investment company. Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act 1940 (the “1940 Act”) defines as an investment company any issuer
that is or holds itself out as being, engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities. Section 3(a)(1)(C) of the
1940 Act  defines  “investment  company”  to  mean  any  issuer  that  is  engaged  or  proposes  to  engage  in  the  business  of  investing,  reinvesting,  owning,  holding,  or  trading  in
securities,  and  owns  or  proposes  to  acquire  investment  securities  having  a  value  exceeding  40%  of  the  value  of  such  issuer’s  total  assets. Such  investment  companies  are
required  to  register  and  meet  other  requirements  promulgated  under  the  1940  Act. Our  investment  in  IHC  and  the  other  SPACs  discussed  above  could  give  rise  to  a
determination that we are or were an investment company subject to registration under the 1940 Act. Such a determination could have a material adverse effect on our business
operations, projected revenues and earnings, and growth prospects.

We believe that we are not an investment company, and we always intended to conduct our operations so that we will not be deemed to be an investment company. In this
regard, we note, first, that we are and hold ourselves out to be an HCM platform that provides real-time business intelligence along with HR services on a fee-based business
model.  Our  HR  services  include  human  resources,  employment  compliance,  employment  related  insurance,  payroll,  and  operational  employment  services  solutions  for  our
clients and WSEs. In sum, our business is HCM using technology, not investing, reinvesting or trading in

38

Table of Contents

securities. In addition, each SPAC IPO registration statement and related prospectus included an exception permitting us to transfer our ownership in the founder shares at any
time to the extent that we determine, in good faith, that such transfer is necessary to ensure that we comply with the 1940 Act. Ultimately, however, on March 18, 2022, the IPO
registration statements related to three of the SPACs we had sponsored, Vital, TechStackery, and Firemark were withdrawn.

However, the analysis as to the investment of our subsidiary, ShiftPixy Investments, Inc., in the Founder's Shares of IHC is different.  We acquired the Founder Shares on April
22, 2021, and we believe that we exceeded the 40% Threshold on October 19, 2021, in connection with the pricing of IHC’s IPO exclusive of Government securities and cash
items. Investments acquired 4,312,500 Founder Shares on April 22, 2021, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.006 per share. Prior to the pricing of
IHC’s IPO on October 19, 2021, there was substantial doubt as to whether the IPO would be completed on the proposed terms, or at all, and therefore, the fair market value of
the Founder Shares owned by us had significantly less value than $10.00 per unit, the IPO price. On October 19, 2021, upon pricing of IHC’s IPO, the Founder Shares had a
market value of $21,100,000 based on the $10.00 per unit offering price. Accordingly, we believe that October 19, 2021, is the beginning of the one-year temporary safe harbor
under Rule 3a-2 promulgated under the 1940 Act, as described below.

Rule  3a-2  provides  a  temporary  safe  harbor  from  application  of  the  1940 Act’s  provisions  to  certain  issuers  that  are  in  transition  to  a  non-investment  company  business.
Specifically, Rule 3a-2 deems an issuer that meets the definition of “investment company” in Section 3(a)(1)(A) or 3(a)(1)(C) of the 1940 Act not to be an investment company
for a period not to exceed one year, provided that the conditions of the rule are satisfied. Pursuant to Rule 3a-2, the one-year period begins on the earlier of: (i) the date on which
an issuer owns securities and/or cash having a value exceeding 50% of the value of such issuer’s total assets on either a consolidated or unconsolidated basis; or (ii) the date on
which an issuer owns or proposes to acquire investment securities having a value exceeding the 40% Threshold. Accordingly, we believe that our IHC sponsorship activities fall
within the safe harbor under Rule 3a-2 of the 1940 Act, which allows a 3(a)(1)(C) investment company (as a “transient investment company”) a grace period of one year from
the date of classification, to avoid registration under the 1940 Act. The SEC’s IM Guidance Update No. 2017-03 (March 2017) specifically states that the “purpose of Rule 3a-2
is  to  temporarily  relieve  certain  issuers  that  are  in  transition  to  a  non-investment  company  business  from  the  registration  and  other  requirements  of  the  1940 Act.”  In  that
guidance, the Staff of the SEC also acknowledged that the “one-year period for transient investment companies should be available to issuers that have a bona fide intent to be
engaged primarily in a non-investment company business.” As provided in Rule 3a-2, during the one-year period, the issuer must undertake activities that are consistent with an
objective to no longer be an “investment company” by the end of this period. In addition, the issuer’s board of directors must adopt a resolution that commits the issuer to
undertake activities in order to achieve this objective.

With these considerations in mind, on May 13, 2022, we issued a press release announcing a special distribution of shares of common stock of IHC to all ShiftPixy shareholders
of record as of May 17, 2022. The shares in IHC were expected to be distributed to eligible ShiftPixy shareholders as soon as practicable following the completion of the IBC,
subject to a registration statement covering the IHC shares being declared effective by the SEC. We believed that in the event of such distribution of the IHC shares, we would
no longer own such shares and would accordingly ensure that we and/or any of our parents, subsidiaries or affiliates are in compliance with the 1940 Act.

While we anticipated the disposition of our subsidiary’s securities in IHC by October 19, 2022, we believe that certain events nullified the need for that action. Specifically, in
connection  with  the  vote  of  the  Shareholders  of  IHC  at  the  meeting  on  October  14,  2022,  regarding  extending  IHC,  shareholders  holding  11,251,347  public  shares  of  IHC
exercised their right to redeem their shares for a pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account, leaving only 248,653 of IHC’s remaining public shares outstanding and the
amount in the Trust Account substantially below the $5,000,001 minimum net tangible asset amount required by IHC's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be
available upon consummation of its initial business combination. IHC's efforts to secure the decisions of some shareholders to reverse their redemptions were unsuccessful,
prompting the following consequences: (a) IHC's sponsor declined to fund the extension, (b) the board of directors of IHC adopted resolutions to immediately cease operations
and proceed to dissolve and unwind, (c) IHC cancelled the extension amendment as filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware, (d) in accordance with the Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of IHC, because the corporate existence was not extended, IHC’s existence ceased as of October 22, 2022—the date by which IHC was
required to have completed its initial business combination, (e) 100% of the public shareholders will have their public shares redeemed, (f) our subsidiary’s investment in IHC
has been rendered worthless, (g) the NYSE has initiated the delisting process as to all securities of IHC, (h) the final franchise taxes for IHC have been paid, (i) the Certificate of
Dissolution for IHC was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on November 14, 2022, and (j) IHC is otherwise completing its wind down procedures.

Thus, although the Company technically held shares in IHC past October 19, 2022, the date by which we anticipated our subsidiary to have disposed of the IHC shares, we
believe that IHC terminated, for all practical purposes, as of the meeting date of October 14, 2022, such that IHC has been in the dissolution and wind-up process since that
date. The Company accordingly believes that did not fall within the purview of the 1940 Act, because the securities held by the Company’s subsidiary in IHC and the net assets
of IHC effectively became worthless on October 14, 2022. However, because our subsidiary held securities in IHC past October 19, 2022, there can be no assurances that we
will not be deemed to be an investment company under the 1940 Act.

39

Table of Contents

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the 1940 Act of by virtue of our IHC sponsorship activities or based upon a determination that we exceeded the 40%
Threshold prior to October 19, 2021, or after October 19, 2022, our future activities may be restricted, including:

•

•

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

restrictions on the issuance of securities, each of which may make it difficult for us to conduct our business and raise working capital.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

•

•

•

registration as an investment company with the SEC;

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure different from our current operating structure; and

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations that we are currently not subject to.

Compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to operate our business,
and make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Financial Market Risks

Our Common Stock is thinly traded, which can cause volatility in its price.

Our Common Stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC (“Nasdaq”), and is thinly traded. Thinly traded stock can be more susceptible to market volatility.
This market volatility could significantly affect the market price of our common stock without regard to our operating performance. Securities markets worldwide experience
significant price and volume fluctuations. In addition, the price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to the following factors, among others:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

a deviation in our results from the expectations of public market analysts and investors;

statements by research analysts about our common stock, our company or our industry;

changes  in  market  valuations  of  companies  in  industries  to  which  our  company  is  compared  and  market  evaluations  of  our  industries  in  which  our  company  is
deemed to be operating generally;

actions taken by our competitors;

sales or other issuances of common stock by us, our senior officers, directors or other affiliates;

trading activity by investment speculators in various securities related to the Company, including trading in call options, put options, or engaging in “short selling”,
which may or may not be related to the Company’s actual business condition or operating results; or

other general economic, political or market conditions, many of which are beyond our control.

The market price of our Common Stock will also be impacted by our quarterly operating results which can fluctuate from quarter to quarter.

A  controlling  stake  of  our  common  stock  is  closely  held  by  our  board  of  directors  Chair  and  CEO,  Scott  W.  Absher,  which  may  limit  a  minority  shareholder  from
influencing corporate governance.

Approximately 1.583% of our issued and outstanding common stock is held by one of our board of directors Chair, Chief Executive Officer, and one of our founders, Scott W.
Absher as of August 31, 2022, without giving effect to the potential exercise of options for shares of preferred stock and conversion of shares of preferred stock into common
stock, as discussed

40

Table of Contents

below. (Mr. Absher is the beneficial owner of approximately 94.46 % of our outstanding voting securities, assuming that he exercises all of his outstanding options for shares of
preferred stock and then converts all of his outstanding 8,600,000 shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock. As discussed in Note 17,  Subsequent Events to the
Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference, Mr. Absher did in fact exercise all of his outstanding options for shares of preferred stock and
converted all of his outstanding shares of preferred stock on or after September 1, 2022.) As a controlling shareholder, Mr. Absher can continue to possess significant influence
and likely can elect and continue to elect a majority of our board of directors and authorize or prevent proposed significant corporate transactions. Mr. Absher’s ownership and
control may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a future change in control, impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination, or discourage a
potential acquirer from making a tender offer. Individual shareholders with a minority, non-controlling stake may have limited influence over shareholder matters.

If we are unable to continue to meet the listing requirements of Nasdaq, our common stock will be delisted.

Our common stock currently trades on Nasdaq, where it is subject to various listing requirements. During Fiscal 2022, prior to effecting the 1 for 100 reverse stock split, which
was  finalized  on  September  1,  2022,  we  were  notified  by  Nasdaq  that  we  were  not  in  compliance  with  certain  of  its  listing  requirements,  and  that  failure  to  correct  these
deficiencies would result in delisting. We have taken action, including the reverse stock split, cutting expenses, and other actions, to address Nasdaq’s concerns and to regain full
compliance with all of its listing requirements. If we are not able to meet Nasdaq’s listing standards in the future, we could be subject to suspension and delisting proceedings. A
delisting of our common stock and our inability to list on another national securities market could negatively impact us by: (i) reducing the liquidity and market price of our
common stock; (ii) reducing the number of investors willing to hold or acquire our common stock, which could negatively impact our ability to raise equity financing; (iii)
limiting our ability to use a registration statement to offer and sell freely tradable securities, thereby preventing us from accessing the public capital markets; and (iv) impairing
our ability to provide equity incentives to our employees.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies
will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are and will remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the
completion  of  our first sale of common equity securities under an effective Securities Act registration statement, which occurred on October 29, 2018, (ii) in which we have
total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is
held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior August 31; and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior
three-year period. As long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable
to other public companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We
cannot  predict  if  investors  will  find  our  common  stock  less  attractive  because  we  rely  on  some  or  all  of  these  exemptions.  If  some  investors  find  our  common  stock  less
attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B)
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can
delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We will take advantage of the extended transition period
for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate us since our financial statements may
not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates, which may result in less investor confidence.

We are also a "smaller reporting company" and, as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to such companies, our common stock may
be less attractive to investors.

We are a smaller reporting company, (i.e. a company with less than $250 million of public float) and we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various
reporting  requirements  applicable  to  other  public  companies.  We  have  elected  to  adopt  these  reduced  disclosure  requirements.  We  cannot  predict  if  investors  will  find  our
common stock less attractive as a result of our taking advantage of these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of our choices, there
may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

41

Table of Contents

General Risk Factors

Third parties may claim we infringe their intellectual property rights.

From time to time, others claim we infringe their intellectual property rights. The number of these claims may grow because of constant technological change in the markets in
which we compete, the extensive patent coverage of existing technologies and the rapid rate of issuance of new patents. To resolve these claims, we may enter into royalty and
licensing agreements on terms that are less favorable than currently available, stop selling or redesign affected products or services, or pay damages to satisfy indemnification
commitments to our customers. These outcomes may cause operating margins to decline. Besides money damages, equitable relief is available in some jurisdictions that, if
granted, could limit or eliminate our ability to import, market, or sell our products or services that contain infringing technologies.

Our business depends on our ability to attract and retain talented employees.

Our business is based on successfully attracting and retaining talented employees. The market for highly skilled workers and leaders in our industry is extremely competitive. If
we are less successful in our recruiting efforts, or if we cannot retain key employees, our ability to develop and deliver services successfully may be adversely affected. If we
cannot  hire  additional  qualified  personnel,  we  may  continue  to  have  internal  control  weaknesses.  Effective  succession  planning  is  also  important  to  our  long-term  success.
Failure to ensure effective transfer of knowledge and smooth transitions involving key employees could hinder our strategic planning and execution. How employment- related
laws are interpreted and applied to our workforce practices may result in increased operating costs and less flexibility in how we meet our workforce needs.

Catastrophic events or geopolitical conditions may disrupt our business.

Monetary and fiscal policies and political and economic conditions may substantially change. When there is a slowdown in the economy, employment levels may decrease with
a corresponding impact on our businesses.

Clients may react to worsening conditions by reducing their spending on payroll and other outsourcing services or renegotiating their contracts with us.

Worsening economic conditions, including inflation, recession, or other changes in economic conditions, may cause businesses to rely less on vendors in our business, which
could adversely affect our revenue. If demand for our services declines, or business spending for such services declines, our revenue will be adversely affected.

Challenging  economic  conditions  also  may  impair  the  ability  of  our  customers  to  pay  for  products  and  services  they  have  purchased. As  a  result,  allowances  for  doubtful
accounts and write-offs of accounts receivable may increase.

We are dependent upon various large banks to execute Automated Clearing House and wire transfers as part of our client payroll and tax services. A systemic shutdown of the
banking  industry  would  impede  our  ability  to  process  funds  on  behalf  of  our  payroll  and  tax  services  clients  and  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  financial  results  and
liquidity.

A  disruption  or  failure  of  our  systems  or  operations  because  of  a  major  earthquake,  weather  event,  cyber-attack,  terrorist  attack,  fire,  pandemic,  (including  the  COVID-19
pandemic), or other catastrophic event could cause delays in completing sales, providing services, or performing other critical functions. A significant portion of our research
and development activities and certain other essential business operations are located in the Irvine, California area, which is a seismically active region, and the Miami, Florida
area, which is subject to extreme seasonal weather events such as hurricanes and flooding. A catastrophic event that results in the destruction or disruption of any of our critical
business or IT systems could harm our ability to conduct normal business operations. California has also experienced destructive fires recently. As a result of these fires, power
and utilities are occasionally shut off to parts of the state. A fire or risk of fire may result in damage to our facilities, the temporary or permanent shut down of our or our clients’
facilities, disruption to our power supply or utilities, or other disruptions that may harm our ability to conduct business.

Abrupt political change and terrorist activity may pose threats to our business and increase our operating costs. These conditions also may add uncertainty to the timing and
budget for technology investment decisions by our customers and may cause supply chain disruptions for hardware manufacturers. Geopolitical change may result in changing
regulatory requirements that could impact our operating strategies, hiring, and profitability.

42

Table of Contents

Changes in tax laws or regulations that are applied adversely to us or our customers may have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, financial condition, or
results of operations.

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the CARES Act was signed into law in March 2020. The CARES Act modifies certain of the changes made by the Tax Cuts and Jobs
Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”). Changes in corporate tax rates, the realization of net deferred tax assets relating to our U.S. operations, and the deductibility of expenses under the
Tax Act, as amended by the CARES Act, or future tax reform legislation could have a material impact on the value of our deferred tax assets, could result in significant one-time
charges in the current or future taxable years, and could increase our future U.S. tax expense. The foregoing items, as well as any other future changes in tax laws, could have a
material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, financial condition, or results of operations. In addition, it is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the
Tax Act, as amended by the CARES Act, or any newly enacted federal tax legislation.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

Principal Offices

We lease space for our principal offices at 501 Brickell Key Drive, Suite 300, Miami, FL 33131. Our landlord is Courvoisier Centre, LLC. We began leasing 13,246 square feet
on October 1, 2020. The lease term is for eighty-four (84) months, with an expiration date of September 30, 2027.

ShiftPixy Labs

We lease space for ghost kitchens and production facilities associated with ShiftPixy Labs at 4101 NW 25 Street, Miami, Florida 33142. Our landlord is Runway 1 LLC. We
began leasing 23,500 square feet on November 1, 2020. The lease term is for 64 months, with an expiration date of February 28, 2026.

Other Offices

We lease space primarily to house software and technology development personnel at 1 Venture, Suite 150, Irvine, California 92618. Our landlord is Olen Commercial Realty
Corporation. We began leasing 8,500 square feet on April 15, 2016. In July 2017, we entered into a second lease for 2,713 square feet of expansion space in the same building.
In May 2019, we entered into a third lease for 1,261 square feet. We extended the term on the first two leases at the time we executed the third lease. The landlord, lease term,
and an expiration date are the same for all three leases. These leases expired on June 30, 2022.

Effective June 7, 2021, we entered into a sublease agreement with Verifone, Inc. to sublease premises consisting of approximately 8,000 square feet of office space located at
501  Brickell  Key  Drive,  Suite  205  Miami,  Florida  33131,  that  we  anticipate  using  for  our  sales  and  operations  workforce.  The  lease  has  a  term  of  three  years  expiring  on
May 31, 2024. The base rent is paid monthly and escalates annually pursuant to a schedule set forth in the sublease.

Effective June 21, 2021, we entered into a 77 month-lease agreement, with a possession date of August 1, 2022, for premises consisting of approximately 13,418 square feet of
office  space  located  at  13450  West  Sunrise  Boulevard,  Suite  650,  Sunrise,  Florida  33323.  Our  landlord  is  Foundry ASVRF  Sawgrass,  LLC.  We  anticipate  using  this  space
primarily to house our operations personnel and other elements of our workforce. The base rent is paid monthly and escalates annually pursuant to a schedule set forth in the
lease.

Effective May 2, 2022, the Company entered into a non-cancelable 60-month operating lease commencing on July 1, 2022, for office space in Irvine, California, which the
Company anticipates using primarily to house its IT, operations personnel, and other elements of its workforce. The base rent is paid monthly and escalates annually according
to a schedule outlined in the lease. The monthly rent expense under this lease is approximately $24,000. As an incentive, the landlord provided a rent abatement of 50% of the
monthly rent for the first four months, with a right of recapture in the event of default.

We consider these spaces and arrangements to be sufficient for our current needs, although as we expand existing operations or open other offices in other cities, we will need to
secure leases in those cities as well.

43

Table of Contents

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

In the normal course of business, we are subject to various claims and litigation. While the outcome of any litigation is inherently unpredictable, we believe that we have valid
defenses  with  respect  to  the  legal  matters  pending  against  us  and  that  the  ultimate  resolution  of  these  matters  will  not  have  a  materially  adverse  impact  on  our  financial
condition,  results  of  operations,  or  cash  flows,  except  as  discussed  in  Note  16. Contingencies  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  which  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

44

Table of Contents

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

PART II

Trading History

Our common stock was listed for trading on Nasdaq on June 28, 2017, under the symbol “PIXY.”

Number of Equity Security Holders

As of December 12, 2022, the Company had 73 holders of record of our common stock. This does not include beneficial owners holding common stock in street name. As such,
the number of beneficial holders of our shares could be substantially larger than the number of shareholders of record.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. For the foreseeable future, we intend to retain any earnings to finance the development and expansion
of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of the board of
directors and will be dependent upon then existing conditions, including our financial condition and results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business
prospects and other factors that the board of directors considers relevant.

There  are  no  restrictions  in  our  articles  of  incorporation  or  bylaws  that  prevent  us  from  declaring  dividends.  The  Wyoming  Statutes,  however,  prohibit  us  from  declaring
dividends where, after giving effect to the distribution of the dividend:

•

•

we would not be able to pay our debts as they become due in the usual course of business; or

our total assets would be less than the sum of our total liabilities plus (unless the articles of incorporation permit otherwise) the amount that would be needed, if the
corporation  were  to  be  dissolved  at  the  time  of  the  distribution,  to  satisfy  the  preferential  rights  upon  dissolution  of  shareholders  whose  preferential  rights  are
superior to those receiving the distribution.

Reverse Stock Split

On December 17, 2019, the Company effected a 1 for 40 reverse stock split. All common shares and common stock equivalents are presented retroactively to reflect the reverse
split.

As discussed in Note 17, Subsequent Events to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference, effective August 31, 2022, the Company filed
articles  of  amendment  to  the  Company’s  articles  of  incorporation  to  effect  a  one-for-one  hundred  (1:100)  reverse  split  of  the  Company’s  issued  and  outstanding  shares  of
Common Stock. The reverse split became effective on Nasdaq September 1, 2022.

Sale of Unregistered Securities

Stock Option / Stock Issuance Plan

In  March  2017,  the  Company  adopted  its  2017  Stock  Option/Stock  Issuance  Plan  (the  “Plan”).  The  Plan  provides  incentives  to  eligible  employees,  officers,  directors  and
consultants  in  the  form  of  incentive  stock  options  (“ISOs”),  non-qualified  stock  options  (“NQs”),  (each  of  which  is  exercisable  into  shares  of  common  stock)  (collectively,
“Options”) or shares of common stock (“Share Grants”).

On July 1, 2020, our board of directors unanimously approved an increase in the number of shares of common stock issuable under the Plan from 250,000 to 3,000,000 and
granted Options that were contingent upon shareholder approval. On March 31, 2021, the Company’s shareholders approved the increase in the number of shares of common
stock  issuable  under  the  Plan  as  well  as  the  various  contingent  grant  awards  under  the  Plan  since  July  1,  2020.  Effective  with  the  shareholders’  approval,  all  previously
unexercisable Options became exercisable and the Options granted since July 1, 2020 were no longer subject to any contingency not set forth in the Plan.

45

Table of Contents

On June 4, 2021, the Company filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 for the purpose of registering an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares, par value $0.0001 per
share, reserved for issuance under the Plan.

Approximately 205,905 of the Options have been forfeited and returned to the option pool under the Plan as a consequence of employment terminations during Fiscal 2022.

Of the Options awarded, 10,753 are designated as ISOs, and 1,000 are designated as NQs or “non-statutory” options under the Code. These Options have a 10-year life and will
vest over time as follows: 25% vest after a 12-month service period following the award, and the balance vest in equal quarterly installments over the next 12 quarters of service.
The  number  of  options  have  been  presented  retroactively  for  the  1  for  100  reverse  stock  split,  which  was  effective  September  1,  2022,  before  issuance  of  the  financial
statements.

Preferred Shares convertible into Common Stocks

On July 14, 2022, the Board of the Company approved the issuance to the Company’s founder and principal shareholder, Scott Absher, of 12,500,000 shares of the Company’s
Preferred Class A Stock ("Preferred Shares"), par value $0.0001 per share, in exchange for (a) the surrender by Mr. Absher of his options  Prefer Options to acquire Preferred
Shares, which Preferred Options provide for exercise upon certain triggering events as described above, and as detailed in our prior filings, and (b) the tender of payment by Mr.
Absher of the sum of $5,000, representing four times the par value for such Preferred Shares. The Company evaluated the Preferred Shares on the same date using Level 2
inputs  based  on  the  closing  market  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  The  resulting  allocated  common  share  price  was  then  discounted  for  a  lack  of  marketability  of
shares, which yielded a fair value of $0.2322 per Preferred Share. The Company used the following assumptions to value the expense related to the Preferred Shares: (i) life of
10 years; (ii) risk free rate of 3.06%; (iii) volatility of 125.664%; (iv) exercise price of $0.0001 per share; and (v) a fair value of $0.2580 per share of the Company’s common
stock.

On July 19, 2022, Mr. Absher converted 8,000,000 shares of the Preferred Shares to 8,000,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Pursuant
to  Rule  144,  these  8,000,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  are  subject  to  a  six-month  holding  period  during  which  they  may  not  be  sold  in  the  marketplace. A  remaining  of
4,500,000 Preferred Shares still outstanding as of August 31, 2022.

On August 12, 2022, the Company entered into an agreement with Mr. Absher whereby he waived claims to certain unpaid compensation due to him through July 31, 2022,
totaling $820,793.24, in exchange for an option to receive 4,100,000 Company Preferred Shares. The Company evaluated the Preferred Shares on the same date using Level 2
inputs  based  on  the  closing  market  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  The  resulting  allocated  common  share  price  was  then  discounted  for  a  lack  of  marketability  of
shares, which yielded a fair value of $0.2025 per Preferred Share. The Company used the following assumptions to value the expense related to the Preferred Shares: (i) life of
10 years; (ii) risk free rate of 2.970%; (iii) volatility of 125.700%; (iv) exercise price of $0.0001 per share; and (v) a fair value of $0.2250 per share of the Company’s common
stock. Pursuant to Rule 144, these 4,100,000, when converted into shares of Common Stock are subject to a six-month holding period during which they may not be sold in the
marketplace.

Item 6. [Reserved.]

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation.

The  following  discussion  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  financial  statements  and  the  related  notes,  and  other
financial information included in this Form 10-K.

Our Management’s Discussion and Analysis contains not only statements that are historical facts, but also statements that are forward-looking. Forward-looking statements
are, by their very nature risky, and are subject to uncertainties that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-
looking statements in this Form 10-K. These risks and uncertainties include international, national, and local general economic and market conditions; our ability to sustain,
manage,  or  forecast  growth;  our  ability  to  successfully  make  and  integrate  acquisitions;  new  product  development  and  introduction;  existing  government  regulations  and
changes in, or the failure to comply with, government regulations; adverse publicity; competition; the loss of significant customers or suppliers; fluctuations and difficulty in
forecasting operating results; change in business strategy or development plans; business disruptions; the ability to attract and retain qualified personnel; the ability to protect
technology; the risk of foreign currency exchange rate; and other risks that might be detailed from time to time in our filings with the SEC. We do not undertake any obligation
to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this Form 10-K.

46

Table of Contents

Although the forward-looking statements in this Form 10-K reflect the good faith judgment of our management, such statements can only be based on facts and factors currently
known by them. You are urged to carefully review and consider the various disclosures made by us in this Form 10-K as we attempt to advise interested parties of the risks and
factors that may affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations and prospects. For a more detailed discussion of the inclusion of forward-looking statements
in this Form 10-K, please refer to the discussion, above, entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Information.”

Overview

Our current business, and the primary source of our revenues to date, has been providing human resources, employment compliance, employment related insurance, payroll, and
operational employment services solutions for our business clients using a comprehensive HRIS platform under a human capital fee-based business model. We have developed
a comprehensive HRIS platform designed to provide real-time, agile business intelligence information for our clients as well as an employment marketplace designed to match
client  opportunities  with  a  large  workforce  under  a  digital  umbrella.  Our  market  focus  is  to  use  this  traditional  approach,  coupled  with  developed  technology,  to  address
underserved  markets  containing  predominately  lower  wage  employees  with  high  turnover,  beginning  with  light  industrial,  services,  and  food  and  hospitality  markets.  We
provide human resources, employment compliance, insurance-related, payroll, and operational employment services solutions for our clients and shift work or gig opportunities
for WSEs (or shifters). As consideration for providing these services, we receive administrative or processing fees, typically as a percentage of a client’s gross payroll, process
and file payroll taxes and payroll tax returns, provide workers’ compensation insurance, and provide employee benefits. We have built a substantial business on a recurring
revenue model since our inception in 2015. For Fiscal 2022, we processed approximately $81.8 million of payroll billings, our primary operating metric. Despite the impact of
the COVID-19 pandemic and the worldwide economic crisis, by the end of Fiscal 2022 our billings had recovered to pre-pandemic levels,  reaching  over  3,000  WSEs  on  a
recurring basis and annual billings; increased by $2.3 million or 2.9% above Fiscal 2021 gross payroll billings.

For the current fiscal year we have incurred approximately $44 million in operating losses, which were driven primarily by substantial investments in our technology platform,
our SPAC sponsorships and our ShiftPixy Labs growth initiative, as well as by necessary upgrades to our back-office operations to facilitate servicing a large WSE base under a
traditional staffing model. Also, a significant factor this Fiscal 2022 was the impairments charges on our notes receivable from Vensure and the ROU asset impairment on two
of our leases.

For most of Fiscal 2022, our primary focus was on clients in the restaurant and hospitality industries, (market segments typically characterized by high employee turnover and
low pay rates), and healthcare industries typically employing specialized personnel that command higher pay rates. We believe that these industries are better served by our
HRIS  platform  and  related  mobile  application,  which  provide  payroll  and  human  resources  tracking  for  our  clients  and  which  we  believe  result  in  lower  operating  costs,
improved customer experience and revenue growth acceleration. California continued to be our largest market during Fiscal 2022, accounting for approximately 52.10% of our
gross billings during the year. Washington and New Mexico represented our other significant markets during Fiscal 2022, representing approximately 13.30%% and 8.10%, of
our total revenues, respectively. (Our other locations did not contribute revenue to a material degree.) All of our clients enter into CSAs with us or one of our wholly owned
subsidiaries.

Our business focus during Fiscal 2022 was to complete our HRIS platform and to expand that platform to position the Company for rapid billings growth as well as to expand
our product offerings to increase our monetization of our payroll billings. Now we feel that our HRIS platform is at completion stage and our IT development cost has started to
stabilize with a reduction of $1.23 million in cost year over year, we are focused in the maintenance and minor functionality improvements to keep our technology at a top level
of excellence in functionality. To that end, we identified and began to execute on various growth strategies described above, and expect that our execution of these strategies, if
successful, will yield significant customer growth driven by widespread adoption of our technology offerings, which we believe represents a substantial value proposition to our
clients as a valuable source of agile human capital business intelligence.

Significant Developments in 2022

Transformative Sales Growth Strategy

In second half of Fiscal 2022, ShiftPixy activated an agile business development plan for rapid organic growth starting in the first quarter of Fiscal 2023, focused on building
scalable long-term revenue creation with a goal to become the market leader in U.S. contingent labor through increasingly diverse service offerings. By helping Fortune 1000
companies rethink human

47

Table of Contents

capital, ShiftPixy’s novel technology and proprietary sourcing tools are designed to disrupt not only traditional thinking about staffing, but also provide a cure to toxic employee
turnover and thus provide labor cost certainty.

This  new  and  compelling  go-to-market  strategy  is  prepared  to  leverage  the  recently  expanded  staffing  platform  on  the  ShiftPixy  Human  Resources  Information  System
(“HRIS”) that offers clients an industry-leading digital and mobile technology to handle the duties and demands of human capital management at significant scale. An enhanced
value proposition will offer clients automation, acceleration, liberation, and some indemnification, which we believe will drive growth and deliver value to stakeholders while
also increasing our market share. Successful execution of this sales growth plan will leave ShiftPixy strategically positioned for secular growth in the $123 billion temporary
and contract employment staffing market in the U.S.

The Company’s transformative sales growth strategy will capitalize on several economic developments in attractive vertical markets including retail, skilled trades, logistics,
manufacturing, healthcare, and hospitality.  A sustained surge in e-commerce is driving the need for supply chain expansions that require additional warehouses and the labor
necessary to expedite delivery and returns. Likewise, a re-focus on domestic manufacturing capacity expansion for critical technology and an acute labor supply gap is leading
to a surge in demand for ShiftPixy’s contingent and flexible skilled labor pool. Additional tailwinds supporting our growth strategy include positive demographic trends as the
labor market reprioritizes flexibility, control, and access to job opportunities anywhere and anytime.

ShiftPixy’s  business  development  plan  offers  immediate  solutions  to  critical  workflow  challenges  for  human  capital  acquisition,  talent  management,  labor  force  retention,
worker supply chain disruptions, and runaway hiring costs. ShiftPixy’s continuous improvement of its client and candidate experience elevates engagement and satisfaction for
neglected contingent and temporary workers. The completion of the Company’s current sales growth strategy is expected to create one of the largest employers in the U.S. in
2023 and build the fastest growing flexible labor force to meet the demands of a fast-changing human capital market while ushering significant enterprise value creation and
recurring revenue growth for our shareholders.

ShiftPixy Labs

On July 29, 2020, we announced the launch of ShiftPixy Labs, which includes the development of ghost kitchens in conjunction with our wholly-owned subsidiary, ShiftPixy
Ghost  Kitchens,  Inc. Through  this  initiative,  we  intend  to  bring  various  food  delivery  concepts  to  market  that  will  combine  with  our  HRIS  platform  to  create  an  easily
replicated,  comprehensive  food  preparation  and  delivery  solution.  The  initial  phase  of  this  initiative  is  being  implemented  in  our  dedicated  kitchen  facility  located  in  close
proximity to our Miami headquarters, which we are already showcasing through the distribution of video programming on social media produced and distributed by our wholly-
owned subsidiary, ShiftPixy Productions, Inc. If successful, we intend to replicate this initiative in similarly constructed facilities throughout the United States and in selected
international locations. We also intend to provide similar services via mobile kitchen concepts, all of which will be heavily reliant on our HRIS platform and which we believe
will capitalize on trends observed during the COVID-19 pandemic toward providing customers with a higher quality prepared food delivery product that is more responsive to
their needs.

The idea of ShiftPixy Labs, originated from discussions with our restaurant clients, combined with our observations of industry trends that appear to have accelerated during the
pandemic. Beginning in Calendar 2020, we recognized a significant uptick in the use of mobile applications to order take-out food either for individual pickup or third-party
delivery, which grew even more dramatically as the pandemic took hold. Not surprisingly, the establishment of fulfillment kitchens for third party delivery also spread rapidly
during this time period, initially among national fast food franchise chains but then among smaller QSRs.

We  believe  that  the  restaurant  industry  is  in  the  midst  of  a  food  fulfillment  paradigm  shift  that  will  ultimately  result  in  the  widespread  use  of  “ghost  kitchens”  in  a  shared
environment. Similar to shared office work locations, a shared kitchen can provide significant cost efficiencies and savings compared to the cost of operating multiple retail
restaurant locations. Coupled  with  ShiftPixy’s  technology  stack,  which  includes  order  delivery  and  dispatch,  we  believe  that  the  ghost  kitchen  solutions  that  emerge  from
ShiftPixy Labs will provide a robust and effective delivery order fulfillment option for our clients.

We have also observed the growing impact of social media platforms over the past five years, a trend which has accelerated through the pandemic. As this trend has gained
steam, many social media influencers have successfully capitalized on their popularity by establishing new business concepts in a variety of industries, including within the
QSR space. Some of these QSRs are identified as “virtual” restaurants with delivery-only service fulfilled by centralized ghost kitchens. We intend to capitalize on this trend by
creating an extensive social media presence for ShiftPixy Labs.

Many restaurant entrepreneurs have also become successful during the pandemic by moving outside through the use of mobile food trucks, which can be used as a launching
point for restaurants and ultimately expanded to traditional indoor dining locations. We have researched this phenomenon and, coupled with our experience in the restaurant
industry,  believe  a  significant  business  opportunity  exists  to  assist  with  the  fulfillment  of  new  restaurant  ideas  and  rapidly  expand  those  ideas  across  a  broad  geographic
footprint utilizing centralized ghost kitchen fulfillment centers. Again, we believe that ShiftPixy

48

Table of Contents

Labs will provide solutions that will facilitate the rapid growth of these new businesses, through a combination of centralized ghost kitchens and an available pool of human
capital resources provided through our HRIS platform, as well as though other business assistance provided by our management team.

During Fiscal 2021, we established an industrial facility in Miami that we expect to be fully completed and operational during Fiscal 2023. During Fiscal 2022 we equipped this
facility with ten standardized kitchen stations in both single and double kitchen configurations built within standard cargo container shells and order a food truck for mobile
operation. We expect this facility, upon completion, to function as a state-of-the-art ghost kitchen space that will be used to incubate restaurant ideas through collaboration and
partnerships with local innovative chefs, resulting in sound businesses that provide recurring revenue to us in a variety of ways, both through direct sales and utilization of the
ShiftPixy Ecosystem, our HRIS platform, and other human capital services that we provide. To the extent that this business model is successful and can be replicated in other
locations, it has the potential to contribute significant revenue to us in the future.

We may also take equity stakes in various branded restaurants that we develop and operate with our partners through ShiftPixy Labs. Such ownership interests will be held to
the extent that it is consistent with our continued existence as an operating company, and to the extent that we believe such ownership interests have the potential to create
significant value for our shareholders.

Software Development  

We  believe  that  our  HRIS  platform  and  the  related  mobile  functionality  that  we  are  developing  will  be  key  differentiators  and  drivers  of  our  low-cost  customer  acquisition
strategy. As such, we have invested heavily in our HRIS platform over the past five years.

The heart of ShiftPixy’s employment services solutions is a technology platform, including a smartphone application, through which our WSEs will be able to find available
shifts at our clients' locations, solving a problem of finding available shifts for both the shifters looking for additional shifts when they want to work and businesses looking to
fill open shifts.

A key element of our software development involves using our blockchain ledger to process and record our critical Peer-to-Peer (“P2P”) connections. While not necessarily a
new development, we note that we intend to use blockchain technology to keep our data secure. Any data considered to be a human capital validation point or part of the hiring
and  onboarding  process  will  be  utilized  and  recorded  in  our  blockchain  ledger.  For  example,  we  expect  the  employee  I-9  verification  process—one  of  the  most  stringent,
rigorous,  and  penalty-laden  compliance  procedures  –  to  be  positively  impacted  by  blockchain  utilization  of  biometric  authentication  and  automatic  verification  of  I-9  data,
removing human error in the process of screening for fraudulent information. Verification of that data on the blockchain will allow both employers and auditing agencies to
confidently validate additional criteria such as employment dates, and candidates’ backgrounds (i.e. education, references, certifications, etc.), and share the verification status
directly on multiple distributed sources within the blockchain, further underscoring the reliability and accuracy of candidates’ information and corporate compliance.

Future  implementation  of  blockchain  technology  within  the  ShiftPixy  Ecosystem  is  anticipated  to  include  extended  applications  for  payroll  and  real-time  payments,  and
utilization of smart contracts for employment contracts, which will facilitate recording of credible, trackable, and irreversible transactions without third parties. For purposes of
clarification, we note that ShiftPixy has never, does not now and will never use its blockchain technology in any form of cryptocurrency or crypto-currency related application.

Our smartphone application is one of the software components of what we call the mobile platform, and together with the ShiftPixy “Command Hub” and the client portal, is
being developed, tested and released in stages. We have released and are currently using the multilingual onboarding feature of our software, which enables us to capture all
application process related data regarding our assigned WSEs and to introduce WSEs to and integrate them into the ShiftPixy Ecosystem. This multilingual feature will allow us
to move faster into outside markets and will reduce the time and cost to bring new WSEs onto our HRIS platform.

Our smartphone onboarding functionality streamlines the typical burdensome pile of new employee paperwork into a seamless user-friendly workflow that is fully compliant
with  governmental  requirements.  By  leveraging  artificial  intelligence  capabilities,  new  hires  are  guided  by  a  conversation  with  a  “Pixy”  chatbot  that  asks  the  necessary
questions and generates the required employment documents in a highly personal and engaging way. Following completion of the questions, applicable onboarding paperwork
is prepopulated with the data and prepared for the employee’s signature to be affixed digitally via the app as well.

49

Table of Contents

We believe that our technology and approach to human capital management provides our clients' management with a unique real-time business intelligence window into their
human capital needs. In addition to standard management reporting, our technology provides real-time tools for management to quickly assess and plan their human capital
staffing requirements.

Prior to March 2019, we primarily used turnkey contract software development firms to build the software code, mobile application, and license integrations required to build
the functional solution, with our internal personnel maintaining principally an oversight role. Beginning in March 2019, we hired and assembled an internal development team
for cost-cutting and for better feature and implementation control. Our development team was fully in place by August 2019 and focused on delivering a version of our mobile
application and software solution using a combination of third-party licensed software and internally developed software.

We began building our internal software development team and transitioned away from our former software development vendor to expedite our technology deployment. We
launched version 2.0 of our mobile application and enhanced user features, including onboarding, scheduling and driver management, during the fourth quarter of Calendar
2019.

We continued our software development internally primarily by focusing on feature enhancements such as delivery, scheduling, and onboarding functionality improvement, as
well as better integration and more seamless process flow improvements. We believe that this has resulted in an improved user experience, reduced internal staff time required
for  onboarding,  and  increased  trials  of  our  future  revenue  generation  features  such  as  delivery  and  scheduling.  Our  software  development  team  has  continued  to  focus  on
intermediation functionality and integration work designed to prepare our HRIS platform to scale and support our growth initiatives described above.

From inception of the project in Fiscal 2017 through August 31, 2022, we spent approximately $34.2 million, consisting of outsourced research and development, IT related
expenses, development contractors and employee costs, as well as marketing spending consisting of advertising, trade shows, and personnel costs. The following table shows
the technology and marketing spending for each fiscal year ended August 31:

Development spending (in $ millions)

Contract development and licenses
Internal personnel costs

Total Development spending

Marketing spending
Advertising and Outside Marketing
Internal personnel costs

Subtotal, Marketing costs

Total, HRIS platform and mobile application spending

Cumulative Investment
Portion of investment capitalized as fixed assets

Portion of investment expensed

2022

2021

2020

2019

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

$

1.0  $
3.0 

4.1  $

2.5  $
0.7 

3.3  $

7.3  $

34.2  $
—  $

34.2  $

3.8  $
3.0 

6.8  $

2.1  $
0.5 

2.6  $

9.4  $

30.1  $
—  $

30.1  $

2.3  $
1.9 

4.2  $

0.6  $
0.4 

1.0  $

5.2  $

20.7  $
3.7  $

17.0  $

2.2 
1.1 

3.3 

1.2 
0.4 

1.6 

4.9 

We capitalized no development spending into fixed assets for Fiscal 2022, since the development activities related to our software, as defined by GAAP, was completed during
Fiscal 2020. For our Fiscal 2019 and our fiscal year ended August 31, 2018 ("Fiscal 2018"), we capitalized $0.9 million and $2.8 million, respectively, of contract development
spending into fixed assets.

Offices Update

In August 2020, we signed a lease to relocate our corporate headquarters to Miami, Florida, and largely completed the relocation for our administrative, marketing and East
Coast sales and customer support staffs to Miami by the end of Calendar 2020. We currently maintain offices in California primarily for use by our research and development
team and our West Coast sales and customer support, and plan to continue to maintain these offices for the foreseeable future. 

50

Table of Contents

Effective October 1, 2020, we entered into a non-cancelable 64-month lease for 23,500 square feet of light industrial space located in Miami, Florida, to house kitchen facilities,
video  production  facilities,  and  certain  marketing  and  technical  functions,  including  those  associated  with  ShiftPixy  Labs.  The  lease  contains  escalation  clauses  relating  to
increases in real property taxes as well as certain maintenance costs.

Effective June 7, 2021, we entered into a sublease agreement with Verifone, Inc. to sublease premises consisting of approximately 8,000 square feet of office space located in
Miami, Florida, that we are currently using primarily for our operations workforce. The lease has a term of three years expiring on May 31, 2024. The base rent is paid monthly
and escalates annually pursuant to a schedule set forth in the sublease.

Effective June 21, 2021, we entered into a 77 - month lease agreement, with an anticipated possession date of March 1, 2022, for premises consisting of approximately 13,418
square feet of office space located in Sunrise, Florida. We anticipate using this space primarily to house our operations personnel and other elements of our corporate workforce.
The base rent is paid monthly and escalates annually pursuant to a schedule set forth in the lease.

Effective May 2, 2022, the Company entered into a non-cancelable 60-month operating lease commencing on July 1, 2022, for office space in Irvine, California, which the
Company anticipates using primarily to house its IT, operations personnel, and other elements of its workforce. The base rent is paid monthly and escalates annually according
to a schedule outlined in the lease. The monthly rent expense under this lease is approximately $24,000. As an incentive, the landlord provided a rent abatement of 50% of the
monthly rent for the first four months, with a right of recapture in the event of default.

On August 31, 2022, the Company decided to formally abandon the leases for its offices in the Courvoisier Center, including a sublease on the second floor with Verifone. The
determination  was  based  on  its  inability  to  utilize  the  premises  as  they  were  under  extensive  construction  by  the  landlord  resulting  in  a  significant  negative  impact  on  the
Company’s ability to conduct business and the health and well-being of the Company’s employees and guests. The Company formally notified the landlord of its intention to
vacate the premises and have not been legally released from our primary obligations under the lease. The Company received a formal suit complain from the landlord, and the
matter is in litigation. The Company intends to vigorously defend the lawsuit and counterclaim for relocation costs.

Financing Activities

During  Fiscal  2022,  we  closed  a  $12  million  private  placement  offering  in  September  2021,  and  executed  two  Warrants  Exercise  Agreements  ("The  Agreements').  The
Agreements generated aggregate proceeds of $5.9 million in January 2022 and $1.3 million in July 19, 2022. Furthermore, closed a $5 million private placement offering in
September  2022,  shortly  after  our  fiscal  year-end. As  of August  31,  2022,  and August  31,  2020,  we  had  no  convertible  debt  outstanding  that  carry  anti-dilutive  provisions,
except as otherwise noted below.

September 2021 Private Placement

In September 2021, the Company entered into a $12 million private placement transaction, inclusive of $0.9 million of placement agent fees and costs, with a large institutional
investor  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  sold  to  the  investor  an  aggregate  of  (i)  28,500  shares  of  Common  Stock,  together  with  warrants  (the  “September  2021  Common
Warrants”) to purchase up to 28,500 shares of Common Stock, with each September 2021 Common Warrant exercisable for one share of Common Stock at a price per share of
$159.50, and (ii) 46,735 prefunded warrants (the “September 2021 Prefunded Warrants”), together with the September 2021 Common Warrants to purchase up to 75,235 shares
of Common Stock, with each September 2021 Prefunded Warrant exercisable for one share of Common Stock at a price per share of $0.010. Each share of Common Stock and
accompanying September 2021 Common Warrant were sold together at a combined offering price of $159.50 and each September 2021 Prefunded Warrant and accompanying
September 2021 Common Warrant were sold together at a combined offering price of $159.49.

The September 2021 Prefunded Warrants are immediately exercisable, at a nominal exercise price of $0.010, and may be exercised at any time until all of the September 2021
Prefunded Warrants are exercised in full. The September 2021 Common Warrants have an exercise price of  $159.50 per share, are immediately exercisable, and will expire five
years from the date that the registration statement covering the resale of the shares underlying the September 2021 Common Warrants is declared effective (which has not yet
occurred). The private placement generated gross proceeds of approximately $12.0 million, prior to deducting $0.9 million of costs consisting of placement agent commissions
and offering expenses payable by the Company. In addition to the seven percent (7%) of the aggregate gross proceeds cash fee, the Company issued to the placement agent
warrants to purchase $3,762 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the September 2021 Prefunded Warrants sold in the offering (the “September Placement
Agent Warrants”). The September Placement Agent Warrants are exercisable for a period commencing on March 3, 2022 (six months after issuance) and expire four years from
the effective date (which

51

Table of Contents

occurred on May 3, 2022) of a registration statement for the resale of the underlying shares and have an initial exercise price per share of $175.45.

January 2022 Warrant Exercise Agreement

On May 17, 2021, we issued warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 49,485 shares of our common stock, par value $0.0001 with an exercise price of $242.50 (the "Existing
Warrants").  The  Existing  Warrants  were  immediately  exercisable  and  expire  on  June  15,  2026.  On  January  26,  2022,  we  entered  into  a  Warrant  Exercise Agreement  ("the
Exercise Agreement") with the holder of the Existing Warrants (the "Exercising Holder"). Pursuant to the Exercise Agreement, the Exercise Holder and the Company agreed
that, subject to any applicable beneficial ownership limitations, the Exercising Holder would cash exercise up to 49,485 of its Existing Warrants (the "Investor Warrants") into
shares of our common stock (the "Exercised Shares"). To induce the Exercising Holder to exercise the Investor Warrants, the Exercise Agreement (i) amended the Investor
Warrants to reduce their exercise price per share to $120.00 and (ii) provided for the issuance of a new warrant to purchase up to an aggregate of approximately 98,969 shares of
our common stock (the “January 2022 Common Warrant”), with such January 2022 Common Warrant being issued on the basis of two January 2022 Common Warrant shares
for each share of the Existing Warrant that was exercised for cash. The January 2022 Common Warrant is exercisable commencing on July 28, 2022, terminates on July 28,
2027,  and  has  an  exercise  price  per  share  of  $155.00.  The  Exercise Agreement  generated  aggregate  proceeds  to  the  Company  of  approximately  $5.9  million,  prior  to  the
deduction  of  $461,000  of  costs  consisting  of  placement  agent  commissions  and  offering  expenses  payable  by  the  Company. As  a  result  of  the  warrant  modification,  which
reduced the exercise price of the Existing Warrants, as well as the issuance of the January 2022 Common Warrants, the Company recorded approximately (i) $639,000 for the
increased fair value of the modified warrants; and (ii) $12,590,000 as the fair value of the January 2022 Common Warrants on the date of issuance.  We recorded approximately
$5,477,000  as  issuance  costs  that  offset  the  $5.5  million  of  additional  paid-in  capital  the  Company  received  for  the  cash  exercise  of  the  Existing  Warrants  at  the  reduced
exercise price, while the remaining $7,731,000 was recorded as a deemed dividend on the Consolidated Statements of Operations, resulting in a reduction of income available to
common shareholders in our basic earnings per share calculation.

July 19, 2022 Warrant Exercise Agreement

On  July  18,  2022,  the  Company  entered  into  a  warrant  exercise  agreement  (the  “Exercise Agreement”)  with  the  holder  of  the  September  2021  Warrants  and  January  2022
Warrants (the “Exercising Holder”). Pursuant to the Exercise Agreement, the Exercising Holder and the Company agreed that the Exercising Holder would exercise for cash
50,000  of  its  September  2021  Warrants  (the  “Investor  Warrants”).  In  order  to  induce  the  Exercising  Holder  to  exercise  the  Investor  Warrants,  the  Exercise Agreement  (i)
amends the September 2021 Warrants and January 2022 Warrants to (a) reduce the exercise price per share of the September 2021 Warrants and January 2022 Warrants to
$26.00, (b) extends the expiration date of the September 2021 Warrants to May 3, 2029, and (c) extends the expiration date of the January 2022 Warrants to July 28, 2029 and
(ii) provides for the issuance by the Company to the Exercising Holder of new warrants to purchase up to 348,408 shares of common stock (the “New Warrants”) (equal to
200% of the sum of the September 2021 Warrants and January 2022 Warrants). The New Warrants are exercisable for a period of seven years commencing upon issuance and
have an exercise price per share of $26.00. On July 25, 2022, the Company entered into an amendment with the holder of the Company’s warrants to purchase 348,408 shares
of common stock, issued July 19, 2022. Pursuant to the amendment, the warrants were amended to be exercisable commencing January 19, 2023 (six months from the date of
issuance) and will terminate January 19, 2030.

As a result of the warrant modification, which reduced the exercise price of the Existing Warrants, as well as the issuance of the July 2022 Common Warrants, the Company
recorded approximately (i) $488,700 and $599,700 for the increased fair value of the September 2021 and January 2022 modified warrants, respectively; and (ii) $8,084,000 as
the fair value of the July 2022 Common Warrants on the date of issuance. We recorded approximately $100,000 on paid cost and $1,200,000 as issuance costs that offset the
$130,000 of additional paid-in capital the Company received for the cash exercise of the Existing Warrants at the reduced exercise price, while the remaining $7,972,500 was
recorded as a deemed dividend on the Consolidated Statements of Operations, resulting in a reduction of income available to common shareholders in our basic earnings per
share calculation.

September 20, 2022 Private Placement Offering (subsequent to year-end)

On September 20, 2022, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with a large institutional investor (the “Purchaser”) pursuant to
which the Company sold to the Purchaser an aggregate of 416,667 shares (the “Shares”) of its common stock together with warrants (the “Warrants”) to purchase up to 833,334
shares of common stock (collectively, the “Offering”). Each share of common stock and two accompanying Warrants were sold together at a combined offering price of $12.00.
The Warrants are exercisable for a period of seven years commencing upon issuance at an exercise

52

Table of Contents

price of $12.00, subject to adjustment. The Offering closed on September 23, 2022. The gross proceeds to the Company from the Offering were approximately $5 million.

In connection with the Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Purchaser entered into amendment No. 1 to warrants (the “Warrant Amendment”). Pursuant to the Warrant
Amendment, the exercise price of (i) 25,233 warrants issued on September 3, 2021, and (ii) 98,969 warrants issued on January 28, 2022, was reduced to $0.01.

Performance Highlights

All figures below represent the continuing operations of the Company after segregating the operations of the assets sold to Vensure pursuant to the Vensure Asset Sale.

Fiscal 2022 vs. Fiscal 2021

•

•

Served  approximately  70  clients  and  employed  an  average  of  3,000  WSEs,  resulting  in  an  increase  in  our  administrative  fees  of  approximately  $0.2  million  or
13.3% above Fiscal 2021.

Processed over $81.8 million in gross billings from continuing operations, representing an increase of $2.31 million or 2.9% from Fiscal 2021. Our Fiscal 2022
continuing operations mix remained consistent with Fiscal 2021, primarily consisting of food and restaurant workers for QSRs. For further information, please refer
to the section entitled “Non-GAAP Financial Measures”, below.

Our financial performance for Fiscal 2022, compared to Fiscal 2021, included the following significant items:

Revenues  increased  approximately  $12.6  million  or  53.7%,  from  $23.42  million  in  Fiscal  2021  to  $36.0  million  in  Fiscal  2022. The  increase  is  due  to  the  combination  of
$2.3 million or 2.9% increase in gross billings from $79.0 million in Fiscal 2021 to $81.8 million in Fiscal 2022, and the impact of transitioning a significant amount of our
existing  clients  to  a  staffing  revenue  recognition  model  during  Fiscal  2022.  Recurring  WSE  counts  as  of  the  end  of  Fiscal  2022  averaged  approximately  3,000,  which  is
consistent with a recovery to our pre-pandemic WSE levels. Gross Billings per WSE remained consistent year over year with an average of $27,095 in Fiscal 2022 vs $26,345
in Fiscal 2021.

Revenue associated with administrative fees increased by $0.2 million or 13.3%, and tax revenues by 0.4 million or 5.2% both of which are consistent with our billed wages
increase of 2.9% during Fiscal 2022. Revenue associated with workers’ compensation premiums decreased by $0.2 million, or 11.4%, due to the migration of our WSEs to a
guaranteed cost program during Fiscal 2021 and a change in our client mix that resulted in lower billed workers’ compensation rates per wage dollar.

Impact of change in CSAs on prospective revenue recognition and cost of revenues During Fiscal 2021, as part of our annual review process, we modified certain terms and
conditions of our standard CSA applicable to a portion of our existing client base, which resulted in us recognizing revenue generated by these clients pursuant to a staffing
model on a prospective basis. The staffing revenue recognition model provides for all gross billings, including employee payroll paid, to be recorded as revenue, and for cost of
revenues  to  be  recorded  to  include  the  employee  payroll  paid. Accordingly,  for  Fiscal  2022  and  2021,  all  such  revenue  increases  as  a  result  of  this  change  also  yielded  a
corresponding increase in cost of revenues, and therefore had no impact on our gross margins. For further information, please refer to the section entitled "Non-GAAP Financial
Measures", below.

For Fiscal 2022, gross billings from staffing and HCM services totaled approximately $29.6 million and $52.2 million, representing 35.99% and 64.01% of our gross billings,
respectively. For Fiscal 2021, gross billings from staffing and HCM services totaled approximately $15.2 million and $63.8 million, representing 19% and 81% of our gross
billings, respectively.

Gross Profit increased approximately $1.5 million, compared year over year to Fiscal 2021, mainly driven by the $1.2 million or 62.90% decrease in workers’ compensation
premium costs from our guaranteed cost program and a decrease in actuarial cost for our legacy workers’ compensation insurance programs as they are in the phasing out stage,
offset by a slight increase in gross profit associated with administrative fees and taxes.

Operating expenses increased by $17.4 million or 62.7%, from $27.7 million in Fiscal 2021 to $45.0 million in Fiscal 2022. The increase in mainly driven by $2.5 million or
22.3% increase in payroll, the cost associated with the SPAC's initiative, which mainly had an increase effect of $3.6 million or 87.6% in the professional fees and $4.6 million
or 56.1% in the operating

53

Table of Contents

expenses due to consolidation. Furthermore, a significant impact from non-recurring expenses in Fical 2022 includes the $4.0 million impairment of the notes receivable from
the Vensure sale and the $3.9 million ROU asset impairment for the two leases abandoned during the year.

Operating loss increased by $15.9 million or 58.1%, mainly driven by the increase in operating expenses as described above.

Other  income  (expense)  increased  by  $0.2  million  in  Fiscal  2022  due  to  the  $0.3  million  increase  in  interest  and  dividends  received  from  the  Trust Account.  net  by  the
$0.5 million increase in expensed offering cost from the SPACs S-1 abandonment.

Loss from discontinued operations represents the reassessment of the workers' compensation claims reserve associated with our former clients that we transferred to Vensure
as part of the Vensure Asset Sale. Loss from discontinued operations decreased by $1.9 million or 76.5% in Fiscal 2022.

Net Loss increased by $29.8 million or $61.08 per share, to $59.7 million or $149.75 per share in Fiscal 2022, from $29.9 million or $88.67 per share in Fiscal 2021.

54

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Fiscal 2022 Compared to Fiscal 2021

The following table summarizes our consolidated results of operations:

Revenues (See Note 2)
Cost of revenue

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Salaries, wages, and payroll taxes

Commissions
Professional fees
Research and Software development
Depreciation and amortization

Impaired asset expense
ROU asset impairment
General and administrative

Total operating expenses

Operating Loss

Other (expense) income:
Interest expense
Other income
Expensed SPAC offering costs

Total other expense

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

Income tax expense

Loss from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net loss attributable to ShiftPixy, Inc shareholders

Deemed dividend from change in fair value from warrants modification

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

Net Loss per share, Basic and diluted

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Net Loss per common share – Basic and diluted

Weighted average common stock outstanding – Basic and diluted

For the year ended

August 31,
2022

August 31,
2021

$

36,002,000  $
34,227,000 

1,775,000 

23,420,000 
23,098,000 

322,000 

13,575,000 

11,100,000 

89,000 
7,673,000 
2,529,000 
509,000 

4,004,000 

3,851,000 
12,788,000 

45,018,000 

176,000 
4,089,000 
3,755,000 
357,000 

— 
— 
8,190,000 

27,667,000 

(43,243,000)

(27,345,000)

(1,000)
316,000 
(515,000)
(200,000)

(5,000)
25,000 
— 

20,000 

(43,443,000)

(27,325,000)

(38,000)

(43,405,000)

42,000 
(27,367,000)

(590,000)

(2,509,000)

(43,995,000) $

(29,876,000)

(15,703,000)

— 

(59,698,000) $

(29,876,000)

(148.28) $
(1.47) $

(149.76) $

(81.23)
(7.44)

(88.67)

402,591 

337,225 

$

$

$
$

$

We report our revenues as gross billings, net of related direct labor costs for our EAS clients and revenues without reduction of labor costs for staffing services clients.

55

Table of Contents

Net Revenues (in millions)

Increase (Decrease), year over year (in millions)
Percentage Increase (Decrease), year over year

Cost of Revenues (in millions)
Increase (Decrease), year over year (in millions)
Percentage Increase (Decrease), year over year

Gross Profit (in millions)
Increase (Decrease), year over year (in millions)
Percentage Increase (Decrease), year over year
Gross Profit Percentage of Revenues

Fiscal 2022

$
$

$
$

$
$

2022

2021

$

$

$
$

$

$

36.0 
14.8 
53.7 %

(34.2)
(11.1)
48.2 %

1.8 
1.5 
451.2 %
4.9 %

23.4 

14.8 
171.0 %

(23.1)
(15.4)
200.6 %

0.3 

(0.6)
(66.4)%
1.4 %

Net revenue for our HCM services excludes the payroll cost component of gross billings. With respect to staffing services, employer payroll taxes, employee benefit programs,
and workers’ compensation insurance, we believe that we are the primary obligor, and we have latitude in establishing price, selecting suppliers, and determining the service
specifications. As such, the billings for those components are included as revenue. Revenues are recognized ratably over the payroll period as WSEs perform their services at
the client worksite.

Net  Revenue  increased  approximately  53.7%  to  $36.0  million,  from  $23.4  million  in  Fiscal  2021.  The  revenue  increase  was  due  to  a  2.9%  increase  in  gross  billings  to
$81.3 million from $79.0 million, combined with the effect of the transition some of our existing clients to a staffing revenue recognition model during Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal
2022,  as  described  above. Recurring  WSE  counts  as  of  the  end  of  Fiscal  2022  averaged  approximately  3,000,  which  is  consistent  with  recovery  to  our  pre-pandemic  WSE
levels.  Our  gross  billings  from  staffing  and  HCM  services  totaled  approximately  $29.6  million  and  $52.2  million,  representing  35.99%  and  64.01%  of  our  gross  billings,
respectively.

Revenue associated with administrative fees increased by $0.2 million or 13.3%, which is consistent with our billed wages increase of 2.9% as well as the $0.4 million or 5.2%
increase in our revenues associated with taxes during Fiscal 2022. Revenue associated with workers’ compensation decreased by $0.2 million, or 11.4%, due to the decrease in
the premium costs from our guaranteed workers' compensation cost program during Fiscal 2022, which allowed us to pass the benefit down to our clients resulting in a lower
billed workers’ compensation rate per wage dollar.

Cost of Revenues  includes  our  costs  associated  with  employer  taxes,  workers’  compensation  insurance  premiums,  and  the  gross  wages  paid  by  our  staffing  clients.  Cost  of
revenues increased by $11.1 million, or 48.2%, to $34.2 million in Fiscal 2022 from $23.1 million in Fiscal 2021. The change in cost of revenues was due primarily to the
conversion of certain existing clients to a staffing revenue recognition model during Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2022, as described above.

Gross Profit  increased  approximately  451.2%,  or  $1.5  million  in  Fiscal  2022,  compared  to  Fiscal  2021,  primarily  due  to  the  migration  of  our  clients  to  a  guaranteed  cost
program workers’ compensation program during Fiscal 2021 and further reductions in premiums in Fiscal 2022 and the $2.3 million or 2.9% increase in gross billings.

56

Table of Contents

The following table presents certain information related to our operating expenses: 

Salaries, wages and payroll taxes
Commissions
Professional fees
Software development
Depreciation and amortization
Asset impairment expense
General and administrative
Total operating expenses

Year ended August 31,

2022
13,575,000  $
89,000 
7,673,000 
2,529,000 
509,000 
4,004,000 
12,788,000 
41,167,000  $

2021
11,100,000 
176,000 
4,089,000 
3,755,000 
357,000 
— 
8,190,000 
27,667,000 

$

$

% Change

22.3 %
(49.4)%
87.6 %
(32.6)%
42.6 %
100.0 %
56.1 %
48.8 %

Operating expenses increased $17.4 million or 62.7% to $45.0 million in Fiscal 2022 from $27.7 million in Fiscal 2021. The components of operating expenses changed as
follows:

Salaries, wages and payroll taxes increased by approximately $2.5 million, or 22.3% in Fiscal 2022 compared to Fiscal 2021, from $11.1 million in Fiscal 2021 to $13.6 million
in Fiscal 2022. This increase resulted primarily from hiring additional employees in the executive, operations, and software development ranks of our business to support our
various growth initiatives from Fiscal 2021, including our SPAC sponsorships and ShiftPixy Labs. These costs consisted of gross salaries including salary increases provided to
key management executives in Fiscal 2022, as disclosed in our 8K, benefits, and payroll taxes associated with our executive management team and corporate employees. Our
corporate employee as of August 31, 2022, were approximately 61.

Commissions consist of commissions payments made to third party brokers and inside sales personnel and remained consistent year over year.

Professional fees consists of legal fees, accounting costs, board fees, and consulting fees. Professional fees increased by $3.6 million, or 87.6% in Fiscal 2022 compared to
Fiscal 2021, from $4.1 million in Fiscal 2021 to $7.7 million in Fiscal 2022. The increase is primarily attributable to the professional fees incurred with the activities related to
the completion of the initial businesses combination for IHC and legal fees paid related to several of our current active litigation.

Software development consists of costs associated with research and development outsourced to third parties. Software development costs decreased by $1.2 million or 32.6%,
from $3.8 million in Fiscal 2021 to $2.5 million in Fiscal 2022. The decreased costs is driven by the significant reduction in eternal developer in Fiscal 2022 since our HRIS
application is substantially completed and is now in the maintenance and minor functionality improvements that are driven or managed by our internal development team.

Depreciation and amortization increased by $0.2 million, or 42.6% in Fiscal 2022 compared to Fiscal 2021. Increase is due to depreciation on asset purchased in late Fiscal
2021 and Fiscal 2022 to support our growth initiatives for the period.

Asset impairment expense increased by $4.0 million in Fiscal 2022, due to the non-recurring impairment of the notes receivable from the Vensure sale in Fiscal 2020.

ROU asset impairment increased by $4.0 million in Fiscal 2022, this non-recurring impairment was the result of the Company decision to formally abandon the leases for its
offices in the Courvoisier Center. The determination was based on its inability to utilize the premises as they were under extensive construction by the landlord resulting in a
significant  negative  impact  on  the  Company’s  ability  to  conduct  business  and  the  health  and  well-being  of  the  Company’s  employees  and  guests.  As  a  result  of  the
abandonment, the Company evaluated the Right-Of-Use ("ROU") Assets for impairment as of August 31, 2022, and recorded an impairment charge.

General and administrative  expenses  consist  of  office  rent  and  related  overhead,  software  licenses,  insurance,  penalties,  business  taxes,  travel  and  entertainment,  and  other
general business expenses. General and administrative expenses increased by $4.6 million or 56.1% in Fiscal 2022 compared to Fiscal 2021, from $8.2 million in Fiscal 2021 to
$12.8 million in Fiscal 2022.

The increase is mainly driven by the $1.2 million D&O insurance for IHC, approximately $1 million in expenses related to interest and penalties accrued for payroll taxes and
$2.9 million increase in compensation expense under the ASC 718,

57

Table of Contents

Compensation accounting guidance, related to the preferred stocks granted to the CEO in exchanged for the surrender of its preferred options in Fiscal 2022. Other components
of the increase include marketing expenses related to our growth initiatives.

Interest expense
Other income
Expensed SPAC offering costs
Total other income (expense)

For the Years Ended

August 31, 2022

August 31, 2021

(1,000)
316,000 
(515,000)
(200,000)

(5,000)
25,000 
— 
20,000 

Other  income  (expense)  increased  by  $0.2  million  in  Fiscal  2022  due  to  the  $0.3  million  increase  in  interest  and  dividends  received  from  the  Trust Account,  net  by  the
$0.5 million increase in expensed offering cost from the SPACs S-1 abandonment.

Loss from discontinued operations represents the reassessment of the workers' compensation claims reserve associated with our former clients that we transferred to Vensure
as part of the Vensure Asset Sale. Loss from discontinued operations decreased by $1.9 million or 76.5% in Fiscal 2022.

Deemed dividends represents the difference in fair value for a warrant's price modifications and its original exercised price as an inducement for exercise the warrants. In Fiscal
2022 the Company entered into two warrant modifications agreements one in January 2022 reducing the exercise price from $2.425 to $1.20 and the second one in July 19,
2022  reducing  the  exercise  price  from  $1.55  to  $.26,  resulting  in  a  reduction  of  income  available  to  common  shareholders  in  our  basic  earnings  per  share  calculation.  No
comparable expense was recognized during Fiscal 2021.

Net Loss increased by $29.8 million or $61.08 per share in Fiscal 2022, from $29.9 million or $88.67 per share in Fiscal 2021 to $59.7 million or $149.75 per share in Fiscal
2022.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Liquidity

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, which contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern. As of August 31,
2022, the Company had cash of $0.6 million and a working capital deficit of $31.2 million. During this period, the Company used approximately $17.5 million of cash from its
continuing operations and incurred recurring losses, resulting in an accumulated deficit of $192.7 million as of August 31, 2022.

Historically, our principal source of financing has come through the sale of our common stock and issuance of convertible notes. In September 2021, we raised approximately
$12 million ($11.1 million net of costs) in connection with the sale of common stock and warrants, in January 2022, we entered into a warrant exercise agreement that raised
approximately $5.9 million ($5.4 million net of costs), and in July 2022, we entered into a warrant exercise agreement that raised approximately $1.3 million ($1.2 million net of
costs).

The following table sets forth a summary of changes in cash flows for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021:

Net cash used in operating activities
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities
Change in cash

For the year ended
August 31,

2022
(17,520,000)
(117,463,000)
134,402,000 

$

(581,000) $

2021
(21,512,000)
(2,566,000)
20,974,000 
(3,104,000)

The recurring losses, negative working capital and cash used in the Company’s operations are indicators of substantial doubt as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going
concern for at least one year from issuance of these financial statements. Our

58

Table of Contents

plans and expectations for the next twelve months include raising additional capital to help fund expansion of our operations and strengthening of our sales force strategy by
focusing on staffing services as our key driver to improve our margin and the continued support and functionality improvement of our information technology (“IT”) and HRIS
platform.  This  expanded  go-to-market  strategy  will  focus  on  building  a  national  account  portfolio  managed  by  a  newly-formed  regional  team  of  senior  sales  executives
singularly focused on sustained quarterly revenue growth and gross profit margin expansion. We expect to continue to invest in our HRIS platform, ShiftPixy Labs, and other
growth initiatives, all of which have required and will continue to require significant cash expenditures.

The Company also expects its ShiftPixy Labs growth initiative to generate cash flow once launched, by functioning as an incubator of food service and restaurant concepts
through collaboration and partnerships with local innovative chefs. If successful, the Company believes that this initiative will produce sound businesses that provide recurring
revenue through direct sales, as well as through utilization of the ShiftPixy Ecosystem, HRIS platform, and other human capital services that the Company provides. To the
extent that this business model is successful and can be replicated in other locations, the Company believes that it has the potential to contribute significant revenue to ShiftPixy
in the future. The Company may also take equity stakes in various branded restaurants that it develops and operates with its partners through ShiftPixy Labs. Such ownership
interests will be held to the extent that it is consistent with the Company’s continued existence as an operating company, and to the extent that the Company believes such
ownership interests have the potential to create significant value for its shareholders.

Also,  as  discussed  in  the  Financing Activities  section  above,  on  September  20,  2022,  the  Company  entered  into  a  securities  purchase  agreement  with  a  large  institutional
investor pursuant to which the Company sold to the Purchaser an aggregate of 416,667 shares of its common stock together with warrants to purchase up to 833,334 shares of
common stock (collectively, the “Offering”). Each share of common stock and two accompanying Warrants were sold together at a combined offering price of $12.00. The
Warrants are exercisable for a period of seven years commencing upon issuance at an exercise price of $12.00, subject to adjustment. The Offering closed on September 23,
2022. The gross proceeds to the Company from the Offering were approximately $5 million.

We expect to engage in additional sales of our securities during Fiscal 2023, either through registered public offerings or private placements, the proceeds of which we intend to
use to fund our operations and growth initiatives.

The Company’s management believes that its current cash position, along with its anticipated revenue growth and proceeds from future sales of its securities, when combined
with prudent expense management, will be sufficient to alleviate substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern and to fund its operations for at least one year
from the date these financials are available (especially when considering the absence of any funded debt outstanding on its balance sheet). If these sources do not provide the
capital necessary to fund the Company’s operations during the next twelve months, it may need to curtail certain aspects of its operations or expansion activities, consider the
sale of additional assets, or consider other means of financing. The Company can give no assurance that it will be successful in implementing its business plan and obtaining
financing  on  advantageous  terms,  or  that  any  such  additional  financing  will  be  available.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  do  not  include  any  adjustments  for  this
uncertainty.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

None

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

See Note 2, Summary of significant accounting policies in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements.

Emerging Growth Reporting Requirements

We are a public reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). We are required to publicly report on an ongoing basis as an “emerging
growth company” (as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, which we refer to as the “JOBS Act”) under the reporting rules set forth under the Exchange
Act. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company”, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other
Exchange Act reporting companies that are not “emerging growth companies”, including but not limited to:

•

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

59

Table of Contents

•

•

•

taking advantage of extensions of time to comply with certain new or revised financial accounting standards;

being permitted to comply with reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

being exempt from the requirement to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not
previously approved.

We expect to take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We are permitted to remain an “emerging growth company” for
up to the fifth anniversary of the completion of our first sale of common equity securities under an effective Securities Act registration statement, which occurred on October
29, 2018, although if the market value of our Common Stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, we would cease to be an
“emerging growth company” as of the following December 31. In the event that we cease to be an Emerging Growth Company as a result of a lapse of the five year period, but
continue to be a Smaller Reporting Company, we would continue to be subject to similar exemptions available to Emerging Growth Companies until such time as we were no
longer a Smaller Reporting Company.

60

Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP, we monitor other non-GAAP measures that we use to manage our business, make planning decisions and
allocate resources. These key financial measures provide an additional view of our operational performance over the long term and provide useful information that we use to
maintain and grow our business. The presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures is intended to enhance the reader's understanding of certain aspects of our financial
performance. It is not meant to be considered in isolation, superior to, or as a substitute for the directly comparable financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP.

Our revenue recognition policy differs for our EAS and staffing clients and is dependent on the respective CSA applicable to each client. During Fiscal 2021, some of our EAS
clients migrated to a staffing CSA. Our policy is to report revenues as gross billings, net of related direct labor costs, for our EAS clients, and revenues without reduction for
labor costs for staffing clients.

For Fiscal 2022, our gross billings from HCM and staffing services totaled approximately $52.2 million and 29.6 million (total of $81.3), representing 64.0% and 36.0% of our
gross  revenue,  respectively.  For  Fiscal  2021,  our  gross  billings  were  approximately  $79.0  million,  $63.8  million  from  our  HCM  services  and  $15.2  million  from  staffing,
representing 81% and 19% and of our gross billings for the period. (We had no revenues generated from technology services during Fiscal 2022 or Fiscal 2021).

Gross billings represent billings to our business clients and include WSE gross wages, employer payroll taxes, and workers’ compensation premiums as well as administrative
fees for our value-added services and other charges for workforce management support. Gross billings for our HCM services are a non-GAAP measurement that we believe to
represent a key revenue-based operating metric, along with the number of WSEs and the number of clients. Active WSEs are defined as employees on our HRIS platform that
have  provided  services  for  at  least  one  of  our  clients  for  any  reported  period.  Our  primary  profitability  metrics  are  gross  profit,  and  our  primary  driver  of  gross  profit  is
administrative fees.

Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Measure

Gross Billings to Net Revenues

The following table presents a reconciliation of our Gross Billings (unaudited) to Revenues:

Gross Billings in millions
Less: Adjustment to Gross Billings
Revenues, in millions

The following table provides the key revenue and our primary gross profit driver used by management.

Administrative Fees (in millions, unaudited)

Increase, year over year (in millions)
Percentage Increase, year over year
Administrative Fee % of Gross Billings

Average WSEs by year (unaudited)
Average Gross Billings per Average WSE

For the year Ended
August 31,

2022

2021

$
$
$

81.3  $
45.3  $
36.0  $

2022

2021

$1.8 $

0.3 
20.0 %
2.3 %

79.0 
55.6 
23.4 

1.5 
0.3 
20.0 %
2.0 %

$

3,000 
26,333 

$

3,000 
26,372 

Our billed WSEs as of the end of Fiscal 2022 averaged approximately 3,000, which is consistent with continuous growth and recovery to our pre-pandemic levels. The increase
in administrative fees was consistent with our billings growth over the same time period. The increase in average gross billings per WSE was due to growth in the higher wages
commanded by our

61

Table of Contents

healthcare WSEs, as well as an increase in billings to our restaurant clients as their operations recovered from the worst effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.

62

Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Not required.

63

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As of and for the Periods Ended August 31, 2022 and 2021

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB NO 688)
Consolidated Balance Sheets for the Years Ended August 31, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended August 31, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended August 31, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended August 31, 2022 and 2021
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page No.

F-1
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6

64

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of
ShiftPixy, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  ShiftPixy  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  as  of August  31,  2022  and  2021,  the  related  consolidated statements  of
operations  equity  (deficit)  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  two  years  in  the  period  ended August  31,  2022,  and  the  related  notes (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “financial
statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of August 31, 2022 and 2021, and the
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended August 31, 2022, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America.

Explanatory Paragraph – Going Concern
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As more fully described in Note 4, the
Company has a significant working capital deficiency, has incurred significant losses and needs to raise additional funds to meet its obligations and sustain its operations. These
conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 4. The
consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Explanatory Paragraph – Changes in Accounting Principles ASU No.2016-02
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases in 2022 due to the adoption of ASU No. 2016-02,
Leases (Topic 842), as amended, effective September 1, 2021, using the modified retrospective approach.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our
audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with
respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  the
PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an
audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the
purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe
that our audits provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

New York, NY
December 12, 2022

F-1

ShiftPixy Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets

August 31,
2022

August 31,
2021

Table of Contents

ASSETS

Current assets
Cash
Accounts receivable
Unbilled accounts receivable
Deposit – workers’ compensation
Prepaid expenses
Other current assets
Current assets of discontinued operations
Cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account (See Notes 2 and 5)
Total current assets

Fixed assets, net
ROU operating lease
Note receivable, net
Deposits – workers’ compensation
Deposits and other assets
Deferred offering costs – SPACs (See Note 5 and 6)
Non-current assets of discontinued operations
Total assets

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Current liabilities
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities
Payroll related liabilities
Accrued workers’ compensation costs
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
Class A common shares subject to possible redemption  11,500,000  and no shares at $10.15 per share redemption value as of August 31,
2022 and August 31, 2021 (See Notes 2 and 5)
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Operating lease liability, non-current
Accrued workers’ compensation costs
Non-current liabilities of discontinued operations
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
Preferred stock, 50,000,000 authorized shares; $0.0001 par value: 8,600,000 and 0 shares issued and outstanding as of August 31, 2022  and
August 31, 2021.
Common stock, 750,000,000 authorized shares; $0.0001 par value; 513,349 and 258,631 shares issued as of August 31, 2022 and
August 31, 2021  
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Total ShiftPixy, Inc. Stockholders' deficit
Non-controlling interest in consolidated subsidiaries (See Note 5)
Total Equity (Deficit)

Total liabilities and equity deficit

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-2

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

$

$

$
$
$

618,000  $
279,000 
2,105,000 
— 
696,000 
187,000 
— 
116,969,000 
120,854,000 

2,769,000 
4,076,000 
— 
— 
919,000 

— 
— 

128,618,000  $

17,122,000  $
16,055,000 
567,000 
1,362,000 

116,969,000 
152,075,000 

3,541,000 
1,227,000 
3,269,000 
160,112,000 

1,199,000 
498,000 
2,741,000 
155,000 
605,000 
126,000 
356,000 
— 
5,680,000 

2,784,000 
— 
4,004,000 
386,000 
944,000 

48,261,000 
883,000 
62,942,000 

6,553,000 
7,876,000 
663,000 
1,516,000 

— 
16,608,000 

— 
1,646,000 
3,765,000 
22,019,000 

1,000 

— 

5,000 
151,731,000 
(192,725,000)
(40,988,000)

9,494,000  $
(31,494,000) $
128,618,000  $

3,000 
142,786,000 
(149,338,000)
(6,549,000)
47,472,000 
40,923,000 
62,942,000 

ShiftPixy Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations

Table of Contents

Revenues (See Note 2)
Cost of revenue

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Salaries, wages, and payroll taxes
Commissions
Professional fees

Research and Software development
Depreciation and amortization
Impaired asset expense
ROU asset impairment

General and administrative

Total operating expenses

Operating Loss

Other (expense) income:
Interest expense
Other income

Expensed SPAC offering costs

Total other expense

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

Income tax expense

Loss from continuing operations

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net loss attributable to ShiftPixy, Inc shareholders

Deemed dividend from change in fair value from warrants modification

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

Net Loss per share, Basic and diluted
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

Net Loss per common share – Basic and diluted

Weighted average common stock outstanding – Basic and diluted

For the year ended

August 31,
2022

August 31,
2021

$

36,002,000  $

34,227,000 

1,775,000 

13,575,000 
89,000 
7,673,000 

2,529,000 
509,000 
4,004,000 

3,851,000 
12,788,000 

45,018,000 

23,420,000 

23,098,000 

322,000 

11,100,000 
176,000 
4,089,000 

3,755,000 
357,000 
— 
— 

8,190,000 

27,667,000 

(43,243,000)

(27,345,000)

(1,000)
316,000 
(515,000)
(200,000)

(5,000)
25,000 

— 

20,000 

(43,443,000)

(27,325,000)

(38,000)

(43,405,000)

42,000 
(27,367,000)

(590,000)

(2,509,000)

(43,995,000) $

(29,876,000)

(15,703,000)

— 

(59,698,000) $

(29,876,000)

(148.28) $
(1.47) $

(149.75) $

(81.23)
(7.44)

(88.67)

402,591 

337,225 

$

$

$
$

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

Table of Contents

ShiftPixy Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

Preferred Stock
Issued

Common Stock
Issued

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Accumulated
Deficit

Total
Stockholders’
Deficit ShiftPixy
Inc stock -holders

Non controlling

interest

Total
Stockholders’
Deficit

Balance, August 31, 2020

Common stock issued for private
placement, net of offering costs

Common stock issued for underwritten
public offering, net of offering costs

Stock-based compensation expense

Preferred stock issued for Preferred
Option exercise

Common stock issued for preferred stock
exchange

Excess fair value of SPACs Founder
shares transferred to underwriter

Net Loss

— 

$

— 

— 

— 

12,500 

(12,500)

— 

Balance, August 31, 2021

— 

$

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

ASC 842 adoption catch up adjustment

Common stock issued for private
placement, net of offering costs

Common stock issued on exercised
warrants, net of offering costs
1

Common stock issued on exercised
warrants, net of offering costs
2

Prefunded warrants for private
placement, net of offering cost

Stock-based compensation expense

Remeasurement of IHC temporary equity

Preferred stock issued

Common stock issued for preferred stock
conversion

Cancellation of non-controlling on
withdrawal of SPACs S-1 registration
statements

Net Loss

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

169,021 

$

1,000 

$

119,431,000 

$

(119,462,000)

$

(30,000)

— 

$

(30,000)

49,485 

2,000 

11,060,000 

40,000 

— 

— 

125 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

10,701,000 

1,594,000 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

11,062,000 

10,701,000 

1,594,000 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

11,062,000 

10,701,000 

1,594,000 

— 

— 

47,472,000 

47,472,000 

258,631 

$

3,000 

$

142,786,000 

$

(149,338,000)

$

(6,549,000)

$

47,472,000 

$

40,923,000 

(29,876,000)

(29,876,000)

— 

(29,876,000)

— 

608,000 

608,000 

— 

28,500 

— 

— 

4,183,000 

96,218 

1,000 

5,409,000 

50,000 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,163,000 

6,861,000 

1,283,000 

(13,675,000)

3,721,000 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

4,183,000 

5,410,000 

1,163,000 

6,861,000 

1,283,000 

(13,675,000)

3,723,000 

— 

16,600,000 

2,000 

(8,000,000)

(1,000)

80,000 

1,000 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

608,000 

4,183,000 

5,410,000 

1,163,000 

6,861,000 

1,283,000 

(13,675,000)

3,723,000 

— 

(37,978,000)

(43,995,000)

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(37,978,000)

(43,995,000)

(43,995,000)

Balance, August 31, 2022

8,600,000 

$

1,000 

513,349 

$

5,000 

$

151,731,000 

$

(192,725,000)

$

(40,988,000)

$

9,494,000 

$

(31,494,000)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

1

2

 January 26, 2022 Warrant Exercise Agreement
 July 18, 2022, Warrant Exercise Agreemen t

F-4

Table of Contents

ShiftPixy, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Net Loss
Income (loss) from discontinued operations

Net loss from continuing operations
Adjustments to reconcile net loss from continuing operations to net cash used in continuing operating activities:

Bad debt expense
Depreciation and amortization
Impaired asset expense
ROU asset impairment
Stock-based compensation
Expensed SPAC offering costs
Non-cash lease expense
Change in fair value of note receivable
Changes in operating assets and liabilities

Accounts receivable
Unbilled accounts receivable
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Deposits – workers’ compensation
Deposits and other assets
Accounts payable and other accrued liabilities
Payroll related liabilities
Accrued workers’ compensation

Total Adjustments

Net cash used in continuing operating activities

Net cash used by discontinued operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of fixed assets
Investment of IHC IPO proceeds into Trust Account

Net cash used in investing activities

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Proceeds from initial public offering IHC
Deferred offering costs
SPAC offering costs paid
Proceeds from Public offering, net of offering costs
Proceeds from private placement offering, net of offering costs
Proceeds from exercised warrants, net of offering costs
Proceeds from private placement prefunded warrants, net of offering costs
Preferred stock issued

Net cash provided by financing activities

Net decrease in cash
Cash - Beginning of Year

Cash -End of Year
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flows Information:

Cash paid for interest
Income taxes

Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities:

Remeasurement of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption
Excess fair value of SPACs founder shares transferred to underwriter

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

For the Year Ended

August 31,
2022

August 31,
2021

$

(43,995,000) $
(590,000)

(43,405,000)

(29,876,000)
(2,509,000)

(27,367,000)

— 
509,000 
4,004,000 

3,851,000 
1,283,000 
515,000 
382,000 
— 

219,000 
636,000 
(152,000)
541,000 
25,000 
6,409,000 
8,179,000 
(515,000)
25,886,000 

(17,519,000)

(1,000)

(17,520,000)

(494,000)

(116,969,000)
(117,463,000)

116,725,000 
— 
(3,663,000)
— 
4,183,000 
6,573,000 
6,861,000 
3,723,000 
134,402,000 

(581,000)
1,199,000 

618,000  $

45,000 
357,000 
— 

— 
1,594,000 
— 
— 
41,000 

(235,000)
(438,000)
65,000 
488,000 
(495,000)
2,722,000 
2,124,000 
565,000 

6,833,000 

(20,534,000)

(978,000)

(21,512,000)

(2,566,000)
— 

(2,566,000)

— 
(789,000)
— 
10,701,000 
11,062,000 

— 
— 
— 
20,974,000 

(3,104,000)
4,303,000 
1,199,000 

1,000  $
4,000 

14,000 
— 

244,000  $
—  $

— 
47,472,000 

$

$

$
$

Table of Contents

Note 1: Nature of Operations

ShiftPixy, Inc.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
August 31, 2022

ShiftPixy, Inc. was incorporated on June 3, 2015, in the State of Wyoming. The Company is a specialized Human Capital service provider that provides solutions for large
contingent  part-time  workforce  demands,  primarily  in  the  restaurant  and  hospitality  service  trades.  The  Company’s  historic  focus  has  been  on  the  quick  service  restaurant
industry in Southern California but has begun to expand into other geographic areas and industries employing temporary or part-time labor sources.

The Company functions as an  employment  administrative  services  (“EAS”)  provider  primarily  through  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  ReThink  Human  Capital  Management,
Inc.  (“HCM”),  as  well  as  a  staffing  provider  through  another  of  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  ShiftPixy  Staffing,  Inc  (“Staffing”).  These  subsidiaries  provide  a  variety  of
services to our clients, (as a co-employer through HCM and a direct employer through Staffing), including the following: administrative services, payroll processing, human
resources  consulting,  and  workers’  compensation  administration  and  coverage  (as  permitted  and/or  required  by  state  law).  The  Company  has  built  a  human  resources
information  systems  (“HRIS”)  platform  to  assist  in  customer  acquisition  that  simplifies  the  onboarding  of  new  clients  into  the  Company’s  closed  proprietary  operating  and
processing information system (the “ShiftPixy Ecosystem”). We expect that our HRIS platform will continue to develop as necessary and appropriate to accommodate client
needs for additional value-added services.

In January 2020, the Company sold the assets of Shift Human Capital Management Inc. (“SHCM”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, pursuant to which it assigned
the majority of the Company’s billable clients at the time of the sale to a third party for cash. The continuing impact of this transaction on the Company’s financial statements is
described below in Note 3, Discontinued Operations.

On  March  31,  2021,  shareholders  representing  a  majority  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  approved  an  amendment  to  the  Company’s Amended  and
Restated Articles of Incorporation (the “Amendment”) making the federal district courts of the United States the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a
cause of action against the Company arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. On May 13, 2021, the Company filed the Amendment with the Wyoming Secretary
of State.

Effective August  31,  2022,  ShiftPixy,  Inc.  (the  “Company”)  filed  articles  of  amendment  to  the  Company’s  articles  of  incorporation  to  effect  a  one-for-one  hundred  (1:100)
reverse split of the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock. The reverse split became effective on Nasdaq September 1, 2022.

Note 2: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Company  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of America
(“GAAP”) and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

Principles of Consolidation

The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  include  the  accounts  of  ShiftPixy,  Inc.,  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  also  include  the
accounts of (a) Industrial Human Capital, Inc. ("IHC"), which is a special purpose acquisition company, or "SPAC", for which we serve as the financial sponsor (as described
below), and which is deemed to be controlled by us as a result of our 15% equity ownership stake, the overlap of three of our executive officers as executive officers of IHC,
and  significant  influence  that  we  currently  exercise  over  the  funding  and  acquisition  of  new  operations  for  an  initial  business  combination  ("IBC").  (See  Note  2, Variable
Interest Entity). All intercompany balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the

F-6

Table of Contents

financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period. Actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates.  Significant  estimates
include:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Valuation related to Preferred stocks;

Liability for legal contingencies;

Useful lives of property and equipment;

Deferred income taxes and related valuation allowance;

Valuation of illiquid non-controlling interest in SPAC shares transferred;

Valuation of long-lived assets including long term notes receivable; and

Projected development of workers’ compensation claims.

Revenue and Direct Cost Recognition

On September 1, 2020, we adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), using the modified retrospective
approach. Under this method, the guidance is applied only to the most current period presented in the financial statements. ASU No. 2014-09 outlines a single comprehensive
revenue recognition model for revenue arising from contracts with customers and superseded most of the previous revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific
guidance. Under ASU No. 2014-09, an entity recognizes revenue for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration for
which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Our revenue recognition policies remained substantially unchanged as a result of the adoption of
ASU No. 2014-09 and we did not have any significant changes in our business processes or systems.

The Company’s revenues are primarily disaggregated in fees for providing staffing solutions and EAS/human capital management services. The Company enters into contracts
with its clients for staffing or EAS based on a stated rate and price in the contract. Contracts generally have a term of 12 months but are cancellable at any time by either party
with 30 days’ written notice. The performance obligations in the agreements are generally combined into one performance obligation, as they are considered a series of distinct
services, and are satisfied over time because the client simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided as the Company performs the services. Payments for the
Company’s services are typically made in advance of, or at the time that the services are provided. The Company does not have significant financing components or significant
payment  terms  for  its  customers  and  consequently  has  no  material  credit  losses.  The  Company  uses  the  output  method  based  on  a  stated  rate  and  price  over  the  payroll
processed to recognize revenue, as the value to the client of the goods or services transferred to date appropriately depicts our performance towards complete satisfaction of the
performance obligation.

Staffing Solutions

The  Company  records  gross  billings  as  revenues  for  its  staffing  solutions  clients.  The Company  is  primarily  responsible  for  fulfilling  the  staffing  solutions  services  and  has
discretion in establishing price. The Company includes the payroll costs in revenues with a corresponding increase to cost of revenues for payroll costs associated with these
services. As a result, we are the principal in this arrangement for revenue recognition purposes.

EAS Solutions

EAS solutions revenue is primarily derived from the Company’s gross billings, which are based on (i) the payroll cost of the Company’s worksite employees (“WSEs”) and (ii)
a mark-up computed as a percentage of payroll costs for payroll taxes and workers’ compensation premiums.

Gross  billings  are  invoiced  to  each  EAS  client  concurrently  with  each  periodic  payroll  of  the  Company’s  WSEs  which  coincides  with  the  services  provided  and  which  is
typically  a  fixed  percentage  of  the  payroll  processed.  Revenues,  which  exclude  the  payroll  cost  component  of  gross  billings  and  therefore  consist  solely  of  markup,  are
recognized ratably over the payroll period as WSEs perform their services at the client worksite. Although the Company assumes responsibility for processing and remitting
payroll and payroll related obligations, it does not assume employment-related responsibilities such as determining the amount of the payroll and related payroll obligations. As
a result, the Company records revenue on a “net”

F-7

Table of Contents

basis in this arrangement for revenue recognition purposes. Revenues that have been recognized but not invoiced for EAS clients are included in unbilled accounts receivable on
the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, and were $2,105,000 and $2,741,000, as of August 31, 2022, and August 31, 2021, respectively.

Consistent with the Company’s revenue recognition policy for EAS clients, direct costs do not include the payroll cost of its WSEs. The cost of revenue associated with the
Company’s revenue generating activities is primarily comprised of all other costs related to its WSEs, such as the employer portion of payroll-related taxes, employee benefit
plan premiums and workers’ compensation insurance costs.

The fees collected from the worksite employers for benefits (i.e. zero-margin benefits pass-through), workers’ compensation and state unemployment taxes are presented in
revenues and the associated costs of benefits, workers’ compensation and state unemployment taxes are included in operating expenses for EAS clients, as the Company does
retain risk and acts as a principal with respect to this aspect of the arrangement. With respect to these fees, the Company is primarily responsible for fulfilling the service and has
discretion in establishing price.

Disaggregation of Revenue

The Company’s primary revenue streams include HCM and staffing services. The disaggregated Company’s revenues for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021 was as follows:

Revenue (in millions):

1

HCM
Staffing

$

2022

2021

6.4  $

29.6 
36.0 

8.2 
15.2 
23.4 

1 

HCM revenue is presented net, $52.2 million gross less worksite employees payroll cost of $45.8 million for Fiscal 2022 and $63.8 million gross less worksite employees
payroll cost of $55.6 million in Fiscal 2021.The Company is developing the ShiftPixy Labs, which is intended to launch multiple restaurants brands in the near future, however
no revenue from this initiative has been earned as of the end of Fiscal 2022.

For Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, the following geographical regions represented more than 10% of total revenues:

Region:

California
Washington

Incremental Cost of Obtaining a Contract

2022

2021

52.1 %
13.3 %

70.3 %
10.8 %

Pursuant  to  the  “practical  expedients”  provided  under ASU  No  2014-09,  the  Company  expenses  sales  commissions  when  incurred  because  the  terms  of  its  contracts  are
cancellable by either party upon 30 days' notice. These costs are recorded in commissions in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Segment Reporting

Prior to Fiscal 2021, the Company operated as one reportable segment under ASC 280, Segment Reporting. The chief operating decision maker regularly reviews the financial
information of the Company at a consolidated level in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. During Fiscal 2021, the Company entered into new
business  lines  and  geographic  areas  that,  to  date,  are  not  material.  However,  with  the  migration  to  Staffing  during  the  fiscal  quarter  ending  May  31,  2021,  the  Company  is
beginning to manage the business on a segmented basis between Staffing and HCM services and therefore intends to report such information once systems and processes are
updated accordingly. Reporting and monitoring activities on a segment basis will allow the chief operating decision maker to evaluate operating performance more effectively.
See also Disaggregation of Revenue, above.

F-8

Table of Contents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  an  original  maturity  of  three  months  or  less  when  purchased  as  cash  equivalents.  The  Company  had  no  such
investments as of August 31, 2022, or August 31, 2021.

Marketable Securities Held in Trust Account

As of August 31, 2022, substantially all of the assets held in the Trust Account were invested in U.S. Treasury securities with maturities of 180 days or less. These funds are
restricted for use and may only be used for purposes of completing an initial business combination ("IBC") or redemption of the public common shares of IHC.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company maintains cash with a commercial bank, which is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). At various times, the Company has deposits in
this financial institution in excess of the amount insured by the FDIC. The Company has not experienced any losses related to these balances. As of August 31, 2022, there was
$614,900 of cash on deposit in excess of the amounts insured by the FDIC.

The Company had no individual clients that represented more than 10% of its annual revenues in Fiscal 2022. For Fiscal 2021, two individual clients represented more than
10%  of  the  Company's  annual  revenues. As  of August  31,  2022,  and August  31,  2021,  the  Company  had  five  clients  that  represented 96%  and  four  clients  representing
approximately 94% of its total accounts receivable, respectively.

Fixed Assets

Fixed assets are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized and minor replacements,
maintenance, and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. When fixed assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from
the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations for the respective period. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful
life or the remaining lease term.

Fixed assets are recorded at cost and are depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives of property
and equipment for purposes of computing depreciation are as follows:

Equipment:
Furnitures & Fixtures:
Leasehold improvements

5 - 7 years
Shorter of useful life or the remaining lease term, typically 5 years

5 years

The amortization of these assets is included in depreciation expense on the consolidated statements of operations.

Computer Software Development

Software development costs relate primarily to software coding, systems interfaces and testing of the Company’s proprietary employer information systems and are accounted
for in accordance with ASC 350-40, Internal Use Software.

Internal software development costs are capitalized from the time the internal use software is considered probable of completion until the software is ready for use. Business
analysis, system evaluation and software maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. The capitalized computer software development costs are reported under the section fixed
assets, net in the consolidated balance sheets and are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the software, generally three to five years from
when the asset is placed in service.

The Company determined that there were no material internal software development costs for Fiscal 2022 or Fiscal 2021. The Company also expenses internal costs related to
minor upgrades and enhancements, as it is impractical to separate these costs from normal maintenance activities.

F-9

Table of Contents

The Company incurred research and development costs for the Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, of approximately $4.1 million and $6.8 million, respectively. All costs were related
to internally developed or externally contracted software and related technology for the Company’s HRIS platform and related mobile application.

Lease Recognition

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  established  Topic  842,  Leases,  by  issuing ASU  No.  2016-02  (“ASC  842”),  which  required  lessees  to  recognize  leases  on-balance  sheet  and
disclose key information about leasing arrangements. Topic 842 was subsequently amended by ASU No. 2018-01, Land Easement Practical Expedient for Transition to Topic
842; ASU  No.  2018-10,  Codification  Improvements  to  Topic  842,  Leases;  and ASU  No.  2018-11,  Targeted  Improvements.  The  standard  established  a  right-of-use  model
(“ROU”) that required a lessee to recognize an ROU asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with a term longer than 12 months. Leases are classified as
finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern and classification of expense recognition in the Statement of Operations.

The Company adopted the standard on December 1, 2021, with an effective date of September 1, 2021. A modified retrospective transition approach was required, applying the
standard to all leases existing at the date of initial application. An entity could choose to use either (1) the effective date of the standard or (2) the beginning of the earliest
comparative period presented in the financial statements as its date of initial application. If an entity chose the second option, the transition requirements for existing leases also
applied to leases entered into between the date of initial application and the effective date. The entity had to also recast its comparative period financial statements and provide
the disclosures required by the standard for the comparative periods. The Company elected to use the effective date as its date of initial application. Consequently, financial
information was not updated and the disclosures required under the standard were not provided for dates and periods prior to September 1, 2021.

The standard provided a number of optional practical expedients as part of transition accounting. The Company elected the “package of practical expedients”, which allowed the
Company to avoid reassessing its prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs under the standard. The Company did not elect the use-
of-hindsight or the practical expedient pertaining to land easements as these were not applicable to the Company.

The standard had a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. The most significant changes related to (1) the recognition of ROU assets and lease
liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet for the Company's office equipment and real estate operating leases and (2) providing significant disclosures about the Company’s
leasing activities.

Upon  adoption,  the  Company  recognized  additional  operating  liabilities  of  approximately  $7.7  million,  with  corresponding  ROU  operating  lease  asset,  based  on  the  present
value  of  the  remaining  minimum  rental  payments  under  current  leasing  standards  for  existing  operating  leases.  The  Company  determined  if  an  arrangement  was  a  lease  at
inception. The Company used an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date of the lease to determine the present value of lease
payments. In determining the ROU asset and lease liability at lease inception, the lease terms could include options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain
that we will exercise that option. Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The  standard  also  provided  practical  expedients  for  an  entity’s  ongoing  accounting  for  leases.  The  Company  elected  the  short-term  lease  recognition  exemption  for  office
equipment leases. For those current and prospective leases that qualify as short-term, the Company will not recognize ROU assets or lease liabilities. The Company also elected
the practical expedient to not separate lease and non-lease components for all of its real estate leases.

Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets

The  Company  periodically  evaluates  its  long-lived  assets  for  impairment  in  accordance  with  ASC  360-10, Property,  Plant,  and  Equipment.  ASC  360-10  requires  that  an
impairment loss be recognized for assets to be disposed of or held-for-use when the carrying amount of an asset is deemed not to be recoverable. If events or circumstances were
to indicate that any of the Company’s long-lived assets might be impaired, the Company would assess recoverability based on the estimated undiscounted future cash flows to
be generated from the applicable asset. In addition, the Company may record an impairment loss to the extent that the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the
asset. Fair value is generally determined using an estimate of discounted future net cash flows from operating activities or upon disposal of the asset. Tests for impairment or
recoverability require significant management judgment, and future events affecting cash flows and market conditions could result in impairment losses. For Fiscal 2022, the
Company recorded a long-lived asset impairment charge on its Note receivable of approximately $4.0 million and a right of use asset impairment of $3.9 million recorded in the
operating expenses of the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 3, Discontinued Operations and Note15 Commitments.

F-10

Table of Contents

Workers’ Compensation 

Everest Program

Until  July  2018,  a  portion  of  the  Company’s  workers’  compensation  risk  was  covered  by  a  retrospective  rated  policy  through  Everest  National  Insurance  Company,  which
calculates the final policy premium based on the Company’s loss experience during the term of the policy and the stipulated formula set forth in the policy. The Company funds
the policy premium based on standard premium rates on a monthly basis and based on the gross payroll applicable to workers covered by the policy. During the policy term and
thereafter, periodic adjustments may involve either a return of previously paid premiums or a payment of additional premiums by the Company or a combination of both. If the
Company’s losses under that policy exceed the expected losses under that policy, then the Company could receive a demand for additional premium payments. The Company is
currently  engaged  in  litigation  regarding  such  a  demand  for  additional  premium  payments,  which  we  believe  to  be  without  merit,  as  discussed  at  Note  16,  Contingencies,
Everest Litigation, below.

Sunz Program

From  July  2018  through  February  28,  2021,  the  Company’s  workers’  compensation  program  for  its  WSEs  was  provided  through  an  arrangement  with  United  Wisconsin
Insurance  Company  and  administered  by  the  Sunz  Insurance  Company.  Under  this  program,  the  Company  has  financial  responsibility  for  the  first  $500,000  of  claims  per
occurrence.  The  Company  provides  and  maintains  a  loss  fund  that  is  earmarked  to  pay  claims  and  claims  related  expenses.  The  workers’  compensation  insurance  carrier
establishes monthly funding requirements comprised of premium costs and funds to be set aside for payment of future claims (“claim loss funds”). The level of claim loss funds
is primarily based upon anticipated WSE payroll levels and expected workers’ compensation loss rates, as determined by the insurance carrier. Monies funded into the program
for incurred claims expected to be paid within one year are recorded as Deposit - workers’ compensation, a short-term asset, while the remainder of claim funds are included in
Deposit- workers’ compensation, a long-term asset in its consolidated balance sheets. The Company is currently engaged in litigation regarding demands by Sunz for additional
claims loss funds, which we believe to be without merit, as discussed at Note 16, Contingencies, Sunz Litigation, below.

Current Program

Effective March 1, 2021, the Company migrated its clients to a guaranteed cost program. Under this program, the Company’s financial responsibility is limited to the cost of the
workers’ compensation premium. The Company funds the workers’ compensation premium based on standard premium rates on a monthly basis and based on the gross payroll
applicable to workers covered by the policy. Any final adjustments to the premiums are based on the final audited exposure multiplied by the applicable rates, classifications,
experience modifications and any other associated rating criteria.

Under  the  Everest  and  Sunz  programs,  the  Company  utilized  a  third  party  to  estimate  its  loss  development  rate,  which  was  based  primarily  upon  the  nature  of  WSEs’  job
responsibilities,  the  location  of  WSEs,  the  historical  frequency  and  severity  of  workers’  compensation  claims,  and  an  estimate  of  future  cost  trends.  Each  reporting  period,
changes in the assumptions resulting from changes in actual claims experience and other trends are incorporated into its workers’ compensation claims cost estimates.

Balance Sheet Items Related To Workers’ Compensation

Under both the Everest and Sunz Programs, the Company utilized a third-party to estimate its loss development rate, which is based primarily upon the nature of WSE job
responsibilities,  the  location  of  WSEs,  the  historical  frequency  and  severity  of  workers’  compensation  claims,  and  an  estimate  of  future  cost  trends.  Each  reporting  period,
changes in the assumptions resulting from changes in actual claims experience and other trends are incorporated into its workers’ compensation claims cost estimates.

As of August 31, 2022, the Company had no Deposit – workers’ compensation classified as a short-term or as a long-term asset related to any of these programs.

The Company’s estimate of incurred claim costs expected to be paid within one year is included in short-term liabilities, while its estimate of incurred claim costs expected to
be  paid  beyond  one  year  is  included  in  long-term  liabilities  on  its  consolidated  balance  sheets.  As  of  August  31,  2022,  the  Company  had  short  term  accrued  workers’
compensation costs of $0.6 million and long term accrued workers’ compensation costs of $1.2 million.

The Company retained workers’ compensation asset reserves and workers’ compensation related liabilities for former WSEs of clients transferred to Shiftable HR Acquisition,
LLC, part of Vensure Employer Services, Inc. (“Vensure”), in connection with

F-11

Table of Contents

the Vensure Asset Sale described in Note 3, Discontinued Operations, below. As of August 31, 2022, the retained workers’ compensation assets and liabilities are presented as
a discontinued operation net asset or liability. As of August 31, 2022, the Company had $ 1.4 million of short term liabilities and $3.3 million of long term liabilities, with no
short or long term assets.

Because the Company bears the financial responsibility for claims up to the level noted above, such claims, which are the primary component of its workers’ compensation
costs, are recorded in the period incurred. Workers’ compensation insurance includes ongoing health care and indemnity coverage whereby claims are paid over numerous years
following the date of injury. Accordingly, the accrual of related incurred costs in each reporting period includes estimates, which take into account the ongoing development of
claims  and  therefore  requires  a  significant  level  of  judgment.  In  estimating  ultimate  loss  rates,  the  Company  utilizes  historical  loss  experience,  exposure  data,  and  actuarial
judgment,  together  with  a  range  of  inputs  which  are  primarily  based  upon  the  WSE’s  job  responsibilities,  their  location,  the  historical  frequency  and  severity  of  workers’
compensation claims, and an estimate of future cost trends. For each reporting period, changes in the actuarial assumptions resulting from changes in actual claims experience
and other trends are incorporated into its workers’ compensation claims cost estimates. The estimated incurred claims are based upon: (i) the level of claims processed during
each quarter; (ii) estimated completion rates based upon recent claim development patterns under the plan; and (iii) the number of participants in the plan.

The Company has had very limited and immaterial COVID-19 related claims between March 2020 through the date of this Quarterly Report, although there is a possibility of
additional  workers’  compensation  claims  being  made  by  furloughed  WSEs  as  a  result  of  the  employment  downturn  caused  by  the  pandemic.  On  May  4,  2020,  the  State  of
California  indicated  that  workers  who  become  ill  with  COVID-19  would  have  a  potential  claim  against  workers’  compensation  insurance  for  their  illnesses.  There  is  a
possibility that additional workers’ compensation claims could be made by employees required to work by their employers during the COVID-19 pandemic, which could have a
material impact on our workers’ compensation liability estimates. While the Company has not seen significant additional expenses as a result of any such potential claims to
date,  which  would  include  claims  for  reporting  periods  after August  31,  2022,  we  continue  to  monitor  closely  all  workers’  compensation  claims  made  as  the  COVID-19
pandemic continues.

Debt Issuance Costs and Debt Discount

Debt issuance costs and debt discounts are being amortized over the lives of the related financings on a basis that approximates the effective interest method. Costs and discounts
are presented as a reduction of the related debt in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Portions attributable to notes converted into equity are accelerated to interest
expense upon conversion.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement, requires entities to disclose the fair value of financial instruments, both assets and liabilities recognized and not recognized on the balance
sheet, for which it is practical to estimate fair value. ASC 820 defines fair value of a financial instrument as the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current
transaction between willing parties. As of August 31, 2022, and August 31, 2021, the carrying value of certain financial instruments (cash, accounts receivable and payable)
approximated fair value due to the short-term nature of the instruments. Notes Receivable is valued at our estimate of expected collections value as described below and in Note
3, Discontinued Operations.

The Company measures fair value under a framework that utilizes a hierarchy prioritizing the inputs to relevant valuation techniques. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to
unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The
three levels of inputs used in measuring fair value are:

• Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company has the ability to access.

• Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include:

◦

◦

◦

◦

Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets;

Inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability;

Inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means; and

F-12

Table of Contents

◦

If the asset or liability has a specified (contractual) term, the Level 2 input must be observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

• Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

As of August 31, 2022, and August 31, 2021, the Company valued the Note Receivable as discussed in Note 3, Discontinued Operations, below.

Funds held in trust represent U.S. treasury bills that were purchased with funds raised through the initial public offering of IHC. The funds raised from SPACs are held in trust
accounts that are restricted for use and may only be used for purposes of completing an IBC or redemption of the public shares of common stock of the SPACs as set forth in
their respective trust agreements. The funds held in trust are included within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy and included in Cash and marketable securities held in Trust
Account in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The Company did not have other Level 1 or Level 2 assets or liabilities at August 31, 2022, or August 31, 2021. We recorded the fair value of the SPAC founder shares that the
Company transferred to the underwriters using non-recurring Level 3 assumptions, including quoted asset prices for SPAC shares and warrants and estimates of the likelihood
of  the  IPOs  and  IBCs  of  our  sponsored  SPACs  being  consummated.  See  also  Note  5, Special  Purpose  Acquisition  company (SPAC)  and  Note  6, Deferred  Offering  Costs  –
SPACS, below.

When the Company changes its valuation inputs for measuring financial assets and liabilities at fair value, either due to changes in current market conditions or other factors, it
could be required to transfer those assets or liabilities to another level in the hierarchy based on the new inputs used. The Company recognizes these transfers at the end of the
reporting period that the transfers occur. For the periods ended August 31, 2022, and August 31, 2021, there were no transfers of financial assets or financial liabilities between
the hierarchy levels. 

Advertising Costs 

The Company expenses all advertising as incurred. The Company recorded expenses totaling $2.5 million and $2.6 million for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to ASC 740, Income Taxes. Under ASC 740, deferred income taxes are provided on a liability method whereby deferred tax
assets  are  recognized  for  deductible  temporary  differences  and  operating  loss  carryforwards  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  are  recognized  for  taxable  temporary  differences.
Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance
when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The provision for income taxes represents
the tax expense for the period, if any, and the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of
changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

ASC 740 also provides criteria for the recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions. Under ASC 740, the impact of an uncertain tax position
on the income tax return may only be recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority.

Stock-Based Compensation

As of August 31, 2022, and August 31, 2021, the Company had one stock-based compensation plan under which the Company may issue both share and stock option awards.
The  Company  accounts  for  this  plan  under  the  recognition  and  measurement  principles  of ASC  718, Compensation-  Stock  Compensation,  which  requires  all  stock-based
payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations at their fair values.

Share grants are valued at the closing market price on the date of issuance, which approximates fair value. For option grants, the grant date fair value is determined using the
Black-Scholes-Merton (“Black-Scholes”) pricing model. Option grants are typically issued with vesting depending on a term of service. For all employee stock options granted,
the Company recognizes expense over the employee’s requisite service period (generally the vesting period of the equity grant).

F-13

Table of Contents

The Company’s option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility and expected term. The expected volatility
is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock since its initial public offering. Any changes in these highly subjective assumptions could materially impact
stock-based compensation expense.

Following the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-9, the Company elected to  account  for  forfeitures  as  they  occur. Any  compensation  cost  previously
recognized for an unvested award that is forfeited because of a failure to satisfy a service condition is reversed in the period of the forfeiture.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

The Company utilizes FASB ASC 260, Earnings per Share. Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing earnings (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the
weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed similar to basic earnings (loss) per
share except that the denominator is increased to include additional common stock equivalents available upon exercise of stock options and warrants using the treasury stock
method. Dilutive common stock equivalents include the dilutive effect of in-the-money share equivalents, which are calculated based on the average share price for each period
using the treasury stock method, excluding any common stock equivalents if their effect would be anti-dilutive. In periods in which a net loss has been incurred, all potentially
dilutive common stock is considered anti-dilutive and thus is excluded from the calculation.

The number used for the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the earnings per share for the Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021 was increased by
8,600,000 and 11,827,570, respectively. This increase reflects the inclusion of convertible preferred shares and common stock issuable upon full exercise of options to purchase
a similar number of preferred shares and full conversion of those shares of preferred stock to shares of common stock.

Securities used in, or that are excluded from the calculation of weighted average dilutive common stock, because their inclusion would have been antidilutive, consist of the
following:

Options
Warrants

Total potentially dilutive shares

For the
Year
Ended
August 31,
2022

For the
Year
Ended
August 31,
2021

11,753 
522,786 

534,538 

17,761 
95,921 
113,682 

Preferred Options are excluded from the potentially dilutive shares in the table above since they are included in the weighted average  outstanding  share  count  for  the  basic
earnings  per  share  calculation.  For  the  table  above,  “Options”  represent  all  options  granted  under  the  Company’s  2017  Stock  Option/Stock  Issuance  Plan  (the  "Plan"),  as
described in Note 11, Stock Based Compensation, below. The number of options and warrants have been presented retroactively for the 1 for 100 reverse stock split, which was
effective September 1, 2022, before issuance of the financial statements.

Recent Accounting Standards

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2016-13”).
This standard requires an impairment model (known as the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model) that is based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. Under the
new  guidance,  each  reporting  entity  should  estimate  an  allowance  for  expected  credit  losses,  which  is  intended  to  result  in  more  timely  recognition  of  losses.  This  model
replaces multiple existing impairment models in current U.S. GAAP, which generally requires a loss to be incurred before it is recognized. The new standard applies to trade
receivables arising from revenue transactions such as contract assets and accounts receivable. Under ASC 606, revenue is recognized when, among other criteria, it is probable
that an entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to when goods or services are transferred to a customer. When trade receivables are recorded, they become subject to the
CECL model and estimates of expected credit losses on trade receivables over their contractual life will be required to be recorded at inception based on historical information,
current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. This guidance is effective for smaller reporting companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022,
including the interim periods in the year. Early adoption is permitted. The Company will adopt the guidance when it becomes effective.

F-14

Table of Contents

In August 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2020-6, Debt – Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging – Contracts in Entity’s Own
Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies the accounting for convertible debt instruments
and convertible preferred stock by reducing the number of accounting models and the number of embedded conversion features that could be recognized separately from the
primary contract. The update also requires the application of the if-converted method to calculate the impact of convertible instruments on diluted earnings per share. The new
guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. This update can be adopted on either a fully retrospective or a modified retrospective basis. The Company does not expect the
adoption of ASU 2020-6 to have any material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Variable Interest Entity

The Company has been involved in the formation of various entities considered to be Variable Interest Entities (“VIEs”). The Company evaluates the consolidation of these
entities as required pursuant to ASC Topic 810 relating to the consolidation of VIEs. These VIEs are primarily formed to sponsor the related SPACs.

The Company’s determination of whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE is based in part on an assessment of whether or not the Company and its related parties are
exposed to the majority of the risks and rewards of the entity. Typically, the Company is entitled to substantially all or a portion of the economics of these VIEs. The Company
is the primary beneficiary of the VIE entities.

During Fiscal 2022, our sponsored SPAC, IHC, completed its IPO, selling 11,500,000 units (the "IHC Units") pursuant to a registration statement and prospectus, as described
below. The IPO closed on October 22, 2021, raising gross proceeds of $115 million. These proceeds were deposited in a trust account established for the benefit of the IHC
public  shareholders  and,  along  with  an  additional  $1.7  million  deposited  in  trust  by  the  Company  reserved  for  interest  payments  for  future  possible  redemptions  by  IHC
stockholders, are included in Cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet at August 31, 2022. These proceeds are
invested only in U.S. treasury securities in accordance with the governing documents of IHC.

Each  IHC  Unit  had  an  offering  price  of  $10.00  and  consisted  of one  share  of  IHC  common  stock  and one  redeemable  warrant.  Each  warrant  entitles  the  holder  thereof  to
purchase one share of IHC common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. The IHC public stockholders have a right to redeem all or a portion of their shares of IHC common
stock upon the completion of its IBC, subject to certain limitations. Under the terms of the registration statement and prospectus, IHC is required to consummate its IBC within
12 months of the completion of the IPO. If IHC is unable to meet this deadline, IHC could request an extension. If no extension is granted, then IHC will redeem 100% of the
public shares of common stock outstanding for cash, subject to applicable law and certain conditions.

In connection with the IPO, we purchased, through investments, 4,639,102 private placement warrants ("Placement Warrants") at a price of $1.00 per warrant, for an aggregate
purchase price of $4,639,102, and we currently own 2,110,000 Founder Shares of IHC common stock, representing approximately 15% of the issued and outstanding common
stock  of  IHC.  Before  the  closing  of  the  IPO,  the  Sponsor  transferred 15,000  Founder  Shares  to  IHC's  independent  directors,  reducing  its  shareholdings  from 2,125,000  to
2,110,000. Each Placement Warrant is identical to the warrants sold in the IPO, except as described in the IPO registration statement and prospectus. Following the completion
of the IHC IPO, we determined that IHC is a Variable Interest Entity ("VIE") in which we have a variable interest because IHC does not have enough equity at risk to finance
its activities without additional subordinated financial support. We have also determined that IHC's public stockholders do not have substantive rights, and their equity interest
constitutes temporary equity, outside of permanent equity, in accordance with ASC 480-10-S99-3A. As such, we have concluded that we are currently the primary beneficiary
of  IHC  as  a  VIE,  as  we  have  the  right  to  receive  benefits  or  the  obligation  to  absorb  losses  of  the  entity,  as  well  as  the  power  to  direct  a  majority  of  the  activities  that
significantly impact IHC's economic performance. Since we are the primary beneficiary, IHC is consolidated into our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its common stock holdings in its sponsored SPACs (which are consolidated in our Consolidated Financial Statements), that are subject to possible
redemption  in  accordance  with  the  guidance  in ASC  Topic  480  “Distinguishing  Liabilities  from  Equity.”  Shares  of  common  stock  subject  to  mandatory  redemption  are
classified as a liability instrument and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable shares of common stock (including shares of common stock that feature redemption
rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as
temporary equity. At all other times, shares of

F-15

Table of Contents

common stock are classified as shareholders’ equity. Each sponsored SPAC's shares of common stock feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the
SPAC's  control  and  subject  to  occurrence  of  uncertain  future  events. Accordingly,  the  Company  classified  the  shares  of  common  stock  subject  to  possible  redemption  as
temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. Upon the November 9, 2022, filing of the Certificate of Correction
with the Secretary of State of Delaware, effectively withdrawing the previously filed Extension Amendment and the November 14, 2022, filing of the Certificate of Dissolution,
as described in Note 17,  Subsequent  Events, the  Company  reclassified  these  shares  of  common  stock  subject  to  possible  redemption  as  a  current  liability  of  the  Company's
Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The Company recognizes changes in redemption value of these shares immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of redeemable shares of common stock to equal
the  redemption  value  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period.  Increases  or  decreases  in  the  carrying  amount  of  the  redeemable  common  stock  are  affected  by  charges  against
additional paid in capital and accumulated deficit. As of August 31, 2022, the carrying amount of the sponsored SPAC shares of IHC common stock subject to redemption was
recorded  at  their  redemption  value  of  $117.0  million.  The  remeasurement  of  the  redemption  value  of  the  redeemable  shares  of  common  stock  is  recorded  in  equity.  The
remeasurement  in  equity  comprised  of  offering  cost  incurred  in  connection  with  the  sale  of  public  shares  of  the  SPACs  was  $13  million,  consisting  of  approximately
$9.5  million  of  offering  costs  related  to  the  Founder  Shares  transferred  to  the  SPACs’  underwriter  representative  as  described  in  Note  6, Deferred  Offering  Costs,  and
$3.5 million in other offering costs related to the IPO paid at closing in cash. The Company accounts for the warrants as equity-classified.

Note 3 – Discontinued Operations

On January 3, 2020, the Company executed an asset purchase agreement assigning client contracts comprising approximately 88% of its quarterly revenue through the date of
the  transaction,  including 100%  of  its  existing  professional  employer  organization  (“PEO”)  business  effective  as  of  December  31,  2019,  and  transferring  $1.5  million  of
working  capital  assets,  including  cash  balances  and  certain  operating  assets  associated  with  the  assigned  client  contracts  included  in  the  agreement,  to  a  wholly  owned
subsidiary of Vensure (the “Vensure Asset Sale”). Gross proceeds from the Vensure Asset Sale were $ 19.2 million, of which $9.7  million  was  received  at  closing  and  $9.5
million was scheduled to be paid out in equal monthly payments over the four years following the closing of the transaction (the “Note Receivable”), subject to adjustments for
working capital and customer retention, (as measured by a gross wage guarantee included in the governing agreement), over the twelve month period following the Vensure
Asset Sale.

For Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, the Company recorded the Note Receivable based on the estimate of expected collections based on additional information obtained through
discussions with Vensure and evaluation of our records. On March 12, 2021, the Company received correspondence from Vensure proposing approximately $10.7 million of
working capital adjustments under the terms of the Vensure Asset Sale agreement which, if accepted, would have had the impact of eliminating any sums owed to the Company
under the Note Receivable. As indicated in the reconciliation table below, the Company has recorded $ 2.6 million of working capital adjustments, subject to final review and
acceptance,  and  has  provided  for  an  additional  reserve  of  $2.9  million  for  potential  claims.  By  letter  dated  April  6,  2021,  the  Company  disputed  Vensure’s  proposed
adjustments, and maintains that the amount Vensure owes the Company pursuant to the Note Receivable is as much as $9.5 million. The Company assessed the collectibility of
this  note  during  its  third  quarter  reporting  of  Fiscal  2022and  determined  that  it  was  probable  that  all  contractually  required  payments  will  not  be  collected  and  recorded  a
reserve on collectibility of approximately $4.0 million. The disputes between the Company and Vensure regarding working capital adjustments under the Vensure Asset Sale
agreement are currently the subject of litigation pending in the Delaware Chancery Court, as discussed at Note 16, Contingencies, Vensure Litigation, below.

The following is a reconciliation of the gross proceeds to the net Note Receivable from the Vensure Asset Sale as presented on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet for
Fiscal 2022.

Gross proceeds
Cash received at closing – asset sale
Cash received at closing – working capital

Gross note receivable
Less:  Transaction reconciliation – estimated working capital adjustment

Adjusted note receivable
Less: Reserve for estimated potential claims
Less: Reserve on potential collectibility

Long-term note receivable

F-16

$

$

$

19,166,000 
(9,500,000)
(166,000)
9,500,000 

(2,604,000)
6,896,000 

(2,892,000)
(4,004,000)
— 

Table of Contents

The Note Receivable was recorded as a long term note receivable as of August 31, 2021.  The estimates of the working capital and gross billings adjustments would not result in
any cash payments due to the Company as of Fiscal 2022 or Fiscal 2021.

The  Vensure Asset  Sale  generated  a  gain  of  $15.6  million  for  Fiscal  2021.  The  Company  expected  a  minimal  tax  impact  from  the  Vensure Asset  Sale  as  it  utilized  its  net
operating losses accumulated since inception to offset the gain resulting from discontinued operations tax provision with a corresponding offset to the valuation allowance.

The Vensure Asset Sale met the criteria of discontinued operations set forth in ASC 205 and as such the Company has reclassified its discontinued operations for all periods
presented and has excluded the results of its discontinued operations from continuing operations for all periods presented.

The  terms  of  the  Vensure Asset  Sale  call  for  adjustments  to  the  Note  Receivable  either  for:  (i)  working  capital  adjustments  or  (ii)  in  the  event  that  the  gross  wages  of  the
business transferred is less than the required amount.

(i) Working  capital  adjustments:  Through August  31,  2021,  the  Company  has  identified  $2.6  million  of  likely  working  capital  adjustments,  including  $0.1  million
related to lower net assets transferred at closing, and $2.5 million of cash remitted to the Company’s bank accounts, net of cash remitted to Vensure’s bank accounts.
Under the terms of the Vensure Asset Sale, a reconciliation of the working capital was to have been completed by April 15, 2020. Due to operational difficulties and
quarantined staff caused by the outbreak of COVID-19, Vensure requested a postponement of the working capital reconciliation that was due in Fiscal 2020. Although
Vensure  provided  the  Company  with  its  working  capital  reconciliation  on  March  12,  2021,  it  failed  to  provide  adequate  documentation  to  support  its  calculations.
Accordingly, the working capital adjustment recorded as of August 31, 2022, represents the Company’s estimate of the reconciliation adjustment by using Vensure’s
claims and the limited supporting information Vensure provided as a starting point, and then making adjustments for amounts in dispute based upon our internal records
and best estimates. There is no assurance that the working capital change identified as of August 31, 2022, represents the final working capital adjustment.

(ii) Gross billings adjustment: Under the terms of the Vensure Asset Sale, the proceeds of the transaction are reduced if the actual gross wages of customers transferred
for Calendar 2020 are less than 90% of those customers’ Calendar 2019 gross wages. The Company has prepared an estimate of the Calendar 2020 gross wages based on
a  combination  of  factors  including  reports  of  actual  transferred  client  billings  in  early  Calendar  2020,  actual  gross  wages  of  continuing  customers  of  the  Company,
publicly available unemployment reports for the Southern California markets and the relevant COVID-19 impacts on employment levels, and other information. Based
on  the  information  available,  the  Company  estimated  that  it  would  receive  additional  consideration  below  the  required  threshold  and  reduced  the  contingent
consideration by $1.4  million.  Vensure  has  not  identified  any  such  adjustments  to  date.  Based  on  the  information  available,  the  Company  reclassified  the  previously
recorded gross wages claim to a general potential claims reserve during Fiscal 2021. No additional adjustment was made during Fiscal 2022.

The carrying amounts of the classes of assets and liabilities from the Vensure Asset Sale included in discontinued operations are as follows:

Deposits – workers’ compensation

Total current assets

Deposits – workers’ compensation

Total assets

Accrued workers’ compensation cost

Total current liabilities

Accrued workers’ compensation cost

Total liabilities

Net liability

F-17

August 31,
2022

August 31,
2021

—  $

— 
— 

356,000 

356,000 
883,000 

—  $

1,239,000 

1,362,000  $

1,362,000 

3,269,000 

4,631,000 

1,516,000 

1,516,000 

5,411,000 

6,927,000 

(4,631,000) $

(5,688,000)

$

$

$

$

Table of Contents

Reported results for the discontinued operations by period were as follows:

Revenues
Cost of revenue

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Salaries, wages and payroll taxes
Commissions

Total operating expenses

 For the Year Ended

August 31, 2022

August 31, 2021

$

—  $

590,000 

(590,000)

— 
2,509,000 

(2,509,000)

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations

$

(590,000) $

(2,509,000)

During Fiscal 2022, the Company recorded net operating loss from discontinued operations totaling $0.6 million, that were fully reserved for income tax. During Fiscal 2021,
the Company recorded net operating loss from discontinued operations totaling $8,632,000 that were fully reserved for income tax. The components of income tax expense for
discontinued operations are as follows:

Provision for income tax benefits

Federal tax benefits
State tax benefits

Total tax benefits
Valuation allowance on loss carryforwards

Provision for income tax expense from discontinued operations

For the Year Ended
August 31,

2022

2021

$

$

(114,000) $
(45,000)

(159,000)
159,000 

—  $

(500,000)
(129,000)

(629,000)
629,000 

— 

Note 4: Going Concern
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, which contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern. As of August 31,
2022, the Company had cash of $0.6 million and a working capital deficit of $31.2 million. See Note 9, Workers’ Compensation; Note 10, Accrued Payroll and Related
Liabilities; and Note 15, Commitments. During this period, the Company used approximately $17.5 million of cash from its continuing operations and incurred recurring losses,
resulting in an accumulated deficit of $192.7 million as of August 31, 2022. As of August 31, 2022, the Company is delinquent with respect to remitting payroll tax payments to
the IRS. See Note 10: Accrued Payroll and Related Liabilities. The Company has been in communication with the IRS regarding amounts owing in relation to credits due. In
addition, some clients have filed suits against the Company, demanding that the Company take action to seek additional ERTC tax credits for the subject periods. Until the
matter is concluded and the taxes are paid, the IRS could, subject to its standard processes and the Company’s rights to respond, implement collection actions, including such
actions as levying against Company bank accounts, to recover the amounts that it calculates to be due and owing.

Historically, our principal source of financing has come through the sale of our common stock and issuance of convertible notes. In September 2021, we raised approximately
$12 million ($11.1 million net of costs) in connection with the sale of common stock and warrants; in January 2022, we entered into a warrant exercise agreement that raised
approximately $5.9 million ($5.4 million net of costs), and in July 2022, we entered into a warrant exercise agreement that raised approximately $1.3 million ($1.2 million net of
costs). See Note 11, Stockholders' Equity (Deficit).

The recurring losses, negative working capital and cash used in the Company’s operations are indicators of substantial doubt as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going
concern for at least one year from issuance of these financial statements. Our plans and expectations for the next twelve months include raising additional capital to help fund
expansion of our operations and strengthening of our sales force strategy by focusing on staffing services as our key driver to improve our margin and the continued support and
functionality improvement of our information technology (“IT”) and HRIS platform. This expanded go-to-market strategy will focus on building a national account portfolio
managed by a newly-formed regional team of senior sales

F-18

Table of Contents

executives singularly focused on sustained quarterly revenue growth and gross profit margin expansion. We expect to continue to invest in our HRIS platform, ShiftPixy Labs,
and other growth initiatives, all of which have required and will continue to require significant cash expenditures.

The Company also expects its ShiftPixy Labs growth initiative to generate cash flow once launched, by functioning as an incubator of food service and restaurant concepts
through  collaboration  and  partnerships  with  local  innovative  chefs.  If  successful,  the  Company  believes  that  this  initiative  will  produce  businesses  that  provide  recurring
revenue through direct sales, as well as through utilization of the ShiftPixy Ecosystem, HRIS platform, and other human capital services that the Company provides. To the
extent that this business model is successful and can be replicated in other locations, the Company believes that it has the potential to contribute significant revenue to ShiftPixy
in the future. The Company may also take equity stakes in various branded restaurants that it develops and operates with its partners through ShiftPixy Labs. Such ownership
interests will be held to the extent that it is consistent with the Company’s continued existence as an operating company, and to the extent that the Company believes such
ownership interests have the potential to create value for its shareholders.

The Company expects to engage in additional sales of its securities during Fiscal 2023, either through registered public offerings or private placements, the proceeds of which
the Company intends to use to fund its operations and growth initiatives. The Company’s management believes that its current cash position, along with its anticipated revenue
growth and proceeds from future sales of its securities, when combined with prudent expense management, will alleviate substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a
going  concern  and  to  fund  its  operations  for  at  least  one  year  from  the  date  these  financials  are  available  (especially  when  considering  the  absence  of  any  funded  debt
outstanding on its balance sheet). If these sources do not provide the capital necessary to fund the Company’s operations during the next twelve months, it may need to curtail
certain aspects of its operations or expansion activities, consider the sale of additional assets, or consider other means of financing. The Company can give no assurance that it
will be successful in implementing its business plan and obtaining financing on advantageous terms, or that any such additional financing will be available. If the Company is
not  successful  on  obtaining  the  necessary  financing,  we  do  not  currently  have  the  cash  resources  to  meet  our  operating  commitments  for  the  next  twelve  months.  These
consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments for this uncertainty.

Note 5: Special Purpose Acquisition Company ("SPAC") Sponsorship

On April 29, 2021, we announced our sponsorship, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, ShiftPixy Investments, Inc. ("Investments"), of four SPACs. Each SPAC was seeking
to raise approximately $150 million in capital investment, through an IPO, to acquire companies in the healthcare and technology segments of the staffing industry, as well as
one or more insurance entities. On March 18, 2022, the IPO registration statements related to the three other SPACs we had sponsored, Vital Human Capital, Inc. ("Vital"),
TechStackery, Inc. ("TechStackery"), and Firemark Global Capital, Inc. ("Firemark"), were withdrawn. With the withdrawal of these IPO registrations, the Company recorded
approximately $38.0 million of deferred costs against Non-controlling interest.

The registration statement and prospectus covering the IPO of IHC was declared effective by the SEC on October 19, 2021, and IHC Units, consisting of one share of common
stock and an accompanying warrant to purchase one share of IHC common stock, began trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on October 20, 2021. The IHC
IPO  closed  on  October  22,  2021,  raising  gross  proceeds  for  IHC  of  $115  million. In  connection  with  the  IHC  IPO,  we  purchased,  through  our  wholly-owned  subsidiary,
4,639,102 placement warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $4,639,102.

Following the closing of the IPO, the sum of $116,725,000  was  placed  in  a  trust  account  (the  “Trust Account”),  and  was  invested  in  U.S.  government  securities  within  the
meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "ICA"), with a maturity of 185 days or less, or in any open-ended investment
company that holds itself out as a money market fund investing solely in U.S. Treasuries and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 of the ICA, as determined by the
Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of the IBC and (ii) the distribution of the funds in the Trust Account to the Company’s shareholders, as described below. The
$116,725,000 consisted of the $115,000,000 of gross proceeds from the sale of the IHC Units in the IPO and $1,725,000 funded by the Company, as the corporate parent of the
Sponsor,  representing  guaranteed  interest  for  future  redemptions  and  calculated  as  one  year's  interest  at  1.5%.  With  the  completion  of  the  IPO,  the  Company  recorded
approximately $9.5 million of deferred costs in APIC, and $0.3 million of offering costs paid on behalf of IHC. During Fiscal 2022, IHC incurred approximately $3.5 million in
offering costs. No other offering costs have been incurred during the period for the withdrawn SPACs. The Trust Account generated interest and dividend income for the Fiscal
2022 of approximately $0.02 million. After completion of its IPO, IHC sought to acquire companies in the light industrial segment of the staffing industry.

Upon the completion of IHC's IPO, through our wholly-owned subsidiary, we owned approximately 15% of its issued and outstanding stock. Furthermore, we anticipated that
IHC would operate as a separately managed, publicly traded entity following the completion of its IBCs. The operations of IHC have been consolidated in the accompanying
financial statements for the reasons set forth above in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

F-19

Table of Contents

On October 14, 2022, the stockholders of IHC, approved the proposed action to file an amended and restated certificate of incorporation to extend the date by which the
Company has to consummate a Business Combination from October 22, 2022, to April 22, 2023, or a such earlier date as determined by the board of directors. The Company
accordingly filed the Amendment with the Secretary of State of Delaware. In connection with the meeting, however, shareholders holding 11,251,347 Public Shares exercised
their right to redeem their shares for a pro rata portion of the funds in the Trust Account. leaving 248,653 of the Company’s remaining Public Shares outstanding and the Trust
Account substantially below the $5,000,001 minimum net tangible asset amount required by IHC's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be available upon
consummation of such Business Combination. IHC's efforts to secure the decisions of some shareholders to reverse their redemptions were unsuccessful, and IHC accordingly
declined to fund the extension, cancelled the Amendment as filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware, and proceeded to cease operations, dissolve and unwind. The board of
directors of IHC accordingly adopted resolutions to liquidate, dissolve and unwind the entity. See Note 17, Subsequent Events. Since IHC was dissolved on November 14, 2022,
and since the Trust released all the redemption funds to shareholders on December 2, 2022, effectively liquidating the Trust, we will evaluate the impact including de-
consolidation of its operations during our first quarterly reporting for our Fiscal 2023.

Note 6: Deferred Offering Costs - SPACs

During Fiscal 2021, the Company incurred professional fees related to the filing of registration statements for the IPOs of four SPACs. The Company also transferred certain
Founder  Shares  of  those  SPACs  to  a  third  party  which  created  a  non-controlling  interest  in  those  entities.  These  Founder  Shares  of  common  stock  were  transferred  to  the
SPACs’ underwriter representative (the “Representative”) at below fair market value, resulting in compensation and therefore deferred offering costs for the SPACs, and the
creation of a minority interest. The non-controlling interest is recorded as a minority interest on the Balance Sheet and the Statement of Equity.

As of August 31, 2021, Deferred offering costs - SPACs totaled $48,261,000, consisting of $789,000 of legal and accounting fees related to the SPACs’ IPOs and $47,472,000
related to the non-controlling interest in consolidated subsidiaries.

The non-controlling interest – deferred offering costs represents the estimated value of the portion of our Founder Shares in each of the following SPACs that we received as a
result of our sponsorship, and which we transferred to the Representative on April 22, 2021, at a price below the fair market value of the shares, as follows: (i)  2,000,000 shares
of  IHC  common  stock;  (ii) 2,000,000  shares  of  TechStackery  common  stock;  (iii) 2,000,000  shares  of  Vital  common  stock;  and  (iv) 4,000,000  shares  of  Firemark  common
stock. We estimate the total value of the 10,000,000 shares transferred, which represents deferred compensation to the Representative, to be $47,472,000, or $4.7472 per share.
We arrived at this valuation by reference to similar SPAC IPO transactions, as set forth below:

1. Consistent with most SPAC IPOs, the market price of units (consisting of some combination of common stock and warrants) sold to the public in a SPAC IPO is $10 per

unit.

2. We have valued the warrant portion of each Unit at $0.75. Deducting this value from the Unit yields a value of $9.25 per share of common stock at the time of the IPO,

which we have applied to the value of each of the Founder Shares that we issued to the Representative.

3. We have applied a further discount of 48.8%, which is a blended discount designed to reflect the following contingencies and uncertainties: (a) 20% probability that the
SPAC  IPOs  are  never  consummated;  (b)  20%  probability  that  none  of  our  sponsored  SPACs  successfully  complete  their  IBC;  and  (c) 21%  additional  discounts  to
account for future sponsor and Representative concessions, as well as the possibility of decrease in the value of the common stock of each SPAC.

One of the Company's sponsored SPACs, IHC, completed its IPO on October 22, 2021, resulting in the recognition of approximately $13 million of offering costs, including
$9.8 million that had been deferred as of August 31, 2021 in APIC.  No offering costs were incurred for TechStackery, Vital, or Firemark during the quarter ended May 31,
2022, as these company's registration statements were withdrawn.

As discussed in Note 5, Special Purpose Acquisition Company ("SPAC") Sponsorship, the registration statements on Form S-1 previously filed with the SEC relating to three of
its  Sponsored  SPACs  —  Vital,  TechStackery,  and  Firemark  have  been  withdrawn.  The  abandonment  of  these  SPAC  IPOs  resulted  in  our  recognition  of  approximately
$38.5 million of deferred offering costs against $38 million in non-controlling interest and $0.5 million in the other expenses in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

F-20

Table of Contents

Note 7: Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable represent outstanding gross billings to clients, and are reported net of allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful
accounts based on management’s assessment of the collectability of specific accounts and by making a general provision, based on its past experiences, for other potentially
uncollectible amounts.  The  provision  for  doubtful  accounts  during  Fiscal  2022  and  Fiscal  2021  was  not  material.  Write-offs  for  Fiscal  2022  and  Fiscal  2021  were $0  and
$45,000, respectively.

The Company makes an accrual at the end of each accounting period for the obligations associated with the earned but unpaid wages of its WSEs and for the accrued gross
billings associated with such wages. These accruals are included in unbilled accounts receivable. The Company generally requires clients to pay invoices for service fees no
later than 1 day prior to the applicable payroll date. As such, the Company generally does not require collateral.

Note 8: Fixed Assets

Fixed assets consisted of the following at August 31, 2022, and August 31, 2021:

Equipment
Furniture & fixtures
Leasehold improvements

Accumulated depreciation & amortization

Fixed assets, net

August 31,
2022

August 31,
2021

2,700,000 
614,000 
710,000 
4,024,000 
(1,255,000)
2,769,000  $

2,386,000 
599,000 
545,000 
3,530,000 
(746,000)
2,784,000 

$

Depreciation and amortization expense for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021 was $509,000 and $357,000, respectively.

Software  consists  primarily  of  customized  software  purchased  from  third-party  providers,  which  is  incorporated  into  the  Company’s  HRIS  platform  and  related  mobile
application.

The  Company  has  evaluated  certain  development  costs  of  its  software  solution  in  accordance  with ASC  Topic  350-40, Internal  Use  Software,  which  outlines  the  stages  of
computer software development and specifies when capitalization of costs is required. Projects that are determined to be in the development stage are capitalized and amortized
over  their  useful  lives  of five years.  Projects  that  are  determined  to  be  within  the  preliminary  stage  are  expensed  as  incurred.  For  Fiscal  2022  and  Fiscal  2021, no  internally
developed software was capitalized.

Note 9: Workers’ Compensation

The Company had three workers’ compensation programs in effect at various points during Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021. The Everest program covered corporate employees and
WSEs from July 1, 2017 through June 30, 2018 and the SUNZ program covered corporate employees and WSEs from July 1, 2018 through February 28, 2021.

Effective March 1, 2021, the Company migrated its clients to a guaranteed cost program, pursuant to which the Company’s financial responsibility is limited to the cost of the
workers’ compensation premium. The Company funds the workers’ compensation premium based on standard premium rates on a monthly basis and based on the gross payroll
applicable to

F-21

Table of Contents

workers covered by the policy. Any final adjustments to the premiums are based on the final audited exposure multiplied by the applicable rates, classifications, experience
modifications and any other associated rating criteria.

The following table summarizes the workers’ compensation deposit from continuing operations for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021:

Everest
Program

SUNZ
 Program

Total

Premiums paid
Paid in deposits
Claim losses
Deposit refund

Paid in deposits
Claim losses

Less Current Amount

Workers’ Comp Deposit at August 31, 2020$

Workers’ Comp Deposit at August 31, 2021$

Workers’ Comp Deposit at August 31, 2022

Long Term Balance at August 31, 2022$

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

1,029,000  $

— 
446,000 
(934,000)
— 

541,000  $
— 
(541,000)

— 
— 

—  $

The following table summarizes the workers’ compensation deposit from discontinued operations for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021:

Premiums paid
Paid in deposits
Claim losses
Deposit refund

Paid in deposits
Claim losses

Less Current Amount

Workers’ Comp Deposit at August 31, 2020$

Workers’ Comp Deposit at August 31, 2021$

Workers’ Comp Deposit at August 31, 2022

Long Term Balance at August 31, 2022$

Everest
Program

SUNZ
Program

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

3,611,000  $

— 
1,062,000 
(3,434,000)
— 

1,239,000  $

— 
(1,239,000)

— 
— 

—  $

1,029,000 
— 
446,000 
(934,000)
— 

541,000 
— 
(541,000)

— 
— 

— 

Total

3,611,000 
— 
1,062,000 
(3,434,000)
— 

1,239,000 
— 
(1,239,000)

— 
— 

— 

The following table summarizes the accrued workers’ compensation liability from continuing operations for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021:

Claim loss development
Paid in losses

Claim loss development
Paid in losses

Less Current Amount

Everest
Program

SUNZ
Program

Total

Workers’ Comp Liability at August 31, 2020$

Workers’ Comp Liability at August 31, 2021$

Workers’ Comp Liability at August 31, 2022

Long Term Balance at August 31, 2022$

204,000 
50,000 
— 

254,000 
101,000 
— 

355,000 
(135,000)

220,000 

1,541,000  $
1,273,000 
(760,000)

2,054,000  $
(130,000)
(541,000)

1,383,000 
(376,000)

1,007,000  $

1,745,000 
1,323,000 
(760,000)

2,308,000 
(29,000)
(541,000)

1,738,000 
(511,000)

1,227,000 

F-22

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the accrued workers’ compensation liability from discontinued operations for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021:

Claim loss development
Paid in losses

Claim loss development
Paid in losses

Less Current Amount

Everest
Program

SUNZ
Program

Workers’ Comp Liability at August 31, 2020$

Workers’ Comp Liability at August 31, 2021$

Workers’ Comp Liability at August 31, 2022

Long Term Balance at August 31, 2022$

717,000 
103,000 
— 

820,000 
130,000 
— 

950,000 
(361,000)

589,000 

5,405,000  $
2,639,000 
(3,583,000)

4,461,000  $
459,000 
(1,239,000)

3,681,000 
(1,001,000)

2,680,000  $

Total

6,122,000 
2,742,000 
(3,583,000)

5,281,000 
589,000 
(1,239,000)

4,631,000 
(1,362,000)

3,269,000 

The  Company  is  currently  engaged  in  litigation  regarding  a  demand  for  additional  premium  payments  from  Everest  and  additional  claims  loss  funds  from  Sunz,  which  we
believe to be without merit, as discussed at Note 16, Contingencies, Everest and Sunz Litigation, below.

Note 10: Accrued Payroll and Related Liabilities

Accrued payroll liabilities consisted of the following at August 31, 2022, and August 31, 2021:

Accrued Payroll
Accrued Payroll Taxes
Corporate employee accrued paid time off

Accrued Payroll and related liabilities

August 31,
2022

August 31,
2021

$

$

2,270,000  $

13,278,000 
506,000 

16,054,000  $

2,438,000 
4,758,000 
680,000 

7,876,000 

Accrued payroll and accrued payroll taxes represent payroll liabilities associated with the Company’s WSEs as well as its corporate employees. The Company has recorded in
its accrued expenses approximately $1.1 million in interest and penalties on approximately $12 million delinquent outstanding payroll taxes to the IRS and other state and local
agencies.

Note 11: Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Preferred Stock

As  previously  disclosed,  in  September  2016,  the  founding  shareholders  of  the  Company  were  granted  options  to  acquire  preferred  stock  of  the  Company  (the  “Preferred
Options”).  The  number  of  Preferred  Options  granted  was  based  upon  the  number  of  shares  held  at  the  time  of  the  grant. These  Preferred  Options  are  nontransferable  and
forfeited upon the sale of the related founding shares of common stock held by the option holder. Upon the occurrence of certain specified events, such founding shareholders
can  exercise  each  Preferred  Option  to  purchase  one  share  of  preferred  stock  of  the  Company  at  an  exercise  price  of $0.0001  per  share.  The  preferred  stock  underlying  the
Preferred Options does not include any rights to dividends or preference upon liquidation of the Company and is convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock on a
one-for-one basis. The Preferred Options became exercisable upon the consummation of the Vensure Asset Sale in January 2020, as discussed above. During Fiscal 2020, the
Company recorded an expense of $62.1 million, related to the triggering of the Preferred Options as other expense, which was calculated pursuant to the Black-Scholes-Merton
methodology applicable to valuing the 24,634,560 Preferred Options that became exercisable and exchangeable into an equal number of shares of common stock.

The  Company  evaluated  the  Preferred  Options  on  the  same  date  using  Level  2  inputs  based  on  the  offering  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  and  warrants  issued  in
connection with its May 2020 Public Offering, as adjusted for the fair value of the warrants issued in conjunction with said public offering. The resulting allocated common
share price was then discounted for a lack of marketability of shares subject to “lock-up” agreements entered into in connection with the May 2020 Public

F-23

Table of Contents

Offering,  which  yielded  a  fair  value  of $2.52 per Preferred Option. The Company used the following assumptions to value the expense related to the Preferred Options: (i)
option life of 3.77 years; (ii) risk free rate of 0.47%; (iii) volatility of 134%; (iv) exercise price of $0.0001 per share; and (v) a fair value of $3.62 per share of the Company’s
common stock.

On June 4, 2020, Scott W. Absher, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, exercised  12,500,000 Preferred Options to purchase 12,500,000 shares of our preferred stock for an
aggregate  purchase  price  of  $1,250.  Immediately  following  the  exercise  of  the  Preferred  Options  described  above,  Mr. Absher  elected  to  convert  the  12,500,000  shares  of
preferred stock into 12,500,000 shares of common stock, which were subject to a 24-month lock-up period during which such shares may not be traded. Between July 20, 2020
and November 30, 2020, an additional 294,490 Preferred Options were exercised and converted into 294,490 shares of common stock, which were subject to a six-month lock
up period at the time they were issued, during which such shares could not be traded on the open market. As of August 31, 2022, the restrictions on  294,490 of these shares
have  been  lifted,  rendering  them  freely  tradable.  On  October  22,  2021,  the  Company’s  board  of  directors  canceled  the  remaining  11,790,000  of  these  Preferred  Options
previously issued to its co-founder, J. Stephen Holmes, pursuant to the September 2016 grant. Accordingly,  these  Preferred  Options  are  no  longer  exercisable. See  Note  16
Contingencies and Note 17 Subsequent Events.

The amount of Preferred Options, and the number of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of such options, is based upon the number of shares of common stock held
by the option holders at the time the Preferred Options were issued in September 2016. Accordingly, in order to confirm the original intent of the granting of up to  25,000,000
Preferred Options to Mr. Absher, it has always been the Company’s intent to adopt a second grant of Preferred Options granting an additional  12,500,000 Preferred Options to
Mr. Absher, whereby each option permits the holder to acquire one share of the Company’s preferred stock for $0.0001 per share. On August  13,  2021,  consistent  with  this
intent, the Company granted 12,500,000 Preferred Options to Mr. Absher to purchase shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, for consideration of $0.0001 per
share. Each Preferred Option is exercisable for a period of twenty-four months upon (i) the acquisition of a Controlling Interest (as defined below) in the Company by any single
shareholder or group of shareholders acting in concert, (other than Mr. Absher), or (ii) the announcement of (x) any proposed merger, consolidation, or business combination in
which the Company’s Common Stock is changed or exchanged, or (y) any sale or distribution of at least 50% of the Company’s assets or earning power, other than through a
reincorporation. Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible into Common Stock on a one-for-one basis. “Controlling Interest” means the ownership or control of outstanding
voting shares of the Company sufficient to enable the acquiring person, directly or indirectly and individually or in concert with others, to exercise one-fifth or more of all the
voting power of the Company in the election of directors or any other business matter on which shareholders have the right to vote under the Wyoming Business Corporation
Act.

On July 14, 2022, the Board of the Company approved the issuance to the Company’s founder and principal shareholder, Scott Absher, of 12,500,000 shares of the Company’s
Preferred  Class A  Stock  ("Preferred  Shares"),  par  value  $ 0.0001  per  share,  in  exchange  for  (a)  the  surrender  by  Mr. Absher  of  his  options  to  acquire 12,500,000  Preferred
Shares, which Preferred Options provide for exercise upon certain triggering events as described above, and as detailed in our prior filings, and (b) the tender of payment by Mr.
Absher of the sum of $5,000,  representing four  times  the  par  value  for  such  Preferred  Shares. The  Company  evaluated  the  Preferred  Shares  on  the  same  date  using  Level  2
inputs  based  on  the  closing  market  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  The  resulting  allocated  common  share  price  was  then  discounted  for  a  lack  of  marketability  of
shares, which yielded a fair value of $0.2322 per Preferred Share. The Company used the following assumptions to value the expense related to the Preferred Shares: (i) life of
10 years; (ii) risk free rate of 3.06%; (iii) volatility of 125.664%; (iv) exercise price of $0.0001 per share; and (v) a fair value of $0.2580 per share of the Company’s common
stock. These were recorded as compensation expense in the general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

On July 19, 2022, Mr. Absher converted 8,000,000 shares of the Preferred Shares to 8,000,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Pursuant
to Rule 144, these 8,000,000 shares of Common Stock are subject to a six-month holding period during which they may not be sold in the marketplace. A remaining 4,500,000
Preferred Shares were still outstanding as of August 31, 2022.

On August 12, 2022, the Company entered into an agreement with Mr. Absher whereby he waived claims to certain unpaid compensation due to him through July 31, 2022,
totaling $820,793.24,  in  exchange  for  an  option  to  receive 4,100,000 shares of the Company's Preferred Class A Stock.  The  Company  evaluated  the  Preferred  Shares  on  the
same date using Level 2 inputs based on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock. The resulting allocated common share price was then discounted for a lack
of marketability of shares, which yielded a fair value of $0.2025 per Preferred Share. The Company used the following assumptions to value the expense related to the Preferred
Shares:  (i)  life  of 10 years; (ii) risk free rate of 2.970%;  (iii)  volatility  of 125.700%; (iv) exercise price of $0.0001 per share; and (v) a fair value of $0.2250 per share of the
Company’s common stock. Pursuant to Rule 144, these 4,100,000, when converted into shares of Common Stock are subject to a six-month holding period during which they
may not be sold in the marketplace.

F-24

Table of Contents

October 2020 Public Offering

On  October  8,  2020,  the  Company  entered  into  an  underwriting  agreement  (the  “October  Underwriting Agreement”)  with AGP  in  connection  with  a  public  offering  (the
“October 2020 Offering”) of an aggregate of (i) 40,000 shares of our common stock and (ii) warrants to purchase 23,000 shares of common stock (the “October 2020 Common
Warrants”), which included the partial exercise of AGP’s over-allotment option to purchase 3,000 additional October 2020 Common Warrants.

Each share of common stock was sold together with an October 2020 Common Warrant as a fixed combination, with each share of common stock sold being accompanied by
an October 2020 Common Warrant to purchase 0.5 shares of common stock. Each share of common stock and accompanying October 2020 Common Warrant was sold at a
price to the public of $300.00. The October 2020 Common Warrants were immediately exercisable, will expire on October 13, 2025, and have an exercise price of $330.00 per
share, subject to anti-dilution and other adjustments for certain stock splits, stock dividends, or recapitalizations.

The October 2020 Offering closed on October 14, 2020, for gross proceeds of approximately $12.0 million, prior to deducting $1.3 million of costs consisting of underwriting
discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by the Company, which includes a partial exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option to purchase additional
October  2020  Common  Warrants.  Pursuant  to  the  October  Underwriting Agreement,  the  Company,  upon  closing  of  the  October  2020  Offering,  issued  to AGP  warrants  to
purchase up to 2,000 shares of common stock (the “October Underwriter Warrants”), which is equivalent to 5.0% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock sold in
the October 2020 Offering. The October Underwriter Warrants are exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, commencing six months after the closing
date and ending 5 years from the closing date, at a price per share equal to $330.00, which is equivalent to 110% of the public offering price per share. The Company accounts
for the warrants as equity-classified.

May 2021 Private Placement

On May 17, 2021, the Company closed a private placement with a large institutional investor pursuant to which it sold to the investor an aggregate of (i) 23,200 shares of the
Company’s common stock, par value $0.010 per share (the “Common Stock”), together with warrants (the “May 2021 Common Warrants”) to purchase up to 23,200 shares of
Common Stock, with each May 2021 Common Warrant exercisable for one share of Common Stock at a price per share of $242.50,  and  (ii) 26,285 prefunded warrants (the
“May 2021 Prefunded Warrants”), together with the May 2021 Common Warrants to purchase up to  26,285 shares of Common Stock, with each May 2021 Prefunded Warrant
exercisable for one share of Common Stock at a price per share of $0.010. Each share of Common Stock and accompanying May 2021 Common Warrant were sold together at
a combined offering price of $242.50 and each May 2021 Prefunded Warrant and accompanying May 2021 Common Warrant were sold together at a combined offering price
of $242.49.

The May 2021 Prefunded Warrants are immediately exercisable, at a nominal exercise price of $0.010, and may be exercised at any time until all of the May 2021 Prefunded
Warrants are exercised in full. The May 2021 Common Warrants have an exercise price of $ 242.5 per share, are immediately exercisable, and will expire five years from June
15, 2021, which is the date that the registration statement covering the resale of the shares underlying the Common Warrants was declared effective. The private placement
generated gross proceeds of approximately $12.0 million, prior to deducting $0.94 million of costs consisting of Placement Agent commissions and offering expenses payable
by  the  Company.  In  addition  to  the  seven  percent  (7.0%)  of  the  aggregate  gross  proceeds  cash  fee,  the  Company  issued  to  the  Placement Agent  warrants  to  purchase  an
aggregate  of  up  to  five  percent  (5%)  of  the  aggregate  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  the  May  2021  Prefunded  Warrants  sold  in  the  private
placement  (the  “May  Placement Agent  Warrants”).  The  May  Placement Agent  Warrants  are  exercisable  for  a  period  commencing  on  November  17,  2021  ( six months  after
issuance), expire June 15, 2025, and have an initial exercise price of $266.75 per share.

September 2021 Private Placement

In September 2021, the Company entered into a $12 million private placement transaction, inclusive of $0.9 million of placement agent fees and costs, with a large institutional
investor  pursuant  to  which  the  Company  sold  to  the  investor  an  aggregate  of  (i) 28,500  shares  of  Common  Stock,  together  with  warrants  (the  “September  2021  Common
Warrants”) to purchase up to 28,500 shares of Common Stock, with each September 2021 Common Warrant exercisable for one share of Common Stock at a price per share of
$159.50, and (ii) 46,735 prefunded warrants (the “September 2021 Prefunded Warrants”), together with the September 2021 Common Warrants to purchase up to 75,235 shares
of Common Stock, with each September 2021 Prefunded Warrant exercisable for one share of Common Stock at a price per share of $0.010. Each share of Common Stock and
accompanying September 2021 Common Warrant were sold together at a combined offering price of $159.50 and each September 2021 Prefunded Warrant and accompanying
September 2021 Common Warrant were sold together at a combined offering price of $159.49.

F-25

Table of Contents

The September 2021 Prefunded Warrants are immediately exercisable, at a nominal exercise price of $0.010, and may be exercised at any time until all of the September 2021
Prefunded Warrants are exercised in full. The September 2021 Common Warrants have an exercise price of  $159.50 per share, are immediately exercisable, and will expire five
years from the date that the registration statement covering the resale of the shares underlying the September 2021 Common Warrants is declared effective (which has not yet
occurred). The private placement generated gross proceeds of approximately $12.0 million, prior to deducting $0.9 million of costs consisting of placement agent commissions
and offering expenses payable by the Company. In addition to the seven percent (7%) of the aggregate gross proceeds cash fee, the Company issued to the placement agent
warrants to purchase $3,762 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of the September 2021 Prefunded Warrants sold in the offering (the “September Placement
Agent Warrants”). The September Placement Agent Warrants are exercisable for a period commencing on March 3, 2022 ( six months after issuance) and expire four years from
the effective date (which occurred on May 3, 2022) of a registration statement for the resale of the underlying shares, and have an initial exercise price per share of $175.45.
The Company accounts for the warrants as equity-classified.

January 2022 Warrant Exercise Agreement

On May 17, 2021, we issued warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 49,485 shares of our common stock, par value $0.0001 with an exercise price of $242.50 (the "Existing
Warrants").  The  Existing  Warrants  were  immediately  exercisable  and  expire  on  June  15,  2026.  On  January  26,  2022,  we  entered  into  a  Warrant  Exercise Agreement  ("the
Exercise Agreement") with the holder of the Existing Warrants (the "Exercising Holder"). Pursuant to the Exercise Agreement, the Exercise Holder and the Company agreed
that, subject to any applicable beneficial ownership limitations, the Exercising Holder would cash exercise up to 49,485 of its Existing Warrants (the "Investor Warrants") into
shares of our common stock (the "Exercised Shares"). To induce the Exercising Holder to exercise the Investor Warrants, the Exercise Agreement (i) amended the Investor
Warrants to reduce their exercise price per share to $120.00 and (ii) provided for the issuance of a new warrant to purchase up to an aggregate of approximately 98,969 shares of
our common stock (the “January 2022 Common Warrant”), with such January 2022 Common Warrant being issued on the basis of two January 2022 Common Warrant shares
for each share of the Existing Warrant that was exercised for cash. The January 2022 Common Warrant is exercisable commencing on July 28, 2022, terminates on July 28,
2027,  and  has  an  exercise  price  per  share  of  $155.00.  The  Exercise Agreement  generated  aggregate  proceeds  to  the  Company  of  approximately  $5.9  million,  prior  to  the
deduction  of $461,000  of  costs  consisting  of  placement  agent  commissions  and  offering  expenses  payable  by  the  Company. As  a  result  of  the  warrant  modification,  which
reduced the exercise price of the Existing Warrants, as well as the issuance of the January 2022 Common Warrants, the Company recorded approximately (i) $ 639,000 for the
increased fair value of the modified warrants; and (ii) $12,590,000 as the fair value of the January 2022 Common Warrants on the date of issuance.  We recorded approximately
$5,477,000  as  issuance  costs  that  offset  the  $5.5  million  of  additional  paid-in  capital  the  Company  received  for  the  cash  exercise  of  the  Existing  Warrants  at  the  reduced
exercise price, while the remaining $7,731,000 was recorded as a deemed dividend on the Consolidated Statements of Operations, resulting in a reduction of income available to
common shareholders in our basic earnings per share calculation. The Company accounts for the warrants as equity-classified.

July 19, 2022 Warrant Exercise Agreement

On  July  18,  2022,  the  Company  entered  into  a  warrant  exercise  agreement  (the  “Exercise Agreement”)  with  the  holder  of  the  September  2021  Warrants  and  January  2022
Warrants (the “Exercising Holder”). Pursuant to the Exercise Agreement, the Exercising Holder and the Company agreed that the Exercising Holder would exercise for cash
50,000  of  its  September  2021  Warrants  (the  “Investor  Warrants”).  In  order  to  induce  the  Exercising  Holder  to  exercise  the  Investor  Warrants,  the  Exercise Agreement  (i)
amends the September 2021 Warrants and January 2022 Warrants to (a) reduce the exercise price per share of the September 2021 Warrants and January 2022 Warrants to
$26.00, (b) extends the expiration date of the September 2021 Warrants to May 3, 2029, and (c) extends the expiration date of the January 2022 Warrants to July 28, 2029 and
(ii) provides for the issuance by the Company to the Exercising Holder of new warrants to purchase up to 348,408 shares of common stock (the “New Warrants”) (equal to
200% of the sum of the September 2021 Warrants and January 2022 Warrants). The New Warrants are exercisable for a period of seven years commencing upon issuance and
have an exercise price per share of $26.00. On July 25, 2022, the Company entered into an amendment with the holder of the Company’s warrants to purchase 348,408 shares of
common stock, issued July 19, 2022. Pursuant to the amendment, the warrants were amended to be exercisable commencing January 19, 2023 (six months from the date of
issuance) and will terminate January 19, 2030.

As a result of the warrant modification, which reduced the exercise price of the Existing Warrants, as well as the issuance of the July 2022 Common Warrants, the Company
recorded approximately (i) $488,700 and $599,700 for the increased fair value of the September 2021 and January 2022 modified warrants, respectively; and (ii) $8,084,000 as
the fair value of the July 2022 Common Warrants on the date of issuance. We recorded approximately $100,000 on paid cost and $1,200,000 as issuance costs that offset the
$130,000 of additional paid-in capital the Company received for the cash exercise of the Existing Warrants at the reduced exercise price, while the remaining $7,972,500 was
recorded as a deemed dividend on the Consolidated

F-26

Table of Contents

Statements  of  Operations,  resulting  in  a  reduction  of  income  available  to  common  shareholders  in  our  basic  earnings  per  share  calculation.  The  Company  accounts  for  the
warrants as equity-classified.

Common Stock and Warrants

During Fiscal 2022, the Company issued the following securities pursuant to the transactions described above:

•

•

•

•

28,500  shares  of  common  stock,  prefunded  warrants  to  purchase 46,735  shares  of  common  stocks  and  warrants  to  purchase 75,235  common  stock  pursuant  to  the
September 2021 PIPE.

49,485 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 98,969 shares of common stock pursuant to the January 2022 Warrant Exercise Agreement.

50,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 348,408 common stock in connection with the July 19 2022 Warrant Exercise Agreement.

8,000,000 Preferred Shares converted into 80,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

During Fiscal 2021, the Company issued the following securities pursuant to the transactions described above:

•

•

 40,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the October 2020 Public Offering at $300.00 per share and warrants to purchase 23,000 shares of common stock.

23,200 shares of common stock, 26,285 May 2021 Prefunded Warrants and May 2021 Common Warrants to purchase up to 49,485 shares of common stock pursuant to
the  May  2021  Private  Placement.  Each  share  of  Common  Stock  and  accompanying  May  2021  Common  Warrant  were  sold  together  at  a  combined  offering  price  of
$242.50, and each May 2021 Prefunded Warrant and accompanying May 2021 Common Warrant were sold together at a combined offering price of $242.49.

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock and prefunded warrants from August 31, 2021, to August 31, 2022:

Warrants outstanding, August 31, 2021
Issued
(Cancelled)
(Exercised)

Warrants outstanding, August 31, 2022

Warrants exercisable, August 31, 2022

Number
of
shares

95,921 
573,109 
(25)
(146,220)

522,786 

174,377 

Weighted
average
remaining
life
(years)

Weighted
average
exercise
price

4.4 $
7.6
0
5.2

7.2 $

5.8 $

384 
83 
27,600 
— 

78 

161 

F-27

Table of Contents

The following tables summarize the Company’s issued and outstanding warrants outstanding as of August 31, 2022:

(1)

July 2022 Common Warrants 
January 2022 Common Warrants
September 2021 Common Warrants
September 2021 Underwriter Warrants
May 2021 Underwriter Warrants
October 2020 Common Warrants
October 2020 Underwriter Warrants
May 2020 Common Warrants
May 2020 Underwriter Warrants
March 2020 Exchange Warrants
Amended March 2019 Warrants
March 2019 Services Warrants
June 2018 Warrants
June 2018 Services Warrants

Weighted average
Life of
Outstanding
Warrants
in years

Exercise
price

Warrants
Outstanding

348,408 
98,969 
25,235 
3,762 
2,474 
23,000 
2,000 
12,776 
1,111 
4,237 
663 
34 
63 
54 

522,786 

7.9 $
6.9 $
6.7 $
6.7 $
3.7
3.1
3.1
2.7
2.7
3.1
1.5
1.5
1.3
1.3

7.2 $

26.00 
26.00 
26.00 
175.00 
267.00 
330.00 
330.00 
540.00 
540.00 
1,017.00 
4,000.00 
7,000.00 
4,000.00 
9,960.00 

71.00 

(1)

The July 2022 Common Warrants are not exercisable until January 19, 2023.

The number of warrants and exercise price have been presented retroactively for the 1 for 100 reverse stock split, which was effective September 1, 2022, before issuance of the
financial statements.

Note 12: Stock Based Compensation

Employee Stock Option Plan Increase

In  March  2017,  the  Company  adopted  its  2017  Stock  Option/Stock  Issuance  Plan  (the  “Plan”).  The  Plan  provides  incentives  to  eligible  employees,  officers,  directors  and
consultants  in  the  form  of  incentive  stock  options  (“ISOs”),  non-qualified  stock  options  (“NQs”),  (each  of  which  is  exercisable  into  shares  of  common  stock)  (collectively,
“Options”) or shares of common stock (“Share Grants”).

On  July  1,  2020,  the  Company's  board  of  directors  unanimously  approved  an  increase  in  the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  issuable  under  the  Plan  from 250,000  to
3,000,000. On March 31, 2021, the Company’s shareholders approved the increase in the number of shares of common stock issuable under the Plan as well as any contingent
grant awards under the Plan on or subsequent to July 1, 2020. On June 4, 2021, the Company filed a registration statement on Form S-8 with the SEC to register the issuance of
up to an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares, par value $0.0001 per share, reserved for issuance under the Plan.

For all options granted prior to July 1, 2020, each option has a term of service vesting provision over a period of time as follows: 25%  vest  after  a 12-month  service  period
following the award, with the balance vesting in equal monthly installments over the succeeding 36 months. Options granted on or after July 1, 2020 typically vest over four
years, with 25% of the grant vesting one year from the grant date, and the remainder in equal quarterly installments over the succeeding 12 quarters. All options granted to date
have a stated ten-year term and, as of August 31, 2022, all options granted to date are exercisable.

Stock grants are issued at fair value, considered to be the market price on the grant date. The fair value of option awards is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes
stock option pricing model, which uses certain assumptions related to risk-free interest rates, expected volatility, expected life of the stock options and future dividends.

F-28

Table of Contents

Following  its  adoption  of ASU  2016-9,  the  Company  elected  to  account  for  forfeitures  under  the  Plan  as  they  occur. Any  compensation  cost  previously  recognized  for  an
unvested award that is forfeited because of a failure to satisfy a service condition is reversed in the period of the forfeiture.

The  Company  recognized  approximately  $4,184,267  and  $1,593,579  of  compensation  expense  recorded  in  “Stock-Based  Compensation  –  General  and  Administrative
Expenses" for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively.

The  Company  compensates  its  board  members  through  grants  of  common  stock  for  services  performed.  These  services  have  been  accrued  within  the  accounts  payable  and
other accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. The Company has incurred $225,000 and $169,000 for the Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively.

At August 31, 2022, the total unrecognized deferred share-based compensation expected to be recognized over the remaining weighted average vesting periods of three years
for outstanding grants was $1,783,000.

The following table summarizes the Company’s option grant, exercise and forfeiture activity from August 31, 2020, through August 31, 2022:

Options Outstanding and Exercisable
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(In years)

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Number
of
Options

Balance, August 31, 2020
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited

Balance, August 31, 2021

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited

Balance at August 31, 2022

13,987 
8,400 
— 
(4,626)

17,761 

1,400 
— 
(7,409)
11,753 

9.5 $
8.5

— 

5.9

8.9

9.8

— 

8.4
8.1 $

818.00 
261.00 
— 
272.00 

653.00 

105.00 
— 
454.00 
733.00 

Options outstanding as of August 31, 2022, and August 31, 2021 had aggregate intrinsic value of $0, respectively.

Option vesting activity from August 31, 2020, through August 31, 2022, was as follows:

Options Vested

Balance, August 31, 2020
Vested
Exercised
Forfeited
Balance, August 31, 2021
Vested
Exercised
Forfeited

Balance at August 31, 2022

Number
of
Options

Weighted
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(In years)

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

284 
2,816 
— 
(8)
3,092.57 
4,235 
— 
(2,059)
5,269 

— 

7.2 $
8.8 $
$
6.1 $
8.6 $
8.6 $
0 $
8.1 $
8.1 $

11,510.00 
715.00 
— 
6,717.00 
1,691.00 
488.00 
— 
610.00 
1,146.00 

F-29

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and vested at August 31, 2022:

Exercise Prices

$50.00-1,000.00
$1,001.00-$4,000.00
$4,001.00–$8,000.00
$8,001.00–$12,000.00
$12,001.00–$16,000.00
$16,001.00-$39,160.00

Options Outstanding

Number
of Options not 
Exercisable

Number
of Options 
Exercisable

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(In years)

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

11,391 
20 
121 
101 
109 
11 
11,753 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Number
of
Options

8.1 $
7.0
6.8
6.0
5.1
5.1
8.1 $

425.00 
1,895.00 
5,121.00 
10,298.00 
15,584.00 
39,160.00 
733.00 

4,920 
17 
111 
101 
109 
11 
5,269 

Options Vested

Weighted
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(In years)

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

8.1 $
6.8
6.6
5.7
4.9
4.9
8.1 $

461.00 
1,900.00 
5,120.00 
10,300.00 
15,590.00 
39,160.00 
1,146.00 

The number of options and exercise prices have been presented retroactively for the 1 for 100 reverse stock split, which was effective September 1, 2022.

Note 13: Related Parties

During Fiscal 2021, we made one-time payments to certain of our employees totaling approximately $650,000 in connection with their agreement to relocate from California to
our new principal executive offices in Miami, Florida. Included among these were payments to the following related parties, in the amounts indicated: (i) Scott W. Absher, our
board of directors Chair and Chief Executive Officer, $ 160,000;  (ii) Amanda  Murphy,  our  Director  of  Operations  and  a  member  of  our  Board,  $80,000;  (iii)  David  May,  a
member of our business development team, and the son-in-law of Mr. Absher, $ 80,000; (iv) Phil Eastvold, the Executive Producer of our wholly owned subsidiary, ShiftPixy
Productions,  Inc.,  and  the  son-in-law  of  Mr. Absher,  $ 88,000;  (v)  Hannah Absher,  an  employee  of  the  Company  and  the  daughter  of  Mr. Absher,  $ 18,000;  and  (vi)  Jared
Holmes, an employee of the Company and son of J. Stephen Holmes, $18,000.

Director Compensation

Amanda Murphy

On February 10, 2020, Amanda Murphy was appointed to our Board. Ms. Murphy was our Director of Operations at the time of her appointment. Ms. Murphy received a salary
compensation of $240,000 and $264,152 in Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2022, respectively. On October 22, 2021, our Board approved the promotion of Ms. Murphy to the position
of  Chief  Operating  Officer,  as  well  as  an  increase  in  her  annual  salary  to  $ 500,000,  all  of  which  were  effective  January  1,  2022. As  of August  31,  2022,  Ms.  Murphy  has
deferred payment related to her salary increase of approximately $157,000. The deferred payment salary is recorded in the accrued liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

During Fiscal 2021, in connection with her relocation to Miami, Florida as part of the relocation of our principal executive offices, Ms. Murphy received a one-time incentive
payment of approximately $80,000 in addition to reimbursement of her expenses associated with her relocation.

Scott Absher

Scott W. Absher, our CEO and Chair of our Board, received compensation in the form of salary of approximately $764,673 and $750,000  for  Fiscal  2022  and  Fiscal  2021,
respectively.  On  October  22,  2021,  our  Board  approved  raising  Mr. Absher’s  annual  salary  to  $ 1,000,000,  effective  January  1,  2022,  and  also  approved  the  payment  of  a
$500,000 bonus to Mr. Absher,  50% of which was payable upon Board approval, and the remainder of which was payable on January 1, 2022. As of August 31, 2022, Mr.
Absher  received  payment  of 50%  of  his  bonus,  or  $250,000,  in  March  2022.  Furthermore,  as  discussed  in  Note  11, Stockholders'  Equity  (Deficit)  on August  12,  2022,  the
Company entered into an agreement with Mr. Absher whereby he waived claims to certain unpaid compensation due to him through July 31, 2022, totaling $ 820,793.24,  in
exchange for an option to receive 4,100,000 Company Preferred Shares. The agreement settled, the deferred payment of his incremental base salary, his outstanding PTO as of
July 31, 2022, and the remaining 50% of his approved bonus.

F-30

Table of Contents

In addition, Mr. Absher received the following additional payments during Fiscal 2021: (i) a one-time incentive payment of approximately $170,000  in  connection  with  his
relocation to Miami, Florida as part of the relocation of our principal executive offices, in addition to reimbursement of his expenses associated with his relocation; and (ii) a
one-time bonus payment in the amount of $240,000 in recognition of his efforts on behalf of the Company.

J. Stephen Holmes

J. Stephen Holmes formerly served as a non-employee sales manager advisor to and significant shareholder of the Company. The Company incurred $750,000 in professional
fees  for  services  provided  by  Mr.  Holmes  during  Fiscal  2021.  On  October  22,  2021,  the  Company  severed  all  ties  with  Mr.  Holmes,  effective  immediately,  and  cancelled
Preferred Options that had previously been issued to him but had not been exercised. As a result of these actions, the Company no longer has any financial obligation to Mr.
Holmes, and believes that he is no longer a significant shareholder of the Company (See Note 11. Stockholders Equity (Deficit) and Note 16. Contingencies.)

Domonic J. Carney

On May 24, 2022, Domonic J. Carney resigned as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company, according to a Sabbatical Leave Agreement, effective immediately.
The Company's Board of Directors accepted Mr. Carney's resignation and ratified the agreement the same day. As part of the agreement, Mr. Carney will receive back pay in the
sum of $354,670.49, which includes unpaid past regular salary, unpaid PTO compensation, and unpaid past committed bonus compensation (collectively, "Back Pay").

The Company shall, according to the regularly scheduled semi-monthly pay dates of the 5th and 20th of each month (as adjusted to the nearest date preceding or following a
weekend or holiday), make payments to Mr. Carney of the Back Pay in the gross amounts as are outlined in the agreed Payment Schedule, until the entire sum is paid in full. All
applicable employment-related tax and withholding shall apply.

On May 24, 2022, the Board of ShiftPixy appointed Manuel Rivera, 47, to the positions of Treasurer and Acting Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Since June 2021, Mr.
Rivera has served as ShiftPixy's Vice President of Accounting. Mr. Rivera currently earns annual compensation as ShiftPixy's Vice President of Accounting of $ 194,606. There
is currently no agreement between the Company and Mr. Rivera to adjust his current compensation.

Related Persons to Scott Absher

Mark Absher, the brother of Scott Absher, was previously employed as our Registered In-House Counsel, Director and Secretary. Mr. Absher resigned from his positions with
the  Company  on  February  6,  2019,  and  received  compensation  of  $276,951  in  Fiscal  2019. On  November  18,  2021,  Mr. Absher  rejoined  the  Company  as  Deputy  General
Counsel – Special Projects, for an annual salary of 240,000 for Fiscal 2022. Based on his re-hire date, Mr. Absher did not receive any compensation from the Company in Fiscal
2021.

David May, a member of our business development team, is the son-in-law of Mr. Absher. In addition to the relocation bonus noted above, Mr. May received compensation,
including sales commissions, of approximately $149,000 for Fiscal 2022 and $125,000 in Fiscal 2021.

Phil Eastvold, the Executive Producer of ShiftPixy Productions, Inc., is the son-in-law of Mr. Absher. In addition to the relocation bonus noted above, Mr. Eastvold received
compensation of approximately $224,000 and $200,000 for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively.

Jason Absher, a member of our business development team, is the nephew of Scott Absher and the son of Mark Absher.  Mr. Absher was hired on February 22, 2021, at an
annual salary of $75,000, which was subsequently raised to $120,000, effective August 1, 2021. As of August 31, 2022, Mr. Jason Absher is still earning the same salary as of
Fiscal Year 2021.

Connie Absher, (the spouse of Scott Absher), Elizabeth Eastvold, (the daughter of Scott and Connie Absher and spouse of Mr. Eastvold), and Hannah Absher, (the daughter of
Scott and Connie Absher), are also employed by the Company. These individuals, as a group, received aggregate compensation of  240,000 and $183,000 for Fiscal 2022 and
Fiscal 2021. In addition, as noted above, Hannah Absher received a relocation bonus of approximately $ 18,000 during Fiscal 2021, in connection with her relocation. Neither
Connie Absher nor Elizabeth Eastvold received any such relocation bonus.

F-31

Table of Contents

Note 14: Income Taxes

Current income taxes are based upon the year’s income taxable for federal and state tax reporting purposes. Deferred income taxes (benefits) are provided for certain income
and expenses, which are recognized in different periods for tax and financial reporting purposes.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed for differences between the financial statements and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible
amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the period in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. The Company’s deferred
income taxes arise from the temporary differences between financial statement and income tax recognition of net operating losses. These loss carryovers would be limited under
the Internal Revenue Code should a significant change in ownership occur within a three-year period.

Significant components of the net deferred tax assets as reflected on the consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation
Note receivable
Total deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforward
Business interest
Other accruals
Workers’ compensation accruals
Stock-based compensation
Deferred rent
ASC 842 Lease liability
Other
Total deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Total net deferred tax assets

Net deferred tax assets

F-32

August 31,

2022

2021

$

(587,000) $

— 
(587,000)

(597,000)
(1,088,000)
(1,685,000)

26,069,000 
2,942,000 
896,000 
1,734,000 
135,000 
— 
31,000 
4,000 
31,811,000 
(31,224,000)

$
$

587,000  $
—  $

18,198,000 
2,998,000 
458,000 
2,061,000 
207,000 
168,000 
— 
6,000 
24,096,000 
(22,411,000)
1,685,000 
— 

Table of Contents

Income tax expense/(benefit) from continuing operations consists of the following:

Current

Federal
State

Total current

Deferred

Federal
State

Total deferred

Change in valuation allowance

Total Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

The reconciliation of the statutory federal rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

Federal statutory rate (21%)
Inducement Loss
Non-deductible penalties and other permanent differences
State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit
Redetermination of prior year taxes
Change in valuation allowance
Net income tax provision (Benefit)

For the Year Ended August 31,

2022

2021

— 
(38,000)

(38,000)

(6,177,000)
(2,476,000)

(8,653,000)
8,653,000 

(38,000)

$

$

$

— 
42,000 

42,000 

(5,059,000)
(2,807,000)

(7,866,000)
7,866,000 

42,000 

August 31,
2022
(9,124,000) $
917,000
1,227,000 
(1,983,000)
272,000 
8,653,000 

(38,000) $

August 31,
2021
(5,738,000)
— 
333,000 
(1,607,000)
(812,000)
7,866,000 
42,000 

$

$

$

$

$

The  Company’s  continuing  practice  is  to  recognize  interest  and/or  penalties  related  to  income  tax  matters  in  income  tax  expense. As  of August  31,  2022,  and  2021,  the
Company had no accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The deferred tax assets primarily comprise net operating loss carryforwards and other net temporary deductible differences such as stock-based compensation, deferred rent,
depreciation and workers’ compensation accrual. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in
which  those  temporary  differences  become  deductible.  Management  considers  the  scheduled  reversal  of  deferred  tax  liabilities,  the  projected  future  taxable  income  and  tax
planning  strategies  in  making  this  assessment.  Based  on  management’s  analysis,  they  concluded  that  it  was  more  likely  than  not  that  the  deferred  tax  asset  would  not  be
realized.  Therefore,  the  Company  established  a  full  valuation  allowance  against  the  deferred  tax  assets.  The  change  in  the  valuation  allowance  in  2022  and  2021  was
approximately $8,653,000 and $7,866,000, respectively.

As of August 31, 2022, and 2021, the Company had cumulative federal net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards of approximately $93,597,000 and $64,652,000 respectively,
which begin to expire in 2035 and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $100,780,000 and $68,034,000, respectively. The Company’s net operating losses
may be limited by the provisions of IRC Section 382, for which the Company has not performed an analysis of the potential limitations. These limitations will be imposed when
the Company attains taxable income against which the NOL will be utilized. As of August 31, 2022 and 2021, the company had NOLs of $ 66,755,000 and $37,809,000 which
have an indefinite life but are limited to 80% of taxable income when used. As explained above, the Company has determined that it is more likely than not that the Company’s
deferred tax assets related to NOL Carryforwards will not be utilized.

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was enacted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act, among
other things, permits NOL carryovers and carrybacks to offset 100% of taxable income for taxable years beginning before 2021. In addition, the CARES Act allows NOLs
incurred in 2018, 2019, and 2020 to be carried back to each of the five preceding taxable years to generate a refund of previously paid income taxes. The Company' evaluated
the impact of the CARES Act and determined that there was no material effect.

F-33

Table of Contents

The  Company  is  subject  to  taxation  in  the  U.S.  The  tax  years  for  2018  and  forward  are  subject  to  examination  by  tax  authorities.  The  Company  is  not  currently  under
examination by any tax authority.

Management has evaluated tax positions in accordance with FASB ASC 740, and has not identified any tax positions, other than those discussed above, that require disclosure.
The Company does not expect a material change to this assessment over the 12 months following August 31, 2022.

In August 2022 the United States enacted tax legislation through the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA). The IRA introduces a 15% corporate alternative minimum tax (CAMT) for
corporations whose average annual adjusted financial statement income (AFSI) for any consecutive three-tax-year period ending after 31 December 2021 and preceding the tax
year exceeds $1 billion. The CAMT is effective for tax years beginning after 31 December 2022. The CAMT is currently not applicable to the Company.

Note 15: Commitments

Operating Lease

Effective April 15, 2016, the Company entered into a non-cancelable five-year operating lease for its Irvine office facility. On July 25, 2017, the Company entered into a non-
cancelable operating lease for expansion space at its Irvine offices with a termination date that coincides with the termination date of the prior lease and extended the terms of
the original lease until June 2022. The leases for certain facilities contain escalation clauses relating to increases in real property taxes as well as certain maintenance costs.
Monthly rent expense under this lease is approximately $35,000.

Effective August 13, 2020, the Company entered into a non-cancelable seven-year lease for 13,246 square feet of office space located in Miami, Florida to house its principal
executive offices commencing October 2020, and continuing through September 2027. The lease contains escalation clauses relating to increases in real property taxes as well
as certain maintenance costs. Monthly rent expense under this lease is approximately $57,000.

Effective October 1, 2020, the Company entered into a non-cancelable 64-month lease for 23,500 square feet of primarily industrial space located in Miami, Florida, to house
ghost  kitchens,  production  facilities,  and  certain  marketing  and  technical  functions,  including  those  associated  with  ShiftPixy  Labs.  The  lease  contains  escalation  clauses
relating to increases in real property taxes as well as certain maintenance costs. Monthly rent expense under this lease is approximately $34,000.

Effective June 7, 2021, the Company entered into a non-cancelable sublease agreement with Verifone, Inc. to sublease premises consisting of approximately 8,000 square feet of
office space located in Miami, Florida, that the Company anticipates using for its sales and operations workforce. The lease has a term of three years expiring on May 31, 2024.
The base rent is paid monthly and escalates annually pursuant to a schedule set forth in the sublease. Monthly rent expense under this lease is approximately $26,000.

Effective  June  21,  2021,  the  Company  entered  into  a  non-cancelable 77-month  lease  for  premises  consisting  of  approximately 13,418  square  feet  of  office  space  located  in
Sunrise, Florida, that the Company anticipates using primarily to house its operations personnel and other elements of its workforce. The Company lease had possession date of
August  1,  2022.  The  base  rent  is  paid  monthly  and  escalates  annually  pursuant  to  a  schedule  set  forth  in  the  lease.  Monthly  rent  expense  under  this  lease  is  approximately
$27,000.

Effective  May  2,  2022,  the  Company  entered  into  a  non-cancelable 60-month operating lease commencing on July 1, 2022, for office space in Irvine, California, which  the
Company anticipates using primarily to house its IT, operations personnel, and other elements of its workforce. The base rent is paid monthly and escalates annually according
to a schedule outlined in the lease. The monthly rent expense under this lease is approximately $24,000. As an incentive, the landlord provided a rent abatement of 50% of the
monthly rent for the first four months, with a right of recapture in the event of default.

On August 31, 2022, the Company decided to formally abandon the leases for its offices in the Courvoisier Center, including a sublease on the second floor with Verifone. The
determination  was  based  on  its  inability  to  utilize  the  premises  as  they  were  under  extensive  construction  by  the  landlord,  resulting  in  a  significant  negative  impact  on  the
Company’s ability to conduct business and the health and well-being of the Company’s employees and guests. The Company formally notified the landlord of its intention to
vacate the premises and has not been legally released from our primary obligations under the leases. The Company received a formal  complaint  from  the  landlord,  and  the
matter is in litigation. The Company intends to vigorously defend the lawsuit and counterclaim for relocation costs. See Note 16, Contingencies. As a result of the abandonment,
the Company evaluated the Right-Of-Use ("ROU") Assets for impairment as of August 31, 2022, and recorded an impairment charge of $ 3,866,802, within the impairment loss
line item on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Furthermore, the

F-34

Table of Contents

Company released the corresponding lease liability and evaluated the need for a loss contingency in accordance with ASC 450, recording a contingent liability of $3,761,352 in
the accrued expenses of the Consolidated Balance sheet.

The components of lease expense are as follows:

Operating Lease Cost

Future minimum lease and licensing payments under non-cancelable operating leases at August 31, 2022, are as follows:

2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Thereafter

Total minimum payments
Less: present value discount

Lease Liability

Weighted-average remaining lease term - operating leases (months)
Weighted-average discount rate

August 31, 2022

August 31,
2021

1,362,902 

$

997,225 

Minimum lease commitments

973,517 
1,060,669 

1,095,396 
828,863 
648,387 
319,125 
4,925,957 

631,033 
4,294,924 

70

5.54 %

$

$

The current portion of the operating lease liability is included within our accounts payable and other accrued liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Non-contributory 401(k) Plan

The Company has a non-contributory 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan covers all non-union employees who are at least 21 years of age and have completed 3
months of service. There were no employer contributions to the 401(k) Plan during Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021.

SPAC Sponsorship

On April 29, 2021, the Company announced its sponsorship, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, of four SPAC IPOs. The Company purchased founder shares in each SPAC,
through its wholly-owned subsidiary, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000 per SPAC. The number of Founder Shares issued was determined based on the expectation
that  such  Founder  Shares  would  represent 20%  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  each  SPAC  after  its  IPO  (excluding  the  private  placement  warrants  described  below  and  their
underlying securities).

The registration statement and prospectus covering the IPO of one of these SPACs, IHC, was declared effective by the SEC on October 19, 2021, and IHC units (the “IHC
Units”), consisting of one share of common stock and an accompanying warrant to purchase one share of IHC common stock, began trading on the NYSE on October 20, 2021.
The IHC IPO closed on October 22, 2021, raising gross proceeds for IHC of $115 million. In connection with the IHC IPO, the Company purchased, through its wholly-owned
subsidiary, 4,639,102  placement  warrants  at  a  price  of  $1.00  per  warrant,  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $4,639,102.  The  Company  also  anticipates  purchasing  private
placement  warrants  in  each  of  the three  other  SPACs  it  is  sponsoring,  at  a  price  of  $1.00  per  warrant,  for  an  aggregate  of  $17,531,408  (or  up  to  $18,656,408  if  the  over-
allotment option of each SPAC is exercised in full), which includes the Company’s investment in Founder Shares and assumes that all  four SPAC IPOs are consummated and
the pricing terms of each other SPAC IPO is identical to the pricing of the IHC IPO. Each private placement warrant is exercisable to purchase one whole share of common
stock in each SPAC at $11.50 per share. The private placement warrants of each SPAC will be worthless to the extent that they do not complete an initial business combination.

F-35

Table of Contents

The investment amounts set forth above do not include loans that the Company may extend to each SPAC in an amount not to exceed $500,000 individually (or $2 million in
the aggregate), in its role as sponsor. As of October 31, 2021, the Company had advanced, through its wholly owned subsidiary, an aggregate of approximately $820,000 to the
SPACs for payment of various expenses in connection with the SPAC IPOs, principally consisting of SEC registration, legal and auditing fees. With the IHC SPAC liquidation
the Company impaired approximately $0.4 million in outstanding loans that are considered uncollectible. The effect of this impairment had been eliminated as part of the IHC
consolidation.

Note 16: Contingencies  

Certain conditions may exist as of the date the financial statements are issued, which may result in a loss to the Company, but which will be resolved only when one or more
future events occur or fail to occur. The Company’s management, in consultation with its legal counsel as appropriate, assesses such contingent liabilities, and such assessment
inherently involves an exercise of judgment.

During the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to various claims and litigation. Management believes that the outcome of such claims or litigation will not have
a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flow.

Kadima Litigation

The Company is in a dispute with its former software developer, Kadima Ventures (“Kadima”), over incomplete but paid for software development work. In May 2016, the
Company entered into a contract with Kadima for the development and deployment of user features that were proposed by Kadima for an original build cost of $2.2 million to
complete. This proposal was later revised upward to approximately $7.2 million to add certain features to the original proposal. As of the date of this Form 10-K, the Company
has paid approximately $11 million to Kadima, but has never been provided access to the majority of the promised software. Kadima refused to continue development work,
denied access to developed software, and refuses to surrender to the Company any software that it has developed unless the Company pays an additional $12.0 million above
the $11.0 million already paid. In April 2019, Kadima filed a complaint against the Company in the Superior Court of the State of Arizona, Maricopa County, alleging claims
for  breach  of  contract,  promissory  estoppel  and  unjust  enrichment,  and  seeking  damages  in  excess  of  $11.0  million.  The  Company  vigorously  disputes  and  denies  each  of
Kadima’s claims, including that it owes any sums to Kadima, and further believes that it is entitled, at a minimum, to a refund of a substantial portion of the sums that it has
already paid, along with the release of the software modules currently being withheld. In June 2020, the Company engaged in a mediation with Kadima in an attempt to resolve
the matter, which was unsuccessful. On July 14, 2020, the Company filed an answer to Kadima’s complaint, which denied Kadima’s claims and asserted counter-claims for
breach of contract and fraud. Trial in the matter concluded on September 21, 2022. Post-trial briefs were due November 4, 2022, and responses thereto were due on November
18, 2022. As discussed in Note 17, Subsequent Events to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference, on November 23, 2022, an order
was entered by the court, finding in favor of the Company and against Kadima in the amount of $5 million plus costs and fees.

Splond Litigation

On April 8, 2019, claimant, Corey Splond, filed a class action lawsuit, on behalf of himself and other similarly situated individuals in the Eighth Judicial District Court for the
State of Nevada, Clark County, naming the Company and its client as defendants, and alleging violations of certain wage and hour laws. This lawsuit is in the initial stages, and
the Company denies any liability. Even if the plaintiff ultimately prevails, the potential damages recoverable will depend substantially upon whether the Court determines in the
future that this lawsuit may appropriately be maintained as a class action. Further, in the event that the Court ultimately enters a judgment in favor of plaintiff, the Company
believes that it would be contractually entitled to be indemnified by its client against at least a portion of any damage award.

Radaro Litigation

On July 9, 2020, the Company was served with a complaint filed by one of its former software vendors, Radaro Inc., in the United States District Court for the Central District
of California, alleging damages arising from claims sounding in breach of contract and fraud. By Order filed October 21, 2020, the Court dismissed plaintiff’s claims for fraud
and for punitive damages, with leave to replead. The Company denied plaintiff’s claims and defended the lawsuit vigorously. A trial date was set for September 6, 2022, but the
date was extended. As discussed in Note 17, Subsequent Events to the Consolidated Financial

F-36

Table of Contents

Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference, on October 31, 2022, the Company settled the claim with Radaro, the terms of which are confidential.

Everest Litigation

On  December  18,  2020,  the  Company  was  served  with  a  Complaint  filed  in  the  United  States  District  Court  for  the  Central  District  of  California  by  its  former  workers’
compensation insurance carrier, Everest National Insurance Company. The Complaint asserts claims for breach of contract, alleging that the Company owes certain premium
payments to plaintiff under a retrospective rated policy, and seeks damages of approximately $600,000, which demand has since increased to approximately $1.6 million. On
February 5, 2021, the Company filed an Answer to Plaintiff’s Complaint denying its claims for relief, and also filed a cross-claim against the third party claims administrator,
Gallagher Bassett Services, Inc., for claims sounding in breach of contract and negligence based upon its administration of claims arising under the policy. By order dated April
7, 2021, the Court dismissed the Company’s complaint against Gallagher Bassett without prejudice to re-filing in another forum. On May 17, 2021, the Company refiled its
complaint against Gallagher Basset in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois. Everest subsequently filed a complaint against Gallagher Bassett in New Jersey. Discovery is
underway in the cases, and the California Court has set a trial date in the Everest case of August 8, 2023, while no trial date has been set in either of the related Illinois or New
Jersey cases, which are in preliminary stages.

Sunz Litigation

On  March  19,  2021,  the  Company  was  served  with  a  Complaint  filed  in  the  Circuit  Court  for  the  11th  Judicial  Circuit,  Manatee  County,  Florida,  by  its  former  workers’
compensation insurance carrier, Sunz Insurance Solutions, LLC. The Complaint asserts claims for breach of contract, alleging that the Company owes payments for loss reserve
funds totaling approximately $10 million. The Company denies plaintiff’s allegations and is defending the lawsuit vigorously. On May 12, 2021, the Company filed a motion to
dismiss the complaint, and Sunz filed an amended complaint in response. Discovery is proceeding in the matter and no trial date has been set. On June 21, 2022, the Court
granted Plaintiff’s partial motion for summary judgment, holding that Defendant is liable under the contract, but further finding that the amount of damages, if any, to which
Plaintiff is entitled should be determined at trial. We believe that partial summary judgment was improvidently granted, and therefore appealed the Court’s Order by filing a
petition for writ of certiorari with the Court of Appeal, which appeal is now pending.

Courvoisier Centre Litigation

On August 24, 2022, the landlord of our headquarters offices, Courvoisier Centre, LLC, filed a complaint against the Company in the Eleventh Judicial Circuit Court (Miami-
Dade County, Florida) alleging breach of the lease. We vacated the offices and ceased payments under the lease in July of 2022, after repeatedly complaining to the landlord
regarding  the  impact  of  its  extensive  renovations  of  the  campus  and  building  in  which  our  offices  were  situated,  citing  substantial  impairments  to  the  Company's  ability  to
conduct  business  as  well  as  concerns  regarding  the  health  and  well-being  of  the  Company’s  employees  and  guests,  and  the  Landlord’s  inability  and  refusal  to  provide  any
adequate  relief. On or about October 10, 2022, we filed our answer to the complaint and our counterclaim. The  Company  intends  to  vigorously  defend  the  lawsuit  and  seek
recovery for its costs of relocation.

Certified Tire Litigation

On June 29, 2020, the Company was served with a complaint filed by its former client, Certified Tire, in the Superior Court of the State of California, Orange County, naming
the Company, two of its officers, and one of its former subsidiaries as defendants. The Complaint asserts multiple causes of action, all of which stem from the former client’s
claim that the Company is obligated to reimburse it for sums it paid in settlement of a separate lawsuit brought by one of its employees pursuant to PAGA. This underlying
lawsuit alleged that our former client was responsible for multiple violations of the California Labor Code. The Company and the officers named as defendants deny the former
client’s allegations, and the Company is defending the lawsuit vigorously based primarily on our belief that the alleged violations that gave rise to the underlying lawsuit were
the responsibility of Certified Tire and not the Company. Discovery is currently proceeding, and trial is scheduled to commence on January 9, 2023. The Company’s dispositive
motion for summary judgment was denied by the court because of its determination that factual disputes exist.

In Re John Stephen Holmes Bankruptcy Litigation

F-37

Table of Contents

As discussed in Note 17, Subsequent Events to the Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated herein by reference, the Chapter 7 trustee of the bankruptcy estate
of John Stephen Holmes filed an action against the Company.

Note 17: Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated events that have occurred after the date of these consolidated balance sheets though the date that the consolidated financial statements were issued,
and has determined  that,  other  than  those  listed  below,  no  such  reportable  subsequent  events  exist  through  the  date  the  financial  statements  were  issued  in  accordance  with
FASB ASC Topic 855, “Subsequent Events.”

Effective August 31, 2022, the Company filed articles of amendment to the Company’s articles of incorporation to effect a one-for-one hundred (1:100) reverse split of the
Company’s issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock. The reverse split became effective on Nasdaq September 1, 2022.

On September 1, 2022, after our reverse stock split had taken effect, our CEO and Director, Scott Absher, converted 8,600,000 of his shares of Preferred Class A Stock to
8,600,000 shares of our common stock.

On  September  19,  2022,  the  Company  received  a  letter  from  the  staff  of  Nasdaq  (the  "Staff")  notifying  the  Company  that  the  Staff  has  determined  that  for  the  last  10
consecutive business days, from September 1 to September 16, 2022, the closing bid price of the Company’s common stock had been at $1.00 per share or greater and that
accordingly, the Company has regained compliance with Listing Rule 5550(a)(2).

On September 20, 2022, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with a large institutional investor (the “Purchaser”) pursuant to
which the Company sold to the Purchaser an aggregate of 416,667 shares (the “Shares”) of its common stock together with warrants (the “Warrants”) to purchase up to 833,334
shares of common stock (collectively, the “Offering”). Each share of common stock and two accompanying Warrants were sold together at a combined offering price of $12.00.
The Warrants are exercisable for a period of seven years commencing upon issuance at an exercise price of $12.00, subject to adjustment. The Offering closed on September 23,
2022. The gross proceeds to the Company from the Offering were approximately $5 million.

In connection with the Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Purchaser entered into amendment No. 1 to warrants (the “Warrant Amendment”). Pursuant to the Warrant
Amendment, the exercise price of (i) 25,233 warrants issued on September 3, 2021, and (ii) 98,969 warrants issued on January 28, 2022, was reduced to $0.01.

A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners (the “Placement Agent”) acted as the exclusive placement agent in connection with the Offering pursuant to the terms of a placement agent
agreement, dated September 20, 2022, between the Company and the Placement Agent (the “Placement Agent Agreement”). Pursuant to the Placement Agent Agreement, the
Company paid the Placement Agent a fee equal to 7.0% of the aggregate gross proceeds from the Offering. In addition to the cash fee, the Company issued to the Placement
Agent warrants to purchase up to 20,833 shares of common stock (5% of the number of shares sold in the Offering (the “Placement Agent Warrants”)). The Placement Agent
Warrants will be exercisable for a period commencing six months from issuance, will expire four years from the effectiveness of a registration statement for the resale of the
underlying shares, and have an initial exercise price of $13.20 per share.

On October 31, 2022, the Company settled the claims filed against it by the plaintiff and one of the Company's former software vendors, Radaro, Inc.

On  November  8,  2022,  the  Chapter  7  trustee  of  the  bankruptcy  estate  of  John  Stephen  Holmes  filed  an  action  against  the  Company,  asserting  that  the  cancellation  of  Mr.
Holmes'  preferred  options  on  October  22,  2021,  violated  the  automatic  stay  applicable  to  Mr.  Holmes'  Chapter  7  proceedings. The  matter  is  in  the  preliminary  stages;  the
Company has not yet filed its response, but it plans to vigorously defend itself against the claim.

On November 14, 2022, the court in the Sunz case granted the plaintiff's motion for partial summary judgment, holding that ShiftPixy waived claims for years 2 and 3 of the
applicable policy based upon claims disputes for which it did not serve a "dispute notice" within a six-month period as set forth in the applicable contracts.

On November 23, 2022, in the case filed against the Company by Kadima Ventures, an order was entered by the court, finding in favor of the Company and against Kadima in
the amount of $5 million plus costs and fees. The order has not yet been reduced to a final judgment and will be subject to appeal.

F-38

Table of Contents

Industrial Human Capital
At a special meeting of the stockholders of IHC (the SPAC sponsored by our subsidiary, ShiftPixy Investments, Inc.), held on October 14, 2022 (the “Meeting”), pursuant to a
proxy statement, the stockholders by an affirmative vote of 73.70% of the 14,375,000 total shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding on the record date of September
6,  2022,  approved  IHC's  proposed  action  to  file  an  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  (the  “Amendment”)  to  extend  the  date  by  which  the  Company  has  to
consummate a Business Combination from October 22, 2022, to April 22, 2023, or a such earlier date as determined by the board of directors.  The Company accordingly filed
the Amendment with the Secretary of State.

In connection with the Meeting, however, shareholders holding 11,251,347 Public Shares exercised their right to redeem their shares for a pro rata portion of the funds in the
Trust Account. As a result, approximately $ 114,949,913.76 (approximately $10.2165 per Public Share) will be removed from the Trust Account to pay such holders, subject to
applicable  law.  Following  the  redemption,  the  Company’s  remaining  Public  Shares  outstanding  would  be  248,653,  and  the  amount  left  in  the  Trust  Account  would  be
substantially  below  the  $5,000,001  minimum  net  tangible  asset  amount  required  by  IHC's  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  to  be  available  upon
consummation of such Business Combination. IHC's efforts to secure the decisions of some shareholders to reverse their redemptions were unsuccessful, and IHC accordingly
declined to fund the extension, cancelled the Amendment as filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware, and proceeded to cease operations, dissolve and unwind.

On  November  9,  2022,  the  Company  filed  a  Certificate  of  Correction  with  the  Secretary  of  State  of  Delaware,  effectively  withdrawing  the  previously  filed  Extension
Amendment. A Certificate of Dissolution was filed on November 14, 2022.

F-39

Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

None

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports filed under the Exchange Act is
recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to
management, including the Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and the Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer), to allow for timely decisions
regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating disclosure controls and procedures, the Company recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well
designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the
cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

The  Company  carried  out  an  evaluation  under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  management,  including  the  Principal  Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Financial
Officer, of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K as defined in Rule 13a -15(e) and Rule 15d -15(e)
under the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of period covered in this
report, disclosure controls and procedures were not effective due to material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting related to the lack of adequate finance and
accounting personnel.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rules 13a -15(f) and
Rule 15d -15 (f) of the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes, in accordance with GAAP. Because of inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting
may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate due to
a change in conditions, or due to the possibility that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of
the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2022, based on the framework in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013)” issued by the
Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  Based  on  its  evaluation  as  of August  31,  2022,  management  concluded  that  internal  controls  over
financial reporting were not effective. The Company will be implementing further internal controls throughout Fiscal 2023, so as to fully comply with the standards set by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

A  material  weakness  is  a  deficiency,  or  a  combination  of  control  deficiencies,  in  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  such  that  there  is  a  reasonable  possibility  that  a
material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses detected relate to
the following:

Lack of Adequate Finance and Accounting Personnel

The Company’s current accounting staff is small, and for the early part of Fiscal 2022 we did not have the required infrastructure or accounting staff expertise to adequately
prepare financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP or meet the higher demands of being a U.S. public company. We also lack adequate written policies and procedures
for accounting and financial reporting with respect to the requirements and application of GAAP and SEC disclosure requirements. The lack of sufficient personnel creates
inadequate  segregation  of  duties,  which  makes  the  reporting  process  susceptible  to  errors,  omissions,  and  inadequate  review  procedures.  During  Fiscal  2023,  the  Company
began  to  implement  a  plan  to  develop  its  accounting  and  finance  staff  to  meet  the  needs  of  its  growing  business,  including  but  not  limited  to  the  hiring  of  new  staff,
departmental training and the development of entity level controls and mitigating activity level controls to reduce the risk of management override resulting from inadequate
segregation of duties. That plan was not fully implemented during the year and will continue into Fiscal 2023. During Fiscal 2022, however, the Company engaged outside
experts to prepare the Company’s

70

Table of Contents

income tax provisions. The Company is in the process of finalizing written policies and procedures to formalize the requirements of GAAP and SEC disclosure requirements.

The  Company  did  not  perform  an  effective  risk  assessment  or  monitor  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  including  completing  the  documentation  and  procedures
surrounding its IT environment, controls over cut-off procedures, accounting for capitalized software, discontinued operations, segregation of duties, and corporate oversight
functions. The Company will continue its assessment on a quarterly basis.

The Company plans to continue hiring additional personnel and external resources to further mitigate these material weaknesses.

Once the remediation plan for each material weakness is fully implemented, the identified material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting will be considered
fully addressed when the relevant internal controls have been in operation for a sufficient period of time for management to conclude that the material weaknesses have been
fully remediated and the internal controls over financial reporting are effective. The Company will work to design, implement and rigorously test these new controls in order to
make these final determinations.

This  report  does  not  include  an  attestation  report  of  the  Company’s  registered  public  accounting  firm  regarding  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  The  Company’s
registered public accounting firm was not required to issue an attestation on its internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to temporary rules of the SEC. The Company
will continue to evaluate the effectiveness of internal controls and procedures on an on-going basis.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Other than the changes to the internal controls over financial reporting discussed above, there were no changes that have occurred during the year ended Fiscal 2022, that have
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

None.

71

Table of Contents

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

Our board of directors elects our executive officers annually, at a meeting following the annual meeting of shareholders. Our board of directors can also elect persons to fill any
executive officer vacancies. Each officer holds such office until their successor is elected and qualified, or until their death, earlier resignation or removal. The following table
sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors as of December 12, 2022:

Name

Position

Scott W. Absher
(4)
Manuel Rivera 
Amanda Murphy
Kenneth W. Weaver
Whitney White
Christopher Sebes 

(2)

(1) (2) (3)

(1) (2) (3)

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Chief Financial Officer
Director, Chief Operations Officer
Independent Director
Independent Director
Independent Director

Age
62
48
38
66
46
68

(1) Member of the Audit Committee.

(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.

(3) Member of the Nominations Committee.

(4) On May 24, 2022, the Board of ShiftPixy appointed Manuel Rivera, to the Position of Acting Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer.

Executive Officers

Scott W. Absher  has  served  as  our  President,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  director  since  our  formation  in  June  2015,  and  also  serves  as  board  of  directors  Chair  and  Chief
Executive  Officer  of  each  of  our  sponsored  SPACs  (for  which  he  receives  no  form  of  compensation  from  the  SPACs).  Since  February  2010  he  has  also  been  President  of
Struxurety, a business insurance advisory company. As a member of our board of directors, Mr. Absher contributes significant industry-specific experience and expertise to our
insurance  products  and  services  and  has  a  deep  understanding  of  all  aspects  of  our  business,  products  and  markets,  as  well  as  substantial  experience  developing  corporate
strategy, assessing emerging industry trends, and managing business operations.

Manuel A. Rivera has served as our Treasurer and Acting Chief Financial Officer since May 24, 2022. Since June 2021, Mr. Rivera has served as ShiftPixy’s Vice President of
Accounting. Prior to joining ShiftPixy, Mr. Rivera was employed from July 2020 until June 2021 as Director of Financial Accounting Advisory Services for Eleven Consulting
Group, a privately held financial consulting and accounting advisory firm. Before joining Eleven Consulting, he served from October 2014 through February 2020 as Financial
Accounting  Advisory  Services  Senior  Manager  for  the  worldwide  accounting  firm  of  Ernst  &  Young.  Beginning  in  August  2003,  he  was  employed  by  the  worldwide
accounting firm of KPMG, which he left as an Audit Senior Manager in September 2014. Mr. Rivera earned a bachelor’s degree of Arts in Accounting,  cum laude, from Inter-
American University of San Juan, Puerto Rico, and is licensed as a Certified Public Accountant in Florida and Puerto Rico.

Amanda Murphy has served as a director since February 10, 2020. Prior to her election to our board of directors, Ms. Murphy served and continues to serve as our Director of
Operations and has been vital to our success and growth in that position. As a result of her contributions to the Company, Ms. Murphy has been promoted to the position of
Chief Operating Officer, effective January 1, 2022. Ms. Murphy has been active in the operations side of the staffing industry at a senior level since 2007. She received her
certificate in HR Management from California State University – Long Beach in 2007. Mrs. Murphy also studied law at Taylor University in Selango, Malaysia.

Independent Directors

Kenneth W. Weaver has served as an independent director since December 5, 2016. Mr. Weaver currently serves as the chairman of the Audit Committee and is also a member
of the Compensation Committee and the Nominations Committee. Since April 2012, Mr. Weaver has been the sole proprietor of Ken Weaver Consulting, providing operations
consulting for TVV Capital, a Nashville Private Equity firm. Before his service with TVV, Mr. Weaver spent over 30 years with Bridgestone Corporation, having served in
various responsible leadership roles, including as President, Bridgestone North American Tire

72

Table of Contents

Commercial Sales, Chief Financial Officer, Bridgestone Americas, and Chairman, CEO and President, Firestone Diversified Products. Mr. Weaver earned both his bachelor’s
degree in business and his Master of Business Administration degree from Pennsylvania State University. Mr. Weaver’s substantial financial background qualifies him as an
audit committee financial expert under applicable rules.

Whitney White has served as an independent director since September 28, 2017. Mr. White serves as the chairman of the Compensation and Nominations Committees, and he
is  also  a  member  of  the Audit  Committee.  Since April  2017,  Mr.  White  has  been  Chief  Operating  Officer  and  Chief  Technology  Officer  of  Prime  Trust,  LLC,  a  Nevada
chartered trust company. Before his service with Prime Trust, Mr. White spent 17 years with W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC, an investment banking, advisory and brokerage firm
that was the underwriter of our Regulation A offering. At W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC, Mr. White served in various executive roles, including as Chief Technology Officer and
Managing  Director,  Equity  Capital  Markets.  Mr.  White  earned  a  bachelor’s  degree  in  computer  science  &  psychology  from  Hamilton  College,  a  Master  of  Business
Administration degree in finance and accounting from Columbia University’s Graduate School of Business, and a Master of Business Administration degree in technology and
entrepreneurship from the University of California Berkeley’s Hass School of Business. Mr. White holds a Series 79 license as an Investment Banking Representative, a Series
24 license as a General Securities Principal, and a Series 7 license as a General Securities Representative. As a member of our board of directors, Mr. White contributes decades
of  leadership  and  management  experience  building  and  advising  early  stage,  technology-driven  companies.  Based  on  his  investment  banking  experience,  Mr.  White  has
significant  corporate  finance  and  governance  expertise.  As  an  experienced  senior  technologist,  Mr.  White  provides  years  of  experience  applying  technology  to  enhance
traditional business processes.

Christopher Sebes has served as an independent director since February 7, 2020, and is a member of the Audit Committee. From August 2004 to July 2014, he served as the
CEO  of  XPIENT  Solutions,  a  full-service,  global  provider  of  solutions  for  food  ordering,  digital  menus,  drive-thru  management,  kitchen  management,  inventory,  labor  and
scheduling analytics. From November 2014 to July 2019, Mr. Sebes served as the President of Xenial, Inc., a cloud-based restaurant and retail management platform. Since
August 2019, Mr. Sebes has been a partner and member of the board of directors of Results Thru Strategy, Inc., a strategic advisory firm specializing in restaurants, hotels, and
technology  companies  serving  those  industries.  Since  September  2019,  he  has  also  served  as  a  member  of  the  board  of  advisors  of  Valyant AI,  which  has  developed  a
proprietary  conversational AI  platform  that  integrates  with  existing  mobile,  web,  call  ahead,  kiosk  and  drive-thru  platforms.  Mr.  Sebes  received  his  degree  in  Hotel  and
Restaurant Management from the University of Portsmouth (Hampshire, United Kingdom) in 1975. Mr. Sebes brings to our board of directors his innovative thought leadership
and extensive knowledge of restaurant industry technology both in the United States and abroad.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships between any of our current officers or directors.

Board of Directors

Composition of Our Board of Directors

Our directors are elected at our annual meeting of shareholders. In addition, directors may be elected to fill vacancies and newly created directorships by our board of directors.
Each  director  holds  the  office  until  the  next  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  and  until  his  or  her  successor  shall  have  been  elected  and  qualified;  provided,  however,  that
directors can be elected for a term not to exceed five (5) years.

We have no formal policy regarding board diversity. In selecting board candidates, we seek individuals who will further the interests of our shareholders through an established
record  of  professional  accomplishment,  the  ability  to  contribute  positively  to  our  collaborative  culture,  knowledge  of  our  business  and  understanding  of  our  prospective
markets.

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Audit Committee

Our Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Weaver, White. and Sebes. Mr. Weaver serves as the chair of the Audit Committee and  qualifies  as  an  audit  committee  financial
expert  within  the  meaning  of  SEC  regulations  and  the  Nasdaq  Listing  Rules.  In  making  a  determination  on  which  member  will  qualify  as  a  financial  expert,  our  board  of
directors considers the formal education and nature and scope of such member’s previous experience.

73

Table of Contents

Our Audit Committee assists our board of directors in its oversight of our accounting and financial reporting process and the audits of our consolidated financial statements. Our
Audit Committee’s responsibilities include:

•

•

•

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our registered public accounting firm;

overseeing the work of our registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm;

reviewing  and  discussing  with  management  and  the  registered  public  accounting  firm  our  annual  and  quarterly  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related
disclosures;

• monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics;

•

•

•

overseeing our internal accounting function;

discussing our risk management policies;

establishing  policies  regarding  hiring  employees  from  our  registered  public  accounting  firm  and  procedures  for  the  receipt  and  retention  of  accounting-related
complaints and concerns;

• meeting independently with our internal accounting staff, registered public accounting firm and management;

•

•

reviewing and approving or ratifying related party transactions; and

preparing audit committee reports required by SEC rules.

Compensation Committee

Our Compensation Committee consists of Messrs. Weaver and White, with Mr. White serving as chairman. Our Compensation Committee assists our board of directors in the
discharge of its responsibilities relating to the compensation of our executive officers. The Compensation Committee’s responsibilities include:

•

reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives with respect to our Chief Executive Officer;

• making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers;

•

•

•

•

•

•

overseeing evaluations of our senior executives;

reviewing and assessing the independence of compensation advisers;

overseeing and administering our equity incentive plans;

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation;

reviewing and discussing with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” disclosure; and

preparing the compensation committee reports required by SEC rules.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our Compensation Committee have served, at any time, as officers or employees of the Company. None of our executive officers currently serve, or in
the past year have served, as a member of the board of directors or the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers on our board of directors
or Compensation Committee.

74

Table of Contents

Nominations Committee

Our Nominations Committee consists of Messrs. Weaver and White, with Mr. White serving as chairman. The Nominations Committee’s responsibilities include:

•

•

•

•

identifying individuals qualified to become board members;

recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to be appointed to each committee of our board of directors;

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to management succession planning; and

overseeing periodic evaluations of board members.

Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

Our board of directors oversees our business and considers the risks associated with our business strategy and decisions. Our board of directors currently implements its risk
oversight  function  as  a  whole.  Each  of  the  board  committees  also  provides  risk  oversight  in  respect  of  its  areas  of  concentration  and  reports  material  risks  to  our  board  of
directors for further consideration.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial
officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. The code of conduct is posted on our website, and we will post all disclosures that
are required by law or Nasdaq rules in regard to any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code.

Director Independence

Rule  5605  of  the  Nasdaq  Listing  Rules  requires  a  majority  of  a  listed  company’s  board  of  directors  to  be  comprised  of  independent  directors  within  one  year  of  listing.  In
addition,  the  Nasdaq  Listing  Rules  require  that,  subject  to  specified  exceptions,  each  member  of  a  listed  company’s  audit,  compensation  and  nominating  and  corporate
governance committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

In selecting our independent directors, our board of directors considered the relationships that each such person has with our company and all the other facts and circumstances
our  board  of  directors  deemed  relevant  in  determining  independence,  including  the  beneficial  ownership  of  our  capital  stock  by  each  such  person.  Using  this  definition  of
independence, we have determined that three directors, Kenneth Weaver, Whitney White, and Christopher Sebes, are independent directors.

Legal Proceedings

Unless otherwise indicated, no officer, director, or persons nominated for such positions, promoter or significant employee has been involved in the last ten years in any of the
following:

•

•

•

•

Any bankruptcy petition filed by or against any business of which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the time of the bankruptcy or
within two years prior to that time,

Any conviction in a criminal proceeding or being subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses),

Being  subject  to  any  order,  judgment,  or  decree,  not  subsequently  reversed,  suspended  or  vacated,  of  any  court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  permanently  or
temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting their involvement in any type of business, securities or banking activities,

Being found by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state
securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated,

75

Table of Contents

•

•

•

Having any government agency, administrative agency, or administrative court impose an administrative finding, order, decree, or sanction against them as a result
of their involvement in any type of business, securities, or banking activity,

Being the subject of a pending administrative proceeding related to their involvement in any type of business, securities, or banking activity, or

Having any administrative proceeding threatened against them related to their involvement in any type of business, securities, or banking activity.

Administrative Order and Settlement with State Securities Commissions

On June 25, 2013, the Alabama Securities Commission issued a Cease and Desist Order (the “Order”) against Scott W. Absher and other named persons and entities, requiring
that they cease and desist from further offers or sales of any security in the State of Alabama. The Order asserts that Mr. Absher was the president of a company that issued
unregistered securities to certain Alabama residents, that he was the owner of a company that was seeking investments, and that in March 2011 he spoke to an Alabama resident
who was an investor in one of the named entities. The Order concludes that Mr. Absher and others caused the offer or sale of unregistered securities through unregistered agents.
While  Mr. Absher  disputes  many  of  the  factual  statements  and  specifically  that  he  was  an  owner  or  officer  of  any  of  the  entities  involved  in  the  sale  of  the  unregistered
securities to Alabama residents or that he authorized any person to solicit investments for his company, in the interest of allowing the matter to become resolved, he did not
provide a response.

Legal Matters Related to J. Stephen Holmes

J. Stephen Holmes is a co-founder of our Company with whom we no longer maintain any business ties or provide any form of compensation, and whom we do not believe to
be a significant shareholder. As a condition of certifying our common stock for a Nasdaq listing, Mr. Holmes agreed to the disclosure of his prior conviction for acts related to
making false statements in relation to two quarterly IRS Form 941 Employer Federal Quarterly tax returns, one in 1996 and the second in 1997, for a company for which he was
at the time an officer. The former company is not affiliated or related to us in any way.

As discussed in Note 11, Stockholders Equity (Deficit), on October 22, 2021, the Company severed all ties with Mr. Holmes, effective immediately, and cancelled Preferred
Options that had previously been issued to him but had not been exercised. As a result of these actions, the Company no longer has any financial obligation to Mr. Holmes, and
believes that he is no longer a significant shareholder of the Company. See also Note 16 Contingencies and Note 17 Subsequent Events.

76

Table of Contents

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation paid during Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020, to the named executive officers.

Name and Principal Position
Scott W. Absher

President, Chief Executive Officer

and Director

Domonic J. Carney

Chief Financial Officer

Robert S. Gans

General Counsel

Manuel Rivera

Acting Chief Financial Officer

Amanda Murphy

Chief Operating Officer

Year

Salary
($)

Stocks
Awards
($)

Option
Awards
($)

(1)

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)

2022

2021
2022
2021
2022
2021
2022
2021
2022
2021

764,673 

750,000 
474,152
350,000  (3)
474,152
72,917  (4)

194,606 
— 
264,152 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
269,313 (2)
269,313  (2)
219,100 (5)
219,100  (5)
58,150  (7)

438,200 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

All Other
Compensation
($)

(6)

1,070,793 

400,000 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

Total
($)
1,835,466 

1,150,000 
743,465 
619,313 
693,252 
292,017 
252,749.00
— 
702,352 
— 

(1) The amount shown for option awards represents the grant date fair value of such awards granted to the named executive officers as computed in accordance with FASB ASC
Topic 718,  Compensation-Stock Compensation. For each award, the grant date fair value is calculated using the closing price of our common stock on the grant date. This
amount  does  not  correspond  to  the  actual  value  that  may  be  realized  by  the  named  executive  officers  upon  vesting  or  exercise  of  such  award.  For  information  on  the
assumptions used to calculate the value of the awards, refer to Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements.

(2) Represents 61,459 options issued pursuant to the 2017 Plan on July 1, 2020, exercisable at a price of $5.40 per share, which is estimated to have been the fair market value

per share at the time of the award.

(3) Mr. Carney joined our company on August 4, 2019, and received an annual salary of $350,000 for Fiscal 2020. On November 6, 2020, the board of directors approved an
increase in Mr. Carney’s annual salary to  $450,000,  effective  November  1,  2020.  On  June  30,  2021,  our  board  of  directors  approved  an  increase  in  Mr.  Carney’s  annual
salary to $474,152, effective July 1, 2021. 

(4) Mr.  Gans  joined  our  company  on  June  15,  2020,  and  received  an  annual  salary  of  $350,000  for  Fiscal  2020.  On  November  6,  2020,  the  board  of  directors  approved  an
increase in Mr. Gans’ annual salary to $450,000, effective November 1, 2020.  On June 30, 2021, our board of directors approved an increase in Mr. Gans’ annual salary to
$474,152, effective July 1, 2021.

(5) Represents 50,000 options issued pursuant to the 2017 Plan on July 1, 2020, exercisable at a price of $5.40 per share, which is estimated to have been the fair market value

per share at the time of the award.

77

Table of Contents

(6) For Fiscal 2022, Other Compensation includes a one-time discretionary cash bonus of $250,000 paid in March 2022, and the fair value of 4,100,000 Preferred Class A shared
granted in exchange for settlement of unpaid deferred compensation due to him through July 31, 2022, totaling $820,793.24, including a $250,000 bonus, $137,274 deferred
salary  compensation  and  $433,519  accumulated  PTO.  For  Fiscal  2021,  Other  Compensation  includes  a  one-time  discretionary  cash  bonus  of  $240,000,  awarded  to  Mr.
Absher, and a one-time payment to Mr. Absher of $160,000 in connection with his agreement to relocate from Irvine, California to our new principal executive offices in
Miami, Florida

(7) Represents 25,000 options issued pursuant to the 2017 Plan, exercisable at a price of $2.96 per share, which is estimated to have been the fair market value per share at the

time of the award.

Agreements Regarding Change in Control and Termination of Employment

Domonic Carney Sabbatical Agreement

On May 24, 2022, Domonic J. Carney resigned as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of ShiftPixy, Inc. (“ShiftPixy” or the “Company”), pursuant to a Sabbatical Leave
Agreement (the “Agreement”), effective immediately. The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of ShiftPixy accepted Mr. Carney’s resignation and ratified the Agreement the same
day.

As part of the Agreement the Company granted to Mr. Carney the Leave on the Effective Date. The Leave shall continue until the Back Pay, as defined below, has been paid in
full. No requirements were imposed on Mr. Carney in connection with such Leave, except as provided in the Agreement.

Payment of Back Pay. Notwithstanding that the Leave is unpaid, the sum of $354,670.49 will nevertheless, after the payment of such Regular Pay, remained due and owing to
Employee  for  back  pay,  including  unpaid  past  regular  salary,  unpaid  PTO  compensation,  and  unpaid  past  committed  bonus  compensation  (collectively,  “Back  Pay”).
Accordingly, the Company shall, according to the regularly scheduled semi-monthly pay dates of the 5th and 20th of each month (as adjusted to the nearest date preceding or
following a weekend or holiday), make payments to Employee of the Back Pay, in the gross amounts as are set forth in the Payment Schedule attached to the Agreement, until
the entire sum is paid in full. All applicable employment related tax and withholding shall apply.

The Company may accelerate the payment of the balance of the Back Pay at any time. In addition, in the event the Company takes action to pay bonus compensation or to make
any payment of any back pay due to any officer or key employee of the Company at any time after the Effective Date, the Company agrees at such time to also accelerate and
pay  to  Mr.  Carney,  out  of  the  last  payments  of  the  Balance,  the  lesser  of  (a)  the  amount  of  such  bonus  compensation  or  back  pay  so  paid  to  such  other  officer(s)  and
employee(s), or (b) the Balance. In addition, in the event that Company defaults in any payment of Back Pay due, as provided in Section 3 of the Agreement, then and thereupon
all remaining payments of Back Pay shall become immediately due and payable, unless Mr. Carney expressly waives such acceleration in a writing, signed by Employee. The
Company shall pay for the cost of continuing health and dental insurance benefits for Employee and Employee’s family members currently covered under such plans during the
term of the Leave, up to one (1) year from the Effective Date.

Upon the conclusion of the Leave, Company agrees to extend to Employee an opportunity to resume service as a full-time employee of the Company at such position and such
level of compensation as they may agree, provided, however, Employee and Company acknowledge and agree that (a) the position of Chief Financial Officer may, by such
time, be filled by another person, and (b) there is otherwise no obligation on the part of either Party hereto to offer or accept any particular position at any particular amount of
compensation.

During the Leave, Mr. Carney agrees to cooperate with Company and use Employee’s best efforts in responding to all reasonable requests by Company for assistance and advice
relating to matters and procedures in which Employee was involved or which Employee managed or was responsible for while Employee was actively working for Company.
Company shall pay Employee separately at the rate of $300 per hour for providing such assistance applicable to any time expended by Employee in excess of 1 hour each week,
provided, however, that Employee shall issue an email to the CEO of the Company prior to expending such hours in order to assure the approval of and to track such time.
Similarly, any expenses incurred by Employee on behalf of the Company in connection with such future cooperation shall be pre-approved and billed along with any billed
hours under Section 8 of the Agreement. Any such Section 8 billings shall be payable on net 14-day payment terms from the date of invoice submission.

For  more  details  regarding  this  Agreement  refer  to  the  copy  of  the  press  release  filed  on  May  24,  2022,  and  its  Exhibit  10.1.  https://www.sec.gov/ix?
doc=/Archives/edgar/data/0001675634/000110465922064307/tm2216739d1_8k.htm.

78

Table of Contents

Mr. Robert Gans Agreement

On June 22, 2022, Robert S. Gans submitted his resignation as General Counsel and Secretary of ShiftPixy, the same to be effective June 30, 2022. The Board of ShiftPixy
accepted Mr. Gans’ resignation on June 24, 2022. His resignation was not in connection with any disagreement with the Company on any matter relating to the Company’s
operations, policies, or practices.

As part of his resignation the Company and Mr. Gans entered into a confidential separation agreement.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The  following  table  summarizes  the  outstanding  equity  awards  held  by  each  named  executive  officer  as  of August  31,  2022.  This  table  includes  unexercised  and  unvested
options and equity awards

Scott W. Absher

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Manuel A. Rivera

Acting Chief Financial Officer

Amanda Murphy

Chief Operations Officer (1)

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#) Exercisable

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned Options (#)
Unexercisable

Option
Exercise
Price
($)

Option
Expiration
Date

13 

63 

536 

— 

187 

502 

16,000.00 

3/15/2027

296.00 

16,000.00 

6/7/2031

7/1/2030

(1) Mr. Murphy has granted options with various exercised prices ranging from $5.40 to $160.

Director Compensation

Our directors classified as employees receive no additional compensation for services as directors of the Company. The following table summarizes the compensation paid to
our non-employee directors during Fiscal 2022:

(3)

Name
Scott W. Absher
Kenneth W. Weaver
Whitney J. White
Christopher Sebes
(5)
Amanda Murphy

(4)

Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash
(1)
($)

— 
90,000 
90,000 
88,000 
— 

Stock
Awards
($)

(2)

Option
Awards
($)

All Other
Compensation
($)

—   
—   
— 
—   
—   

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

Total
($)

— 
90,000 
90,000 
88,000 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

(1) Represents monthly board of director fees paid or payable in cash during Fiscal 2022.

(2) Represents annual value of stock awards issued during Fiscal 2022 under our 2017 Plan.

(3) Mr. Absher did not receive any compensation for his services as a director during Fiscal 2022.

(4) Mr. Sebes joined our board of directors on February 7, 2020.

(5) Ms. Murphy joined our board of directors on February 10, 2020. She is the Company's Chief Operations Officer with an annual salary compensation of $500,000 for the

calendar year 2022. Ms. Murphy has deferred compensation for unpaid salaries of approximately $157,245 as of August 31, 2022.

79

 
 
Table of Contents

Equity Incentive Plans

In  March  2017,  the  Company  adopted  its  2017  Stock  Option/Stock  Issuance  Plan  (the  “Plan”).  The  Plan  provides  incentives  to  eligible  employees,  officers,  directors  and
consultants  in  the  form  of  incentive  stock  options  (“ISOs”),  non-qualified  stock  options  (“NQs”),  (each  of  which  is  exercisable  into  shares  of  common  stock)  (collectively,
“Options”) or shares of common stock (“Share Grants”).

On July 1, 2020, the board of directors unanimously approved an increase in the number of shares of common stock issuable under the Plan from 250,000 to 3,000,000, subject
to approval by a majority of the Company’s shareholders no later than the next regularly scheduled annual shareholders meeting. Also on July 1, 2020, the board approved the
award, primarily to current employees, and subject to shareholder approval no later than the next regularly scheduled annual meeting, of grants of options to purchase 1,235,159
shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $5.40 per share, which was the closing price of the Company’s common stock as reported by Nasdaq at the close
of trading on the day of the board’s action. Of the options awarded, 995,000 are designated as ISO, and 280,159 are designated as NQs or “non-statutory” options under the
Internal Revenue Code. These options have a 10-year life, and will  vest  over  a  four-year  period,  with  25%  vesting  on  July  1,  2021,  and  the  remainder  vesting  ratably  on  a
quarterly basis over the following three years. During Fiscal 2021 an additional 270,937 ISOs were granted at prices between $3.44 and $5.40, the closing price on the date of
grant and 148,959 of the options granted between July 1, 2020, and August 31, 2022, were cancelled. The remaining 1,357,137 options are reported as non-exercisable.

On June 4, 2021, the Company registered an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares, par value $0.0001 per share, reserved for issuance under the Plan

Employment Agreements with our Named Executive Officers

On March 23, 2016, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Scott W. Absher, our President and Chief Executive Officer (the “Absher Offer Letter”), which included
certain  provisions  related  to  the  executive’s  compensation.  The Absher  Offer  Letter  provided  for  a  full-time  exempt  position,  a  monthly  salary  of  $31,250.00,  (which  was
subsequently  increased  by  our  board  of  directors  to  $62,500.00  per  month),  and  standard  employee  benefit  plan  participation. On  June  30,  2021,  our  board  of  directors
approved increases to Mr. Absher's annual base salary to $764,473, effective July 1, 2021.  On October 22, 2021, our board of directors approved increases to Mr. Absher's
annual base salary to $1,000,000, effective January 1, 2022. In addition, our board of directors approved a discretionary bonus of $500,000 to Mr. Absher, of which 50% was
payable upon approval by the board of directors, and 50% shall be payable on January 1, 2022.

On July 16, 2019, we entered into an offer letter agreement with Domonic J. Carney, our Chief Financial Officer (the “Carney Offer Letter”). The Carney Offer Letter provided
for at-will employment, a monthly salary of $29,166.67, (which was subsequently increased by our board of directors to $37,500.00 per month), participation in the 2017 Plan
and standard employee benefit plan participation. On June 30, 2021, our board of directors approved increases to Mr. Carney’s annual base salary to $474,152, effective July 1,
2021. On October 22, 2021, our board of directors approved increases to Mr. Carney’s annual base salary to $750,000, effective January 1, 2022. In addition, our board of
directors approved a discretionary bonus of $150,000 to Mr. Carney payable on January 1, 2022. On May 24, 2022, Domonic J. Carney resigned as Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer  of  the  Company,  according  to  a  Sabbatical  Leave Agreement,  effective  immediately.  The  Company's  Board  of  Directors  accepted  Mr.  Carney's  resignation  and
ratified the agreement the same day. As part of the agreement, Mr. Carney will receive back pay in the sum of $354,670.49, which includes unpaid past regular salary, unpaid
PTO compensation, and unpaid past committed bonus compensation Back Pay.

On May 24, 2022, the Board of ShiftPixy appointed Manuel Rivera, 47, to the positions of Treasurer and Acting Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Since June 2021, Mr.
Rivera has served as ShiftPixy's Vice President of Accounting. Mr. Rivera currently earns annual compensation as ShiftPixy's Vice President of Accounting of $194,606. There
is currently no agreement between the Company and Mr. Rivera to adjust his current compensation.

On  June  7,  2020,  we  entered  into  an  offer  letter  agreement  with  Robert  Gans,  our  General  Counsel  (the  “Gans  Offer  Letter”).  The  Gans  Offer  Letter  provided  for  at-will
employment, a monthly salary of $29,166.67, (which was subsequently increased by our board of directors to $37,500.00 per month), participation in the 2017 Plan and standard
employee  benefit  plan  participation. On  June  30,  2021,  our  board  of  directors  approved  increases  to  Mr.  Gans'  annual  base  salary  to  $474,152,  effective  July  1,  2021.  On
October 22, 2021, our board of directors approved increases to Mr. Gans' annual base salary to $750,000, effective January 1, 2022. In addition, our board of directors approved
a discretionary bonus of $150,000 to Mr. Gans payable on January 1, 2022. On June 22, 2022, Robert S. Gans submitted his resignation as General Counsel and Secretary of
ShiftPixy, the same to be effective June 30, 2022. The Board of ShiftPixy accepted Mr. Gans’ resignation on June 24, 2022. His

80

Table of Contents

resignation was not in connection with any disagreement with the Company on any matter relating to the Company’s operations, policies, or practices. As part of his resignation
the Company and Mr. Gans entered into a confidential separation agreement.

The salary increases and discretionary bonuses approved on October 22, 2021, described above, were contingent upon the consummation of an IPO of a SPAC sponsored by us,
through our wholly-owned subsidiary, which condition was satisfied by the closing of the IHC IPO.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table sets forth certain information known to us regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 12, 2022, for (i) all executive officers and
directors  as  a  group  and  (ii)  each  person,  or  group  of  affiliated  persons,  known  by  us  to  be  the  beneficial  owner  of  more  than  ten  percent  (10%)  of  our  capital  stock.  The
percentage of beneficial ownership in the table below is based on 9,671,196 shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding as of December 12, 2022. In addition, shares of
common stock that may be acquired by the stockholder within 60 days of December 12, 2022, pursuant to the exercise of stock options are deemed to be outstanding for the
purpose of computing the percentage ownership of such shareholder but are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other
person shown in the table. Unless otherwise indicated, the business address for each stockholder listed is c/o ShiftPixy, Inc., 501 Brickell Key Drive, Suite 300, Miami, FL
33131.

Executive Officers and Directors
Scott W. Absher, CEO and Chairman [1]
Manuel A. Rivera [4]
Kenneth W. Weaver, Director [2]
Whitney J. White, Director [2]
Christopher Sebes, Director
Amanda Murphy, Director and Director of Operations [3]

All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group [6 persons]

5% Stockholders

___________________________________________________

*

Less than 1%

Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned

Number
of Shares
Acquirable

Beneficial
Ownership
Percentage

8,608,125 
— 
51 
15 
— 
— 
8,608,191 

13 
250 
— 
— 
— 
1,030 
1,293 

89.0  %
*%
*%
*%
*%
*%
89.0  %

(1) Represents 812,500 shares of common stock 8,600,000 Preferred Class A stock convertible into common stock and 13 shares underlying options exercisable as of August 31,

2022.

(2) Represents shares of common stock issued in conjunction with services rendered as a director of the Company.

(3) Represents 1,030 shares underlying options exercisable as of August 31, 2022. 

(4) Represents 250 underlying option exercisable as of August 31, 2022.

The option share information was adjusted to reflect the reversed stock split 1-100, effective on September 1, 2022.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The following is a summary of transactions since September 1, 2018 to which we have been a participant in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and
in which any of our then directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock at the time of such transaction, or any members of their
immediate family, had or will have

81

 
 
 
Table of Contents

a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described in Item 11. Executive Compensation.

Director Compensation

On August  9,  2018,  Kenneth  Weaver,  our Audit  Committee  chair  and  independent  director,  was  granted  12,296  shares  of  our  common  stock  at  a  fair  value  at  the  time  of
issuance of $37,500 or $3.05 per share. The shares in connection with such issuance were deemed to have been purchased and immediately vested on August 9, 2018, as a
consequence of Mr. Weaver’s continued service as director through that date. An additional 12,296 shares were also committed on August 9, 2018, to issue through the 2017
Plan to Mr. Weaver, at a fair value of $37,500 or $3.05 per share and deemed to have been purchased and immediately vested on November 30, 2018, as a consequence of Mr.
Weaver’s continued service as director through that date.

On April 16, 2019, Whitney White, one of our independent directors, was issued 16,448 shares of our common stock for services rendered valued at $37,500 at a fair value at
the time of issuance of $2.28 per share.

On August 19, 2019, Mr. Weaver was issued 79,788 shares of our common stock for services rendered valued at $37,500 at a fair value of $0.47 per share.

On December 23, 2019, pursuant to the terms of his director agreement, we issued to Mr. White 428 shares of our common stock, valued at $37,500 or $87.62 per share.

Amanda Murphy is a member of the Company’s board and on October 22, 2021, our Board approved the promotion of Ms. Murphy to the position of Chief Operating Officer,
as well as an increase in her annual salary to $500,000, all of which were effective January 1, 2022. As of August 31, 2022, Ms. Murphy has deferred payment related to her
salary  increase  of  approximately  $157,000.  Ms.  Murphy  received  compensation  of  approximately  $264,000  and  $240,000  for  Fiscal  2022  and  Fiscal  2021,  respectively.  In
addition, Ms. Murphy received a one-time incentive payment of approximately $80,000 during Fiscal 2021, in addition to reimbursement of her expenses, in connection with her
relocation to Miami, Florida as part of the relocation of our principal executive offices.

Scott W. Absher, our CEO and Chair of our board of directors, received compensation of approximately $764,673 and $750,000 for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively.
In addition, Mr. Absher received the following additional payments: (i) a one-time incentive payment of approximately $160,000 in connection with his relocation to Miami,
Florida as part of the relocation of our principal executive offices, in addition to reimbursement of his expenses associated with his relocation; and (ii) a one-time bonus payment
in the amount of $240,000 in recognition of his efforts on behalf of the Company. Subsequent to the end of Fiscal 2021, our board of directors approved raising Mr. Absher’s
annual salary to $1 million, effective January 1, 2022, and also approved the payment of a $500,000 bonus. As of August 31, 2022, Mr. Absher received payment of 50% of his
bonus,  or  $250,000,  in  March  2022,  and  on  August  12,  2022,  the  Company  entered  into  an  agreement  with  Mr.  Absher  whereby  he  waived  claims  to  certain  unpaid
compensation due to him through July 31, 2022, totaling $820,793.24, in exchange for an option to receive 4,100,000 Company Preferred Shares. The agreement settled, the
deferred payment of his incremental base salary, his outstanding PTO, and the remaining 50% of his approved bonus.

J. Stephen Holmes

J. Stephen Holmes formerly served as a non-employee sales manager advisor to and significant shareholder of the Company. The Company incurred $750,000 in professional
fees for services provided by Mr. Holmes during each of Fiscal 2021 and 2020, respectively.  Further, on June 6, 2019, we advanced $325,000 in cash to Mr. Holmes, which he
repaid on July 18, 2019, by returning 558,132 shares of common stock to us at a fair value of $0.58 per share. We classified these shares as treasury stock, which were retired
during Fiscal 2020.

On or about October 22, 2021, we severed all ties with Mr. Holmes, effective immediately, and cancelled Preferred Options that had previously been issued to him but had not
been exercised, as discussed elsewhere in this Form 10-K. As a result of these actions, the Company no longer has any financial obligation to Mr. Holmes, and believes that he
is no longer a significant shareholder of the Company.

Preferred Options

As  previously  disclosed,  in  September  2016,  the  founding  shareholders  of  the  Company  were  granted  options  to  acquire  preferred  stock  of  the  Company  (the  “Preferred
Options”).  The  number  of  Preferred  Options  granted  was  based  upon  the  number  of  shares  held  at  the  time  of  the  grant. These  Preferred  Options  are  nontransferable  and
forfeited upon the sale of the related founding shares of common stock held by the option holder. Upon the occurrence of certain specified events, such

82

Table of Contents

founding shareholders can exercise each Preferred Option to purchase one share of preferred stock of the Company at an exercise price of $0.0001 per share. The preferred
stock underlying the Preferred Options does not include any rights to dividends or preference upon liquidation of the Company and is convertible into shares of the Company’s
common  stock  on  a  one-for-one  basis.  The  Preferred  Options  became  exercisable  upon  the  consummation  of  the  Vensure Asset  Sale  in  January  2020,  as  discussed  above.
During Fiscal 2020, the Company recorded an expense of $62.1 million, related to the triggering of the Preferred Options as other expense, which was calculated pursuant to the
Black-Scholes-Merton  methodology  applicable  to  valuing  the  24,634,560  Preferred  Options  that  became  exercisable  and  exchangeable  into  an  equal  number  of  shares  of
common stock.

The  Company  evaluated  the  Preferred  Options  on  the  same  date  using  Level  2  inputs  based  on  the  offering  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  and  warrants  issued  in
connection with its May 2020 Public Offering, as adjusted for the fair value of the warrants issued in conjunction with said public offering. The resulting allocated common
share price was then discounted for a lack of marketability of shares subject to “lock-up” agreements entered into in connection with the May 2020 Public Offering, which
yielded a fair value of $2.52 per Preferred Option. The Company used the following assumptions to value the expense related to the Preferred Options: (i) option life of 3.77
years; (ii) risk free rate of 0.47%; (iii) volatility of 134%; (iv) exercise price of $0.0001 per share; and (v) a fair value of $3.62 per share of the Company’s common stock.

On June 4, 2020, Scott W. Absher, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, exercised 12,500,000 Preferred Options to purchase 12,500,000 shares of our preferred stock for an
aggregate  purchase  price  of  $1,250.  Immediately  following  the  exercise  of  the  Preferred  Options  described  above,  Mr. Absher  elected  to  convert  the  12,500,000  shares  of
preferred stock into 12,500,000 shares of common stock, which were subject to a 24-month lock-up period during which such shares may not be traded. Between July 20, 2020,
and November 30, 2020, an additional 294,490 Preferred Options were exercised and converted into 294,490 shares of common stock, which were subject to a six-month lock
up period at the time they were issued, during which such shares could not be traded on the open market. On October 22, 2021, the Company’s board of directors canceled the
remaining 11,790,000 of these Preferred Options previously issued to its co-founder, J. Stephen Holmes, pursuant to the September 2016 grant. Accordingly, these Preferred
Options are no longer exercisable. As of August 31, 2022, the restrictions on 294,490 of these shares have been lifted, rendering them freely tradable.

The amount of Preferred Options, and the number of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of such options, is based upon the number of shares of common stock held
by the option holders at the time the Preferred Options were issued in September 2016. Accordingly, in order to confirm the original intent of the granting of up to 25,000,000
Preferred Options to Mr. Absher, it has always been the Company’s intent to adopt a second grant of Preferred Options granting an additional 12,500,000 Preferred Options to
Mr. Absher, whereby each option permits the holder to acquire one share of the Company’s preferred stock for $0.0001 per share.  On August 13, 2021, consistent with this
intent, the Company granted 12,500,000 Preferred Options to Mr. Absher to purchase shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, for consideration of $0.0001 per
share. Each Preferred Option is exercisable for a period of twenty-four months upon (i) the acquisition of a Controlling Interest (as defined below) in the Company by any single
shareholder or group of shareholders acting in concert, (other than Mr. Absher), or (ii) the announcement of (x) any proposed merger, consolidation, or business combination in
which the Company’s Common Stock is changed or exchanged, or (y) any sale or distribution of at least 50% of the Company’s assets or earning power, other than through a
reincorporation. Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible into Common Stock on a one-for-one basis. “Controlling Interest” means the ownership or control of outstanding
voting shares of the Company sufficient to enable the acquiring person, directly or indirectly and individually or in concert with others, to exercise one-fifth or more of all the
voting power of the Company in the election of directors or any other business matter on which shareholders have the right to vote under the Wyoming Business Corporation
Act.

On July 14, 2022, the Board of the Company approved the issuance to the Company’s founder and principal shareholder, Scott Absher, of 12,500,000 shares of the Company’s
Preferred Class A Stock ("Preferred Shares"), par value $0.0001 per share, in exchange for (a) the surrender by Mr. Absher of his Preferred Options to acquire Preferred Shares,
which Preferred Options provide for exercise upon certain triggering events as described above, and as detailed in our prior filings, and (b) the tender of payment by Mr. Absher
of the sum of $5,000, representing four times the par value for such Preferred Shares. The Company evaluated the Preferred Shares on the same date using Level 2 inputs based
on the closing market price of the Company’s common stock. The resulting allocated common share price was then discounted for a lack of marketability of shares, which
yielded a fair value of $0.2322 per Preferred Share. The Company used the following assumptions to value the expense related to the Preferred Shares: (i) life of 10 years; (ii)
risk free rate of 3.06%; (iii) volatility of 125.664%; (iv) exercise price of $0.0001 per share; and (v) a fair value of $0.2580 per share of the Company’s common stock.

On July 19, 2022, Mr. Absher converted 8,000,000 shares of the Preferred Shares to 8,000,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Pursuant
to  Rule  144,  these  8,000,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  are  subject  to  a  six-month  holding  period  during  which  they  may  not  be  sold  in  the  marketplace.  The  remaining
4,500,000 Preferred Shares were still outstanding as of August 31, 2022.

83

Table of Contents

On August 12, 2022, the Company entered into an agreement with Mr. Absher whereby he waived claims to certain unpaid compensation due to him through July 31, 2022,
totaling $820,793.24, in exchange for an option to receive 4,100,000 Company Preferred Shares. The Company evaluated the Preferred Shares on the same date using Level 2
inputs  based  on  the  closing  market  price  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  The  resulting  allocated  common  share  price  was  then  discounted  for  a  lack  of  marketability  of
shares, which yielded a fair value of $0.2025 per Preferred Share. The Company used the following assumptions to value the expense related to the Preferred Shares: (i) life of
10 years; (ii) risk free rate of 2.970%; (iii) volatility of 125.700%; (iv) exercise price of $0.0001 per share; and (v) a fair value of $0.2250 per share of the Company’s common
stock. Pursuant to Rule 144, these 4,100,000, when converted into shares of Common Stock are subject to a six-month holding period during which they may not be sold in the
marketplace.

Related Persons to Scott Absher

Mark Absher, the brother of Scott Absher, was previously employed as our Registered In-House Counsel, Director and Secretary. Mr. Absher resigned from his positions with
the  Company  on  February  6,  2019,  and  received  compensation  of  $276,951  in  Fiscal  2019. On  November  18,  2021,  Mr. Absher  rejoined  the  Company  as  Deputy  General
Counsel – Special Projects, for an annual salary of 240,000 for Fiscal 2022. He presently serves as the Company's In House Counsel. Based on his re-hire date, Mr. Absher did
not receive any compensation from the Company in Fiscal 2022.

David May, a member of our business development team, is the son-in-law of Mr. Absher. In addition to the relocation bonus noted above, Mr. May received compensation,
including sales commissions, of approximately $149,000 for Fiscal 2022 and $125,000 in Fiscal 2021.

Phil Eastvold, the Executive Producer of ShiftPixy Productions, Inc., is the son-in-law of Mr. Absher. In addition to the relocation bonus noted above, Mr. Eastvold received
compensation of approximately $224,000 and $200,000 for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021, respectively.

Jason Absher, a member of our business development team, is the nephew of Scott Absher and the son of Mark Absher.  Mr. Absher  was  hired  on  February  22,  2021  at  an
annual salary of $75,000, which was subsequently raised to $120,000, effective August 1, 2021. As of August 31, 2022, Mr. Jason Absher is still earning the same salary as of
Fiscal Year 2021.

Connie Absher, (the spouse of Scott Absher), Elizabeth Eastvold, (the daughter of Scott and Connie Absher and spouse of Mr. Eastvold), and Hannah Absher, (the daughter of
Scott and Connie Absher), are also employed by the Company. These individuals, as a group, received aggregate compensation of 240,000 and $183,000 for Fiscal 2022 and
Fiscal 2021. In addition, as noted above, Hannah Absher received a relocation bonus of approximately $18,000 during Fiscal 2021, in connection with her relocation. Neither
Connie Absher nor Elizabeth Eastvold received any such relocation bonus.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has determined that three of our board members, Kenneth Weaver, Whitney White, and Christopher Sebes, qualify as “independent” as the term is used
in Item 7(d)(3)(iv)(B) of Schedule 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and as defined by Rule 4200(a)(15) of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Marcum LLP was our independent registered public accounting firm for the Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021.

The following table shows the fees paid or reasonably expected to be incurred by us for the audit and other services provided by our auditor for Fiscal 2022 and Fiscal 2021.

Audit Fees (Marcum LLP)
All Other Fees

Total

2022

2021

$

$

423,246  $
64,118 
487,364  $

419,000 
229,000 
648,000 

As defined by the SEC, (i) “audit fees” are fees for professional services rendered by our principal accountant for the audit of our annual financial statements and review of
financial statements included in our Form 10-K, or for services that are normally provided by the accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements
for those fiscal years; and (ii)

84

 
Table of Contents

“tax fees” are fees for professional services rendered by our principal accountant for tax compliance, tax advice, and tax planning.

Under applicable SEC rules, the Audit Committee is required to pre-approve the audit and non-audit services performed by the independent auditors in order to ensure that they
do not impair the auditors’ independence. The SEC’s rules specify the types of non-audit services that an independent auditor may not provide to its audit client and establish
the Audit Committee’s responsibility for administration of the engagement of the independent auditors. Accordingly, our Audit Committee will pre-approve the audit and non-
audit services performed by the independent auditors.

Consistent with the SEC’s rules, the Audit Committee Charter requires that the Audit Committee review and pre-approve all audit services and permitted non-audit services
provided by the independent auditors to us or any of our subsidiaries. The Audit Committee may delegate pre-approval authority to a member of the Audit Committee and if it
does, the decisions of that member must be presented to the full Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting.

85

Table of Contents

Item 15. Exhibits

Exhibit
No.

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

3.6

3.7

3.8

4.1

4.2

PART IV

Document Description
Articles of Incorporation of ShiftPixy, Inc., as filed with the Wyoming Secretary of State on June 3, 2015 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit
2.1 to our Offering Circular filed with the SEC on Form 1-A on May 31, 2016)

Articles of Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of ShiftPixy, Inc., dated September 28, 2016 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.6 to our
Form 1-A/A filed with the SEC on October 18, 2016)

Articles  of Amendment  to Articles  of  Incorporation  of  ShiftPixy,  Inc.,  dated  January  7,  2020 (incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  3  to  our
current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 23, 2020)

Amended  and  Restated Articles  of  Incorporation  of  ShiftPixy,  Inc.,  dated  March  20,  2020 (incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  3.1  to  our
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 26, 2020)

Articles of Amendment to Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of ShiftPixy, Inc., dated May 7, 2021 (incorporated by reference from
Exhibit 3.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, fined with the SEC on May 17, 2021)

Articles  of Amendment  to Amended  and  Restated Articles  of  Incorporation  of  ShiftPixy,  Inc,  dated August  2,  2022  (incorporated  by  reference
from Exhibit 3.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 31, 2022)

Articles  of Correction  to Articles  of Amendment  to Amended  and  Restated Articles  of  Incorporation of  ShiftPixy,  Inc,  dated August  15,  2022
(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 3.1.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 31, 2022)

Bylaws of ShiftPixy, Inc., as amended through July 15, 2022 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to our Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on
July 19, 2022)

Amended Principal Shareholder Option for Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.5 to our 1-A/A, filed with the SEC on October
18, 2016)

Description  of  the  Registrant’s  Securities  (incorporated  by  reference  as  Exhibit  4.2  to  our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  filed  with  the  SEC  on
November 30. 2020)

10.1

Stock Option and Stock Issuance Plan (incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.8 to our 1-A POS, filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017)

10.2†

10.03†

10.04†

10.05†

First  Amendment  to  Director  Agreement,  by  and  between  Shift Pixy,  Inc.  and  Kenneth  W.  Weaver  Agreement,  dated  August  1,  2017
(incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 to our Annual Report on form 10-K/A, Amendment No. 2, filed with the SEC on October 18, 2018)

Offer Letter to Scott W. Absher, dated March 23, 2016 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.27 to our registration statement on Form S-1,
filed with the SEC on March 30, 2020)

Appointment of Manuel Rivera to the position of Treasurer and Acting Chief Financial Officer of ShiftPixy, Inc (as announced in our Form 8K
filed with the SEC on May 24, 2022)

Scott W. Absher Surrender of ShiftPixy's Preferred Options (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 our Form 8K filed with the SEC on July
19, 2022)

86

 
 
Table of Contents

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 17, 2021)

Form of Pre-Funded Warrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, the SEC on May 17, 2021)

Form of Securities Purchase Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with SEC on May 17,
2021).

Placement Agent Agreement, dated May 13, 2021, by and between ShiftPixy, Inc. and A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners (incorporated by reference
from Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 17, 2021).

10. 10

Form of Letter Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 18, 2021).

10.11

Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 2, 2021)

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

10.22

Form  of  Pre-Funded  Warrant  (incorporated  by  reference  as  Exhibit  4.2  to  our  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K,  filed  with  the  SEC  on  September 2,
2021)

Form  of  Securities  Purchase Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  as  Exhibit 10.1  to  our  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K,  filed  with the  SEC  on
September 2, 2021).

Placement Agent Agreement, dated May 13, 2021, by and between ShiftPixy, Inc. and A.G.P./Alliance Global Partners (incorporated by reference
from Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 2, 2021).

Form of Warrants (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 27, 2022).

Form  of Warrant  Exercise  Agreement (incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.1  to  our  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K,  filed  with  the  SEC  on
January 27, 2022).

Form of Registration Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with SEC on January
27, 2022).

Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 19, 2022).

Form of Warrant Exercise Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July
19, 2022).

Form of Registration Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July
19, 2022),

Amendment No. 1 to Common Stock Purchase Warrant (incorporated by reference form Exhibit 10.1 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with
the SEC on July 26, 2022).

Unregistered Sale of Equity Securities (as announced in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 6, 2022).

87

Table of Contents

10.23

10.24

10.25

10.26

10.27

10.28

21.1

23.1

31.1*

31.2**

32.1*

32.2**

101

104

Form  of  Securities  Purchase Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.1  to  our  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K,  filed  with  SEC  on
September 23, 2022).

Form of Warrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.2 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with SEC on September 23, 2022).

Form  of Registration  Rights Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.3  to  our  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K,  filed  with  SEC  on
September 23, 2022).

Amendment No. 1 to Warrants (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.4 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with SEC on September 23,
2022).

Placement Agent Agreement (incorporated  by  reference  from  Exhibit  10.5  to  our  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K,  filed  with  SEC  on  September  23,
2022).

Form of Placement Agent Warrant (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.6 to our Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with SEC on September
23, 2022).

List of Subsidiaries of ShiftPixy, Inc. (incorporated by reference From Exhibit 21.1 to our Form 10-K and Form 10-K/A, filed with SEC on December
2, 2021 and February 28,2022, respectively).

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Marcum LLP, New York, New York, PCAOB ID No. 688

CERTIFICATION of CEO PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-
OXLEY ACT OF 2002

CERTIFICATION of CFO PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-
OXLEY ACT OF 2002

CERTIFICATION of CEO PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-
OXLEY ACT OF 2002

CERTIFICATION of CFO PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-
OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Inline XBRL Document Set for the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in Part II, Item 8,

Inline XBRL for the cover page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, included in the Exhibit 101 Inline XBRL Document Set.

__________________________________________________

* Filed herewith

** XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise is not subject to
liability under these sections.

† Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934,  the  Registrant  has  duly  caused  this  report  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

ShiftPixy, Inc.,
a Wyoming corporation

Title

Name

Date

Signature

Principal Executive Officer

Scott W. Absher

December 12, 2022

/s/ Scott W. Absher

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on
the dates indicated:

SIGNATURE

NAME

TITLE

DATE

/s/ Scott W. Absher

Scott W. Absher

Principal Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

December 12, 2022

/s/ Manuel A. Rivera

Manuel A. Rivera

Principal Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)

December 12, 2022

/s/ Christopher Sebes

Christopher Sebes

Independent Director

December 12, 2022

/s/ Kenneth W. Weaver

Kenneth W. Weaver

Independent Director

December 12, 2022

/s/ Whitney J. White

Whitney J. White

Independent Director

December 12, 2022

/s/ Amanda Murphy

Amanda Murphy

Director

December 12, 2022

89

EXHIBIT 23.1

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM’S CONSENT

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement of ShiftPixy, Inc. on Form S-3 (File No. 333-267751) of our report
dated December 12, 2022, our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to a change in the method of accounting for the adoption of
ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) effective September 1, 2021, using the modified retrospective approach and includes an explanatory
paragraph as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, with respect to our audits of the consolidated financial statements of
ShiftPixy, Inc. as of August 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years then ended, which report is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of
ShiftPixy, Inc. for the year then ended August 31, 2022.

/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP
New York, NY
December 12, 2022

I, Scott W. Absher, certify that:

CERTIFICATION

1.

2.

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of ShiftPixy, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in
light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

EXHIBIT 31.1

DATE: December 12, 2022

ShiftPixy, Inc.

By:

/s/ Scott W. Absher
Scott W. Absher
Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I, Manuel A. Rivera, certify that:

CERTIFICATION

1.

2.

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of ShiftPixy, Inc.;

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in
light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

EXHIBIT 31.2

DATE: December 12, 2022

By:

/s/ Manuel A. Rivera
Manuel A. Rivera
Acting Chief Financial Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.1

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned hereby certifies that the Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the period ended August 31, 2022, of ShiftPixy, Inc. (the "Company") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act  of  1934  and  that  the  information  contained  in  such  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the
Company.

DATE: December 12, 2022

ShiftPixy, Inc.

By:

/s/ Scott W. Absher

Scott W. Absher

Chief Executive Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed
form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to ShiftPixy, Inc., and will be retained by ShiftPixy, Inc. and furnished to
the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.2

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned hereby certifies that the Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the period ended August 31, 2022, of ShiftPixy, Inc. (the "Company") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act  of  1934  and  that  the  information  contained  in  such  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of  the
Company.

DATE: December 12, 2022

By:

/s/ Manuel A. Rivera

Manuel A. Rivera

Acting Chief Financial Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed
form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to ShiftPixy, Inc. and will be retained by ShiftPixy, Inc. and furnished to
the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.